Category Archives: Political Commentary

Like or Hate Me, You May Wish to Quote Me


If I had a dollar, or even a dime for every web page that mentioned or quoted me or my works, I’d be a millionaire: 12 million pages can’t all be wrong; people repeat what I say. Where else but America can you become ‘famous’ for putting your foot in your mouth on a regular basis?

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com    proparanoid.net    facebook

copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.

 

What you will get by reading this post…

• Silly quotable one liners, gags, and full-on original jokes;

• witty quotable witticisms, wise sayings, criticisms, and other malarky;

• non PC quotable political snipes, barbs, and ruthless rhetoric;

• thoughtful quotable philosophical wisdoms, advice, and beatitudes.

 

My most popular writing today has been copied by permission on hundreds of Web sites, and reproduced in at least a half dozen books. So I know I’m quoted out there. It is even used in college courses on Political Science, Journalism, and Psychology. It’s called the 25 Rules of Disinformation, and includes not just how to spot disinfo, but how to out it and defeat the user in public or private venue.

This post is (mostly) a collection of my most popular Facebook posts. People generally like them, unless on the wrong end of the barb. Even then, the resulting dialogs have been interesting, and we tend to remain friends. But most people on Facebook do not ‘go looking’ for something to read, they let Facebook automatically send them random samplings in their ‘feed.’ It is really best to FOLLOW someone you like (also true of my blog posts); the only way to insure you see everything a given person posts (or blogs), is to follow them (subscribe — click that option now, while you are thinking about it.)

So, even if already a Facebook friend, it is highly unlikely you will have seen very many of what follows: a random grab bag of quotable material. Now, if you do actually choose to quote me, please do cite me as the source, and link either to this blog Page or the whole Site, or my Facebook page. New friends are welcome there, of course. You can quote me on that!

 

Quote on!

You May Wish to Quote Me (I do it all the time)~

If I had a dollar, or even a dime for every web page that mentioned or quoted me or my works, I’d be a millionaire: 12 million pages can’t all be wrong; people like what I say. Where else but America can you become ‘famous’ for putting your foot in your mouth on a regular basis?~

You may have noticed that I’m imminently quotable by the way I continually quote myself, because after all, “I’m imminently quotable.”~

The only good thing about putting my foot in my mouth so often is that I always know if my shoelaces are tied, or knot.~

 

T’was an LL Cool Day
(apologies to LL Cool J)

I saw an Armadillo while visiting Amarillo;
he sat near a willow, upon a satin pillow.
In the sun, bright yellow, this reclining fellow
seemed to be quite mellow, eating a bowl of Jello
while listening to a fellow who played a loud Cello.
Were I to say hello, I feared I must such bellow;
that seemed such a peccadillo, I ne’er met that Armadillo

 

If Google spies on your searches, shouldn’t their name be Goggle?
If Yahoo does, Youwho?
If Facebook tracks your info, Factlook?
If YouTube censors excessively and politically, LubeRube?
If television is propaganda, Tellyourmission?
If a newspaper is the same, Newsfaker?
If the Oval Office is a source of lies and skullduggery, the Shovel Orrafice?~

 

From conversation agent.typepad.com (click for their similar answer to meaning of life)

The meaning of Life? To take all gifts entrusted to you by God; Free Will, life, and the Soul which defines the inner you, and the gifts you earn through life; knowledge, talent, skills, wealth and possessions, experiences and positions… to edify yourself, edify others (family, those above you, your peers, and strangers), and above all, edify God in the doing. This is true Glory, and the source of Blessings.

To the extent you do this, you yourself fabricate that meaning. To the extent you fail to do so, you dilute or even destroy it. Any faults or failures you have along the way are challenges in learning, and otherwise non sequitur to the equation. This is true Faith, and the source of Happiness.

Don’t focus on them, learn from them, and go on. You are what you’ve been waiting for, all along. Stop looking so hard for simple answers, and stop struggling so hard against battles predestined to be won by the righteous. If God be for you, who can be against you? This is the true foundation of Peace, and the source of Strength.

The meaning of life, is YOU, and I’m glad you have friended me. As I wish for me, so I wish for you. Thank you for sharing this Sunday with me.~

 

Wisdom is sometimes knowing how to seem wise without anyone’s means to challenge. After struggling to the top of the mountain to ask my one-allowed question of the Guru, he preempted with an answer: “Yes, my Son,” he said, “you have at last made it to the top. Now leave me in peace.”~

I wonder if Pavlov’s Dog’s got that way eating Pavlum? Probably not, it wouldn’t make me salivate.~

You know your’e an alcoholic and an unpleasant drunk if people invite you to their parties the day after, and you are so sloshed you think you just got back from it.~

I’m sorry, but I think I misunderstood what you wanted me to consider about what you probably meant by saying what you thought I would be able to relate to as allegory to the intended thought you had in mind, but couldn’t articulate because you were afraid I would misconstrue it as something else. What were we talking about, again?~

A dirty joke is to humor in a way exactly like the Presidential election is to politics.~

Rain falls in drops because it’s happy water. When it’s mad, watch out for hail.~

 

Old Crow

Oh, old Crow, so cautious and suspicious,
not like the Goose, who’s calm with aplomb,
your caw is such an appalling loud calling,
unlike parakeets most cheerful earful,
or eagle’s shrill cry from high in the sky.

Your old black cloak does fail to evoke
the visual delight of a Parrot, so bright.
You walk with a hobble and a wobble,
where a Robin bounces and pounces,
and the Stork is stilted and often is tilted.

And though your flight is quite alright,
it’s not as stunning as a Bird, Humming.
Lacking the Hawk’s glide so full of pride,
sans any formation of Geese’ inclination,
nor is it as swift as can be a quick Swift.

Your Murder is a suspect some fear to detect,
and yet, I suspicion, it’s all mere superstition.
Yet do not away rush, my criticisms to hush:
let not any objection be seen as a rejection;
I do like you old Crow, so brag on, and crow.

 

Escape

To escape vile fate I must get past that damned wall;
because if staying here, I’ll not likely survive it at all.
I tried to climb upon it, up high, no good, then higher,
only to find it topped with wickedly sharp razor wire.
I tried to go around it, hoping an opening I would find,
but it surrounds me completely, and I’m trapped inside.

I tried to dig under, tunneling deep, deep underground
but impassable boulders and water did me confound.
To escape my foe I must get past that heartless wall;
I’ve no choice; to give up certainly means my downfall.
I’ve asked for help from all near who might could hear,
they refuse to give aid, yielding to their own dark fear.

I’ve prayed to God to help, to redeem and set me free,
but I’m afraid in here, even He can’t hear me or see.
Then came a gentle voice advising firmly to be still,
“I’m with you always, as is my gift of strong Free Will.
To escape your foe, you must get past that mere wall,
and there is yet one thing you’ve not tied, not at all.”

My thoughts reeled, and the answer came in a flash,
I’d not yet tried attacking head on, the wall to crash.
I gathered my courage and backed up for a good run,
and ran headlong screaming at the top of my lung.
I hit that wall with all my brute force, and hit it hard:
knocking myself unconscious right there in that yard.

To escape my foe, I’ve tried it all, to get past the evil wall;
but nothing has for me worked, no not one, nothing at all.
I awoke quite dazed, my fist clinched in pain and my rage,
the voice had not well helped me, its advice was not sage.
But regaining my feet, a white robed figure there stood tall,
amid the rubble of that same accursed, impassable wall.

“You’ve escaped your foe,” said he, “right through the wall;
not by your strength, nor luck, but that on me you did call.
The miracle you sought was within you right from the start,
your faith in me was all it took; and abiding love in your heart.
If God be for you, no man or thing against you can stand,
when you hit that wall, I was there with you, hand in hand.”

 

Sorry if I insult you. Being poor, I have to go for the cheap shots.~

Any man can toast his friends at the tavern. But a brave man toasts his enemies. That’s why I always carry a can of lighter fluid when I go drinking.~

I never quite chimed in with the 60’s by wearing bell bottom pants – until I got kicked in the groin.~

I’m never inclined to eat carrots. I just can’t see my way to do so.~

 

Linear or Columnar?

A rhythmic rhyme in a single line is often quite fine.
but most like a rhyme
to be of many a line,
or to metrically align; 
be symmetrically sublime,
or perhaps its just fine
to enjoy any old rhyme.

X

Political Risk

I’ll not vote for she who does cackle
when refusing a tough query to tackle.
While not happy with alternative Trump,
he’s still better than a kick in the rump.

While Dems are OK with criminal lies,
and Establishment Reps swarm like flies,
a candidate ripe for an email blackmail
risks a serious national security fail.

 

A lot of drinks call for two fingers of this or that liquor, so I always look for bartenders with really big hands.~

The path to illumination in the darkness is called a sidewalk.~

 

Political Seuss

I do not like this Uncle Sam, I do not like the health care scam.
I do not like these dirty crooks, or how they lie and cook the books!
I do not like when Congress steals, I do not like their secret deals.
I do not like this speaker Nan, I do not like this ‘YES WE CAN’.
I do not like this spending spree, I’m smart, I know that Nothing’s Free!
I do not like their smug replies, when I complain about their lies.
I do not like this kind of hope. I do not like it. nope, nope, nope!

 

There are rarely times when ‘actual’ sex is as good as ‘fantasy’ sex is imagined. However, they both involve a little ‘t’ & ‘a.’~

The only ‘gun control’ I support is that question in the mind of the criminal intent on causing trouble, “Will he remain in control of his fear or temper, or will he pull the trigger.”~

 

Politic’s Ticks

If Trump is such a chump we’d rather dump,
and Uncle Bernie is ample wormy and too squirmy,
and Hillary far too shrillery under FBI drillery,
with liberally bias in the press giving truth no redress…
Does that mean Biden is bid’n his tim’n in decid’n if rid’n
White Knight like last minute to the Demo’s pandemic…
Is that how we’ll be decid’n who’s presidential presid’n?
Is that Obama’s last prick on his way out, his hat trick?
That I won’t at all be abid’n, down too far we’ve been slid’n.

 

Doing

Yes, wine is quite fine when you have the time, or dine,
but weed has more speed if you have the need; do proceed.
The joke for this bloke is that I cannot smoke, nor toke,
and shrink from such drink – an alchoholic’s dread; brink of stink.

Dope lacks hope that I’ll survive or cope its scope,
so here’s my fears (why I’m lacking cheers amid tears):
this guy will die having never daring a high to try.
That hex did vex untill realizing that the Rx is sex!~

Never hiss at a snake; the conversation could be deadly.~

 

Perplexity

Do you know anything of the Entymology of Entomology,
or is it to you as confusing as the synopsis of synapsis?

 

Hillary’s Ruin
(What difference does it make?)

As I have previously stated,
I am quite totally devastated
not to have been reinstated.

I have frequently formulated
and as often have postulated
just why I’m not yet reinstated.

The cause, you see, is equated
with rumors and lies oft related
to prevent my being reinstated.

They shout with glee, as if elated
with prideful egos thus elevated,
for blocking my being reinstated.

They say my claims are overrated,
to a job where I ne’er participated,
and that’s why I can’t be reinstated.

If people died while I simply waited,
shown in lies and emails evaluated,
what difference to being reinstated?

My right, you see, as Royal rated
is for all to worship me unabated,
and vote to have me reinstated.

 

Never apologize to me for being you. Just stop it!~

Why do some of us eat the icing out of the middle of an Oreo? Where else would it be?~

 

Seasonal Orb

I saw last night the thinnest sliver of a silver Moon,
a most pleasant crescent, present this month of June.
So thin that it did quiver and thus scant light deliver,
did I realize before my eyes it would dematerialize.
Now its gone, but before too long, watching for its rise,
to my boon:
 it shall return soon, as a mirror sliver Moon.

 

Rhyme Defined

A simple rhyme takes little time,
a light banter with good cantor –
best if exquisite, expressed explicit;
easy to recall in its all and all.

 

In A Rush

Here”s a quick li’l poem:
done now, I’ll be goin’.

 

What’s wrong with the Mayor of New York, does he not know his soda ban and tax is suppressing Pop Culture?~

Unfortunately for Custer, at least 10 Little Indians never heard that song.~

 

Time Tells No Tales

Once upon a time? No, I’m highly suspicious.
If it only happened once, it must be fictitious,
especially if remarkably good and not malicious:
Real events repeat themselves through history,
written down in pages for study by you and me,
where learning not, we assure repeat eventuality.

X

Dear Fascists

Take heed, look around: here stand I, I stand my ground.
Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.
Your words will not sway me, no dark threats dissuade me.
Take heed, look around. Here stand I, I stand my ground.

Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.
No trick or lies, nor treachery will keep me from remaining free.
No unjust laws, cops or military will I respect, still shall I tarry.
Take heed, look around: here stand I, I stand my ground.

Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.
Surround me with vile forces, I’ll ignore their foul loud voices.
Dare attack me if you will, I’ll reply ten fold until my body’s still.
Take heed, look around: here stand I, I stand my ground.
Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.

 

They say the Earth’s rotation is slowing down. I have a simple cure. We all get in our cars and face them West, and synchronize burning rubber.~

 

Status Quo: Latin for we want you to think things are equal and as they should be so you
will shut up and do what you are told
.

Parity: French for we want you to think things are the same and as they should be so you
will shut up and do what you are told
.

Equality: Ye olde English for we want you to think things are the same and as they should
be so you will shut up and do what you are told
.

Same: what we mean when we are talking about one political party compared to another,
those people who want us to shut up and do what we are told.

X

I thought of a Hillaryous joke, but I don’t want to keep insulting Democrats.~

 

Social Litmus

Do my witticisms impress you or simply depress you?
Do my jokes make you laugh or think me some Jackass?
Do my poems seem lyrical or are they just predictable?
Do my posts give enlightenment, or seem closer to excrement?
Do you share, like, and follow, or is our friendship just hollow?

X

Smart by Default

Any wisdom I have lies in taking some care
in choosing the friends with whom I will share.
If smarter than me I will make them aware:
I agree with them, and with flattering flair.
If not as smart, then will I then declare,
their inspiring thoughts lead me to dare.

 

A tack pins things down, while pins prick things deeply, but a prick is always tacky, hard to pin down, offending deeply.~

Time for me to post-a-joke. Invented by a stand-up comic, it’s like a Post-it Pad, without any glue to hold it together — so it’s insanely presented in unexpected ways, and it is colorless, unless fucking off color or borrows the color of a racial inference. Wait… that’s a political speech.~

I think I understand the term ‘feedback loop,’ now: GMO crops.~

Shoot first and ask questions later. It saves dialog and you don’t get ambiguous answers… if there are any answers.~

 

Being Outspoken

I’m the first to admit I know so much about everything,
an expert assumed, presumed, or claimed unrelenting.
In truth it seems, I know not enough on any one thing,
to avoid putting my foot in my mouth without realizing.

X

Your Bad, So Sad. My Bad, And Glad

If you insult me, let me be quite perfectly clear,
you’d better be right in your basis, my dear,
because logic, facts, and reason, you’ll hear,
the weapons my response will burn in your ear.

Excuse me if I’m less than politically correct,
but especially if trying to point out your defect,
you have no legal right to avoid being upset
by my Free Speech, you fucking dumb idiot.

 

I’m not going to post anything useful, today. I hope this heads up proves useful. Doh!~

I get rejected a lot by the ladies. I asked one gal if she would like to go out on a double date, and she said “Sure. How about Judgement Day, and the Day after.”~

Hurry, hurry, hurry! Step right up folks, and get your fresh posts, right here, right now. Only $1, five for $3, and a surprise in every one, guaranteed, or your money back. Don’t be misled by the competitor’s claims; they only post kitties and slogans, and complaints that no one comments. Hurry, hurry, hurry!~

 

My Prayer today, is for you. There is nothing better than other people praying for you, especially if praying WITH you. We’re not getting older, just getting closer to home! Be Still, and at peace. Now, it is true that the Lord’s Prayer is quite sufficient and complete to God, but sometimes, we feel we want to say more. That is good with God.

May I suggest the prayer below? If ye pray it as you read, it is the same as if we have done so together; Matthew 18:19 “And I tell you more: whenever two of you on earth agree about anything you pray for, it will be done for you by my Father in heaven.” All that is required is that the prayer be righteous and fitting to God’s Will, which is defined to the extent we are able to determine in his Word. If we do not vary from that, we are apt to receive that which we NEED, if not that which we THINK we need and seek by prayer (be careful what and how you ask for [it].) Begin:

Heavenly Father, thank You for each and every day; today is a Day the Lord hath made, we rejoice and are glad in it, for You have blessed us here on earth yet again. Thank You for Your tender mercies of your Grace, and the gift of life and of Free Will, which lead us through the day; may we not abuse these gifts and offend You. Thank You for giving us family and friends to share the joys and burdens of the day. I ask You to bless my family, relatives and friends and those I care deeply for, and those who are reading this right now, especially those who are suffering and in need of your intervention.

Where there is joy, give them continued joy. Where there is pain, give them peace and mercy. Where there is self-doubt or confusion, release a renewed confidence and understanding. Where there is need, fulfill their needs. Move them to study your Word, to strengthen their faith and embrace the Gospel, and to be moved thereby to spread the Word. Bless their families, homes, finances, their goings and their comings, and turn aside their enemies in forgiveness, which is to our good as well as our enemy’s good.

Above all else, may Your Will be done, in Jesus’ name,~

 

If Istanbul used to be Contstantinople, does that mean they got tired of constantly being in Ople, wherever that is?~

Just because I disagree with you does not mean I don’t like you. I hate everyone equally.~

A conspiracy unfolding is like a barrage of arrows in the dark. You hear evidence that something is not right, but don’t don’t get the point until it is too late. Worse, you also get the shaft.~

 

Desperate Conclusion

My mind, not very clear right now, so
writing some clever rhyming ditty? No.
But I know some of you like that stuff…
So there’s only one question:
Is this good enough?

 

Good example of a self-fulfilling prophesy: “I’m going to enter the hot dog eating contest.”~

It must be true that you are what you eat. I live on $3 a day in food, and one look at me and you will know, I’m a cheapskate.~

Why do they call it an aptitude test? Because if you have to take one, you are apt to detest it.~

You will note I don’t call people who don’t agree with me bad names. That’s because the bastards have thick skins.~

 

Digital Death

My computer is dying now of old age,
and while buying a new one is truly sage,
and newer models are quite all the rage,
there’s nothing but zeros on the last page
of my checkbook; no income at my age.
My mouse is destined for the round cage,
unless comes a miracle or magical Mage.

X

Enchanting

A chant can be a kind of moving song,
easily remembered for singing along.

A chant can be a loud and angry jeer,
prompting attention, worry, and fear.

A chant might be for someone; a call,
for entertainers or leaders loved by all.

A chant gives power to thought and word,
assuring its message is clearly heard.

But a chant by Monks is the best to hear,
binding us to God and drawing Him near.

 

If I have a Colon for which I might need a Colonoscopy, and use :s and ;s in a similar manner all the time when I write, why can’t I get a Semicolonoscopy, and save some money?~

Lately, I’ve been thinking of taking a plane somewhere to improve my sex life. It won’t matter where, I just going through TSA will do the trick.~

OK, time for me to say something funny. But that would be deja vu.~

The next time you hear some wimpy Liberal whining about some perceived micro aggression, say to them, “To quote an oft used line in The Princess Bride, my little precious Princess… ‘I do not think you know what these words mean.” Then slug them in the mouth and say, “You cannot ‘micro’ that; there would be no point.”~

Since I’m left handed, I never need a Compass; I just use my southpaw.~

 

Since there is no longer rule of law in this country in high places, such that no one in government is held accountable, and the very laws they write are themselves violations of law (unconstitutional), and government itself is the biggest criminal… I reserve the right to violate ANY law at ANY time for ANY reason.

My authority is the Constitution, my basis the Pursuit of Happiness declared therein, my means is Civil Disobedience, my support is the Second Amendment, my argument the First Amendment, and my goal is the Redress guaranteed therein. I rest my case, and those who choose to oppose me may rest in peace, if that be their choice. No appointment needed.~

X

An election process is like a stale fast-food hamburger. On the outside it looks big and besprinkled with seeds of wisdom. On the inside are secret conspiratorial sauces and lies about quality and quantity of substance, and wilted vegetable-like promises. Do you want fries with that? Cold, greasy, and slimy press coverage.~

Never wander around in the dark. That would be you watching TV ‘news.’~

When people talk about shooting at dummy targets, are they hinting at politicians?
Is that why you never see politicians at a gun shop or shooting range?~

I encourage free speech. And, I own the concession on ear plugs in the District of Columbia.~

Cat got your tongue? I don’t know how you can stand there so silently, I know I’d be screaming; that’s got to hurt like hell.~

 

PC Friends?

Politically Correct is not for me, my friend,
the 1st Amendment says I’m free to offend.
My words, ideas and actions do not pretend,
that you’ve no right against them to defend;
just do so to my face with honor and it will end
with agreement or no, but still friend to friend.

X

Waiver Not

Never Opt for signing a waiver,
never waiver in copping a sign;
raising up high a middle finger,
rather than your rights to resign.

X

Prosthetic Prose

Prose is prone to rhyme in a rhythm so quaint,
but to intone it sublime; a sure given it aint’

 

Alien observer’s notebook: Man is a lousy Plumber. He must think the Ocean is impure because he keeps trying to filter out the fish with giant mesh filters. Silly creature. When that doesn’t work, he drills holes in the Ocean floor to drain the water out.~

Someone said I might should listen to Meatloaf on CD. I don’t get it. As soon as I put a slice on the CD, it stopped sizzling and I couldn’t hear a thing.~

Does the FCC really know what they are doing? I find myself waking up to AM Radio, so I know what they mean when they say ‘Morning Radio.’ But while I can find an FM station, I can never seem to find a PM station. They need someone from the NyQuil folks to run the outfit, I think.~

The answer to the age old riddle: what came first, the Chicken, or the Egg? Answer: neither; it was the Rooster. (surely, someone else said this somewhere, sometime earlier)~

I must be a looser. There was this gal I liked who always bought fresh produce. But when I got fresh, she just slapped my face.~

 

Big Enough

To big to fail cost you and me,
for bailouts, and lost property.
To big to nail, cost prohibitively
the national debt ridiculous, be.

To big to jail cost you and me,
for hall passes for Mz Hillary.
To small to hail, just you and me,
our vote has no voice collectively.

X

It’s It

Time to offer up a bit of wit.
Something funny to any Brit?
Are you worried just a we bit
about a future Brexit bad sit?
Afraid there’s no way out of it;
to escape a daily diet of shit,
Mushrooms often get slit and bit.

X

Falling Sky

Chicken Little a warning did brae,
none believed in what he did say.
Many long years since passed away,
we still refuse to believe him today.

Yet Planet X and Wormwood obey
God’s Will and ARE heading our way.
The moral to me seems thus to say:
good Chicken Littles should now pray;
for it is written, “None knows the Day,”

 

I never did well in Science Class. I still don’t know the conversion factors between celsius, farenheit, and college degrees.~

Hillary avoids Potatos and Corn. She knows they have eyes and ears and might testify.~

Gmail just informed me my folder :”Hate Mail” is full. Half of it is from Democrats, and half from Republicans. The difference is, the Republicans tell me exactly why they don’t like me, and the Democrats only tell me how they feel.~

Taxes are a fiction, just as are the wages taxed; when the dollar is nothing but an I.O.U., you never really get paid, and so, you can never really be taxed or pay taxes, either. Credit and Bank Loans are a also a fiction, just as are the checks (also I.O.U.s) used in obtaining the loan or repaying it ­– and the bank didn’t even have the money to loan in the first place (allowed to loan up to 20 times their bank deposits). We just keep spoofing each other to solidify the illusion.~

If you still hate someone after putting yourself into their shoes… then they are obviously too tight because you are too big in your own mind for your own good, fat head.~

Be thankful I’m retired. If I was doing this full-time, I’d bore you to tears.~

Now days, the only way to achieve inner peace, is to scream at the top of your lungs for the politicians and newsmen to fucking go to hell, until they actually do.~

Dear government, and megacorps: Winning is not taking rights away with legislation or getting the contract for weapons to be used at Armageddon. These things are mutually assured destruction.~

When people say not to worry about things, “They will get better,” I think they must mean that the things that worry you will get better at doing that.~

Never take the last train from Clarksville. Its full of Monkeys.~

 

Theorist’s Conspiracy

Open the door to news of tragedy obscene. The lunacy involved, what can it mean?
Turn on the light and survey the crime scene – see Rats scurry trying not to be seen.
Catch one, make it come squeaky clean: Federal ties found amid many lies between.
Note all such oddities you might glean, contrary to the official story quite glassine.
Compare to what others have seen, conclude just what it really all does mean.
Forget now all you once had been, you’re now a conspiracy theorist, a sin.

 

In case you are wondering, yes, I used to do stage comedy in talent contests. Often got a first place. That was great; being the first person put on the bus out of town, I got to choose the best seat.~

Let me apologize in advance for insulting you. I’m not going to stick around in case you start swinging.~

The Federal Gov has gotten to be such a big asshole that it doesn’t even have to fart to stink up the whole country, but it does so continuously, anyway. If Hillary is elected, she plans on feeding it beens and drinking water from Mexico, giving new meaning to when the SHTF. I’m thinking Trump is the BEANO.~

 

A Noun is a word that has a ROCK solid object identity.
A Proper Noun tells the actual name or title, my dear SIR, or may I call you JOHN.
A Pronoun is an Avatar stand in for IT.
An Adjective tells you a IDENTIFIABLE personality.
A Verb is a word in MOTION.
An Adverb tells you its VERY measure.
A Preposition pre positions the Noun TO Verb relation.
A Conjunction forms a junction function between word thoughts, SO don’t get confused.
A Contraction is a contracted attraction giving traction to two words as one, a marriage licensed by apostrophication, or a foreshortening of a word as a slang thang for those who were THINK’N they HADN’T the time or space for two words.~

X

I had a Checklist but can’t use it as I haven’t written a check since Debit Cards came out.
I had a folding Map but I can’t follow it because there is no place in my car’s dash to plug it in.
I had a Plan but I can’t follow it because the steps don’t appear on the Dance Dance Revolution pad.
I had a contract but I don’t abide by it because I already held both the first and second Parties. Sorry I didn’t invite you.
I had a Letter but Sesame Street is now on a channel I don’t get.
I had an envelope but didn’t give a lick.
I had a Folder but since I no longer need the checklist, plan, contract, letter, or envelope, I threw it away, too.~

X

A Conservative Politician in Office is conservative in measuring out his power to avoid angering the voter; he fears the people, where a Liberal believes that governmental power is end all-do all, and they use/abuse their power to manipulate the people by fear of government.

A Conservative Government heeds its own laws by conservative judgment, where a Liberal tends to apply grains of salt, rationalize, and bend slightly, each time taking more liberal advantage until it is in time fully lawless.

A Conservative Government writes Laws which are conservative in principles within the limitations of its Charter (The Constitution, Bill of Rights), where a Liberal (by the above means) takes liberties in lawmaking which take liberty out of the Law; they become increasingly unconstitutional and negate the Bill of Rights.

A Conservative Policy must always fit the national interest in obedience to Sovereignty and which honors the Charter, where a Liberal is interested in reformation to a new model, almost always globalist in nature (i.e., favoring United Nations, One-World Government) and is willing to sacrifice the Charter and Sovereignty for that agenda.

A Conservative Politician thinks in terms of limitations per the above, which allows personal and corporate governance to be at ‘”Liberty” to flourish and pursue happiness and wellbeing, trusting the people to seek what they will for their own good, where a Liberal thinks in terms of socialistic Agenda which stifle or suppress these things ‘for the good of the people, of whom they think cannot be trusted.’

A conservative understands that to become elected or to move legislation, there must be an accommodating compromise between the ideal and the attainable, where a Liberal will promise anything to get what they really want, or take any drastic measure to get what they want, even if it means legislation which cannot possibly achieve the stated purpose, and especially if it serves some unstated agenda per the above.~

 

Panic is in abundance, as is a loose tongue, when the SHTF. Calm reason and restraint is called for. Take a deep breath, grab a cold beer and reflect before commenting. But if the bullets are flying around you, SHOOT BACK AND SAVE THE DIALOG FOR LATER. That’s when you will really need that beer.~

 

Why do they call them a POEM when no other word quite right rhymes with poem?
Why do they call them a JOKE when the point is a hard straight poke?
Why do they call them a SONG when it’s really a sing?
Why do they call them a RIDDLE when the answer is a clue in the middle?
Why do they call them a SPEECH when it gives you the claps or makes you boo who?
Why do they call them a REport, REmark or REply when it’s actually the first time?
Why do they call them a QUESTion when instead of taking the path to the answer on your own,
you leave it to another to do?
Why do they call them a PARagraph when there’s really only one?
Why do they call them a SENTENCE
when they rarely involve a judge?
Why do they call them a STORY when they don’t have walls, cielings, or floors?
Why do they call this a POST… oh, wait, I know: because that’s what it’s as dumb as.~

X

Why is it that you can talk to ten strangers and 7 or more of them will believe or agree like minded if you tell them…

About a UFO you’ve seen…
About 911 as an inside job…
About Global Warming as a sham…
About CIA and the mob killing JFK…
About chemtrails vs. contrails…
About a Bilderberger NWO/Illuminati conspirators…
About mind control, gang stalking, Voice-2-Skull…

But when you talk to ten lawmakers, law keepers, medicals, or reporters about any of that…
You are suddenly crazy to the point of risking forced evaluation?

Because the System and its professional armies are taught not to believe in the boogyman (who arranged for their lessons).~

 

The addage “Follow your dreams…” with respect to career can end terribly, UNLESS you take the RIGHT path:

1 toe in the water as a hobby… Insures you really do like it and have basic skills required.
2 build a boat taking courses in the trade, even if mail order or online. This will confirm
if you have actual talent. If not, start over w next best passion.
3 float the boat as intern. This will educate you as to the harsh realities and negatives of the
trade. Lets you confirm you like it, and regardless, gives a leg up on others for getting the job.
4 if you get this far, set sail as employee, setting aside savings. You WILL do well if you are ‘all in,’
what some call the ‘work ethic,’ which is simply doing your best.
5 with savings, buy a yacht by starting your own firm. That will plot a course to your dreams.

More: at all levels, start a small home-based business for both the experience, income, and tax benefits. This allows you to build resources (eg, instruments for a musician) less expensively and helps build your resume, client base, networking resources. I have NEVER not operated my own business since entering high school, and most related in their start to my first entry into a given field of work, at the hobby stage. I have therefore mastered and become successful in many fields and industry sectors, and despite having only a high school education, I’ve been granted four experiential degrees for the purpose of teaching at college level.~

 

My Mom always told me not to play in the street. She was right. The freeways are much more fun – if you are agile and don’t mind the blaring horns and screeching tires…~

What did the politician say to the activist? Nothing. He doesn’t pay attention to those voters, either.~

You are free to disagree with me as long as you understand I am never wrong and never make a mitsak ni anteing I sae.~

 

Modern Debate

What I believe is true. If you disagree, screw you.
I know I’ m right, I do. I’m clearly smarter than you.
Don’t you dare try to argue – untill your face turns blue:
What I believe is due – to claims I find undeniably true.

Your facts will not do, they confuse what I know is true.
Such reality I pooh pooh, my mind made up for me, you
see; I won’t listen to you. What’s that you ask askew?

No, I no not just who said, but some kind of Web guru.
Its not important just who. But I know it surly wasn’t you.
What I believe is true. If you don’t agree, boo hoo to you.
Truth’s what I want it to be, no matter what you say or do.

 

A Democrat Congressman and a Republican Senator walked into a bar… Wait! That’s already as big a joke as can be…~

Notice: please note… In case you haven’t noticed before. Have you ever noticed there is hardly ever been and important notice delivered or posted such that you actually noticed? Nah, I bet you didn’t even notice any such post. I hereby give notice that, if you noticed this post, or not, this notice is not such a notice, but merely a post giving note to such.~

 

Dos You Got Down Wid Wad I Be Say’n Bout Dis and Dat, Bro?

Dis, Dat, and Dos, as ‘hip’ as they could be, went into a bar to get a drink. Dos bought the 1st round of beers. Once served, Dat said “Dis be good ‘n stuff.”

Dis replied “I try to be good like dat, you know? Mama sez to.”

Dat saw Dis was confused, “Thank yo for the compliment, Dis, but dat not wad I meant. We all be drink’n da same brew and dat be good’n stuff.”

Dis and Dat seemed confused. “Look, Man, dis is on tapn we don’t be know’n wad it be,” he clarified.

Dis choked on a swig. “What yo say, bro? No one be tap’n on me, so natch, I dont know wad it be.”

“No, Man,” Dat tried to explain further, “Dis beer be tap beer. It be good, but ah dont know wad it be.”

Dis, at least, finally understood. “I got yo drift, now, Man. But I heard dos tap beers were cheap’n stuff. You know, po shit wid no taste. So wad dis be?”

Now Dos complained. “Wad yo mean… yo be sayin I bought cheep beers?”

And now, Dis was confused, once more, too. “I be just fine, bro. Why yo ask wad I be?”

At this point, the bartender happened by. “Hey, Man,” accosted Dat. “We be wond’rn… Wad be dis here beer?”

Dat be Dos,” he replied simply. “Dat be good, n stuff.”

Dat seemed upset, now. “Look, man, we been all through Dis be’n good, n stuff. But if yo be say,n I sho nuff should be like Dos… dat Dos be gooder,n me, I take ‘ception to dat. Yo don’t know Dat, and yo sho as Hell dont know me.”

Now Dos was miffed. “Hang on a sec, man,” he said to Dat, “yo sayin yo better’n me?”

Well, things went down hill from there and it looked like a fight was about to break out, when the bartender tried to calm them with clarification. “Dis be rediculous!” he started.

But Dis did’t give him a chance to finish, and knocked him on his ass!
 “Ha!” he exclaimed. “Yo dumb ass be’n on da flo wid yo dumb fat mouth bleed’n wad be rediculous.”

This unexpected event had disrupted the conflict between Dos and Dat long enough that they had calmed down. Dis suggested they leave, and all agreeing, they stormed out in a huff.

As they exited, Dis noted “We stiil dont know wad dat beer be. I sho nuff wish I knew.” 
The others agreed, none of them noticing the neon sign in the window reading “Dos XX on tap.”~

X

If Trump is such a chump we’ rather dump, and Uncle Bernie is ample wormy and too squirmy, and Hillary far too shrillery under FBI drillery, then does that mean Biden is bid’n his tim’n in decid’n if rid’n White Knight style last minute to the Demo’s how we’ll be decid’n who’s presidential presid’n?~

What happens when a Socialist politician, an establishment Democrat, a non establishment Republican and an establishment Republican go into a Bar and call for a round on them, each? The price of drinks goes up, the waitresses worry about deportation, the bartender adds water to the drinks, the bouncer calls a reporter, and the Janitor worries about having to clean up all the bullshit that’s about to be spread. And, the patrons realize the hangover isn’t going to be worth it, and they leave.~

 

 

Ferrari facing cataclysm!

 

Fractured Isms.

 

Ferris Beuller (Matthew Broderick) had it right. “A person should not believe in an “ism“, he should believe in himself.” In other words, don’t be a follower of someones ideas. If you want to make a change for the better, YOU are what you’ve been waiting for.

Here are some (twisted) examples of perhaps why isms can be problematic…

Capitalism: You have two cows. Sell one and buy a bull to start a cow factory. Worship in any church you want as long as you tithe a portion of your stock options. John Lennon is a famous millionaire singer invited to sit on your Board of Directors. Apple Computer stock looks attractive, so you merge to form Cowpile Computer.

Socialism: You have two cows. Give one cow to the government to slaughter and share with the poor. You worship in any church which is left or right of center. John Lennon is a folk singer of meaningful Marxist ballads. Apple Computer is bailed out by Congress whenever its stock falls below that of Microsoft.

Communism: You had two cows, but now the State has them, and may or may not give you some milk – if you are willing to stand in a long line. You do not go to church except to attend Party meetings. John Lennon is a decadent influence on youth. Apple Computer never was, because they refused to allow government to take more than one bite of it as it would ruin the logo.

Fascism: You had two cows but the government forced you to sell them to corporations for beans (magic or otherwise) who in turn sells the dairy and beef products back to you for huge profits. You go to the same church as the fearless leader, or you don’t go at all. John Lennon sounds like he was related to a Marxist and so he was shot. Apple Computer was burned to the ground in order to blame Compaqism and sweep Bill Gates into power.

Nazism: You had two cows but the government arrested you for hording and took them. You and your religious fanatic family are burned alive in your church for refusing to Sig Heil. John Lennon was in there with you, singing Give Peace a Chance. Apple Computer users are arrested and sent to camps for daring to ‘Think Different.’

Anarchism: You have two cows running down the freeway causing car wrecks. Shoot the tax collector, steal his money, and rape his dog (unless a hunting dog – but since it is a government dog, we know that dog don’t hunt.) You blow up the church. John Lennon sings Revolution. Macintosh Computers have a high repair rate from all the bullet holes.

Constitutionalism: You have two cows and the government cannot unreasonably search or seize them without a warrant, or prevent them from mooing, or prevent you from owning them and forming a militia of fellow cow owners who meet weekends and practice milking with dummy targets. You can’t figure out which of the thousands of churches to attend. Neither can John Lennon, so he writes Imagine. Steve Jobs was a Founding Father who wrote the ‘Consitution for the rest of us.’

Patriotism: You have two cows painted red, white, and blue. Your church supports the current war. John Lennon is boycotted, and so he has a sleep in. Apple is not sold to anyone unwilling to pledge allegiance to Microsoft products.

Militarism: You have two cows which you have convinced each that the other is seeking to invade their own private pasture. You sell arms to both sides. Your church owns stock in your company. John Lennon had his visa revoked because he was a pacifist who smoked pot. Apple Computer is what makes smart bombs smart.

Pacifism: You have two contented cows which give canned milk. Your body is your temple (and you are what you eat.) The government is headed by John Lennon. Apple Computer listens to its customer complaints.

Fatalism: Your cows died after you stopped feeding them because you figured they would just die, anyway. It was the same reasoning by which you determined God is dead. You never heard of John Lennon. Apple System error messages all start with ‘You should have known better than to think this wasn’t going to happen…’

Surrealism: You have a pasture full of Dell Computers searching the Web for the best price on a Macintosh. The government worships you. There is no John Lennon, because he would have made sense, so he instead turns out to actually be Ringo Star, who never quite did.

Bushisms: Is your cows in my Big Mac? I’m a God fearing man on Sundays. Which one is Lennon, and which one is Lennin? I will not have one of those damned Macs on my desk. Jobs didn’t contribute one cent to my election fund!

Clintonisms: Wow, look at those udders! I’m a God fearing man on Sundays. I liked John Lennon. We had a lot in common. In fact, I inhaled once, myself. I don’t know about granting Apple a GSA contract… they didn’t contribute to my election fund.

Obamaisms: Your cows are being detained indefinitely to combat terrorism. I’m a God fearing man on Sundays, unless I’m playing Golf. I liked John Lennon. I had FBI sue Apple Computer, who wouldn’t let me spy on iPhones, and didn’t contribute to my election fund.

Note: If you like the isms, they were lifted from a page full of additional jokes of greater complexity than the bulk of material in this post. Find them here: To Laugh in the Face of the NWO is the Best Form of Contempt.

 

What Will You U$E For Currency When T$HTF?


The more we move toward a cashless society, the more we are at risk should some financial, political, or natural disaster transpire which weakens or destroys societal and governmental dynamics. What people will accept in payment or trade for scarce and critical supplies could threaten your life if you don’t have any, or the cost may be more than you can afford, if you do. Here are some ideas to help you be prepared.

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com    proparanoid.net    facebook

copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.

In this post you will learn…

• what makes money valuable is also what can make it worthless;

• plastic and precious metals are useless in the aftermath of crisis;

• why government frowns and suppresses barter, and why to embrace it anyway;

• cash is usually aftermath King… but not always;

• whole new currencies evolve in serious or long term aftermath.

What money is, and why it has value

Money is nothing more than a convenient way to conduct ‘commerce’ (trade goods and services) with a standard and portable stand-in for something else of value. For this to work, all people within the trading area must agree to use it as such, and ‘it’ must have a definable and concretely known value. Any system of money is best handled by the local government, be it a tribal village in ancient times, or a modern industrialized nation. Or, it can be done by a network of banking and financial institutions, or even a combination with government. As we will see, banking options are good for them, bad for everyone else.

The later is what we have, today, and it suffers two problems most of us are aware of, both stemming from the banking side. To fully appreciate that, we should step back in time just a bit. Please take the time to read what you may otherwise presume already to know, because the points made in this section will play to remaining sections in critical ways. This is because only governments used to issue money, and to establish its value, they could not and dare not create money unless they held something of value in reserves somewhere, something of concrete and great value to back it up. Most nations, as did America, used Gold; the ‘Gold Standard.’

tshtf

Whatever the value standard was, a citizen could go to a bank or government Purser, and demand to trade in the currency for its value in that item (i.e., Gold), or vice versa. This system guaranteed the value of the currency to a known unit of measure, and tended to help establish and maintain a stable economy, and made international trade viable; each currency had a concretely known valuation, and established trust between nations that the standard item, itself, could be obtained, if desired, to settle any balance of trade debt which might exist.

Then came the banks with their own idea, called Central Banks, which enables the printing of Fiat Currency, which is money which has nothing of value backing it. Enter the Federal Reserve Banking System. It has cost you and me a significant sum of our personal lifetime earrings. Some say we have literally been sold into slavery to the banks. Learn more about exactly how much it has cost you personally, here. Many, as do I, call it Treason, including the prophetic warnings of our Founding Fathers:

• “If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks…will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered…. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs.” – Thomas Jefferson in the debate over the Re-charter of the Bank Bill of 1809 (millions of us, including myself, did wake up homeless with the Mortgage Derivative Collapse and associated ‘too big to fail’ bailouts, and we have had nothing but inflation and deflation cycles, not to mention devaluation of the dollar since establishing the Fed)

• “I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies.” –Thomas Jefferson

• “… The modern theory of the perpetuation of debt has drenched the earth with blood, and crushed its inhabitants under burdens ever accumulating.” -Thomas Jefferson (a reference to the National Debt)

• “History records that the money changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit, and violent means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling money and its issuance.” -James Madison

• “If congress has the right under the Constitution to issue paper money, it was given them to use themselves, not to be delegated to individuals or corporations.” -Andrew Jackson (Banks are corporations)

• “The Government should create, issue, and circulate all the currency and credits needed to satisfy the spending power of the Government and the buying power of consumers. By the adoption of these principles, the taxpayers will be saved immense sums of interest. Money will cease to be master and become the servant of humanity.” -Abraham Lincoln (the Fed is all about interest paid to the banks for every dollar printed.)

• “Issue of currency should be lodged with the government and be protected from domination by Wall Street. We are opposed to…provisions [which] would place our currency and credit system in private hands.” – Theodore Roosevelt (in the long-running debate about establishing a central bak.)

But the Fed would become reality just in time to pay for WWI with fiat money. But that was not the first time. In the early days of forming new States within the United States, Banks could also print their own money with no attachment to or obligation of government, hopefully backing it up with some kind of standard; a certain degree of trust was involved, and many people found that their banker was a crook. This practice, both legitimate and criminal, was especially common in Gold and Silver mining towns, where shipping precious metals was risky due to bandits. Other negotiable instruments also came to exist, which can similarly be thought of as forms of money. Stocks, Bonds, Notes, Futures, and more. But these featured valuations tied to more complex and less tangible things, and were not simple enough for usage as currency except with brokers and special institutional trading firms.

But several new ways for banks to print their own money also arose which were useful enough by all. One is the ‘Check,’ your checking account. It is merely a highly organized and easily validated (to a point) method of trading in I.O.U.s. Anyone can write an I.O.U. on a any piece of paper, and if the other person accepts it as a debt, and the writer honors it, it has value. And, it can be passed from one person to another until paid, like a Marker used in the underworld.

But people do not trust strangers, and the bank’s checking systems addressed that by using the bank as a kind of validation and tracking of the debt, and the debtor. The underworld uses fear and organized crime to do the same with markers. And, do we not fear the wrath of our banks and the law should we write a bad check? This is called debt bondage, a very real and powerful political and social control system that keeps the locals, that’s you and me, in line for fear of loosing all they own. Unless, of course, you simply choose to  opt out, as have I.

As far as checking is concerned, eventually, the check must be traded for real currency, so no new money was actually created, but while in circulation, the total amount of ‘money in use’ is greater than had been printed, a pseudo inflation factor. Today, some 20 billion checks are written each year, with a value of 26 trillion. To put that into perspective, it would pay off the entire National Debt with money to spare. It is also roughly 20 times the value of all U.S. money in circulation. So is the National Debt, and though no causal connection seems to exist, it is an interesting coincidence, is it not?

Banks also ‘print’ money by loaning money that does not exist. They are allowed by law to loan up to 20 times the money they hold in their vaults from depositors. They write a check, and you then use that ‘money’ to write more checks for whatever purpose the loan was intended. They get deposited somewhere, and eventually returned to the issuing bank. You make monthly payments to the bank, money against which more loans can be made. As long as less than 1 in 20 of loaned dollars is converted to cash withdrawal, the bank has gotten away with printing at least 19 defacto dollars; another pseudo inflation factor. A loan is for fictitious money, and how to you repay a fiction? A question well asked, and some have an answer which will astonish you, and though giving you hope, you will fear it, as well.

The worst offender is the Central Banking System, which allows governments to print money with absolutely nothing behind it; no standard. The government itself is printing nothing more than an I.O.U. The Bank, in our case being the Federal Reserve Bank (the Fed), which is NOT a Federal Agency, but a banker-controlled corporation. The Treasury prints money in the form of Federal Reserve Notes backed only by interest bearing Treasury Bonds given to the Federal Reserve (functionally, an I.O.U.), and the Federal Reserve Note is itself therefore also an I.O.U. Some of these are sold to anyone wishing to buy them, quite often hundreds of millions of dollars held by wealthy men of note, but also, ordinary citizens. Those unsold are held by the banking cadre.

This is an automatic inflation driving machine for several reasons, not the least of which is it allows government to fund any massive and costly adventure without worrying about actually paying for it, as long as they are willing to drive up the National Debt, which no one is ever going to pay off. The downside is, of course, that our purchasing power continues to dwindle, and at some point, the dollar will need to be officially devalued, and only YOU and I will loose in that deal. Meanwhile, every increase of the national debt is de facto devaluation; you and I loose purchasing power as if officially devalued. Simultaneously, more and more of tax dollars go to the FED to pay off INTEREST (only) on T Bills, and that money goes directly to the bankers. The debt is NEVER reduced.

If it were, the Fed would actually collapse. Here is an explanation from David Graeber, and English Anthropologist, regarding the first central bank in existence: “In fact this [debt] is precisely the logic on which the Bank of England—the first successful modern central bank—was originally founded. In 1694, a consortium of English bankers made a loan of £1,200,000 to the king. In return they received a royal monopoly on the issuance of banknotes [their ‘Fed’]. What this meant in practice was they had the right to advance IOUs for a portion of the money the king now owed them to any inhabitant of the kingdom willing to borrow from them, or willing to deposit their own money in the bank—in effect, to circulate or “monetize” [create fiat currency] the newly created royal debt. This was a great deal for the bankers: they got to charge the king 8 percent annual interest for the original loan and simultaneously charge interest on the same money to the clients who borrowed it, but it only worked as long as the original loan remained outstanding. To this day, this loan has never been paid back. It cannot be. If it ever were, the entire monetary system of Great Britain would cease to exist.

There is much more which can be and should be said, but this is not about the evils of the Federal Reserve or financial institutions. The intent was simply to give a glimpse at what money is, and what makes it valuable (or not), in NORMAL circumstances. And, in normal circumstances, the ONLY thing which makes Federal Reserve Notes valuable is a law passed in support of creation of the Fed, which says and which is echoed right on the money, itself, that it is good for all debts, public and private; should you refuse to accept it as such, the debt is forgiven under that law; we are forced to accept it.

 

But what happens when TSHTF?

In any serious financial, societal, or natural disaster, all bets may be off, and cash may either become a monstrous burden, or have no value at all. To the extent that social systems and governmental control fails, or their function is diluted, the value of money can suddenly become undefined, except by the seller. It is not just a matter of free-market price setting, but weather or not the seller will see value in money, at all, the government no longer being in a position to enforce the law which says it must be accepted.

Pre War Germany was in financial crises which ultimately helped to sweep Hitler into power. Here, a woman purchases some food with a basket full of money. Germany's inflation rate was so high that they were printing 100 billion Deutchmark bills (i.e., a single $100,000,000,000 bill) for public use.

Pre War Germany was in severe financial crises which ultimately helped to sweep Hitler into power. Of course, he blamed the Jews, who had nothing to do with it, but scapegoats are easy to come by when people are scared. Here, a woman purchases some food with a basket full of money. Germany’s inflation rate was so high that they were printing 100 billion Deutchmark bills (i.e., a single DM100,000,000,000 bill) for public use. MONEY WAS ESSENTIALLY WORTHLESS. Welcome to fiat currency run amok.

Some say to hoard precious metals for such crisis, but that is foolishness, because you can’t spend gold. For one thing, it is too valuable, and another, it is too difficult to validate without special chemicals, scales, and knowledge. How does the seller know it is real Gold, or what its actual value currently is? Not only will there be an issue as to weight, which is multiplied by a given value per ounce, but there will be no way to know (where a crises involves loss of communications), what the actual current value per ounce actually is. The wise seller must therefore significantly undervalue any metal offered in payment.

And how do you buy something low in value with something high in value, when there is no way to ‘make change?’ Hoarding Gold is fine for long-term protection of large cash holdings, but it is next to useless and extremely costly to attempt to use it as currency in a crisis.

THEREFORE, if actual money starts to fail in usefulness, whole new currencies will arise.

 

What will be the new currency in a crisis?

Yes, new currencies, and nothing like money as we know it. But like money, where it is still accepted in a crisis, the value thereof will be determined mostly by the seller, and this will give new meaning to the expression, ‘shop around.’ The most common alternate currencies will become food, water, fuels, and ammunition. Too a lesser degree, anything in high demand and low supply, such as weapons and tools, or anything key to survival. Being aware of that in advance is a great advantage, because there are two things in common with all these items which allows for good preparation.

The first is, that they have a relatively low value now, before there is a crisis. You can afford to stockpile, and would be wise to do so, taking into consideration storage space requirements and shelf life. It would be good to have at least a small hoard of each item in quantities greater than for reserves for personal consumption during the emergency and, where storage space, shelf life, and finances permit, to perhaps have a large hoard of one or more items on the list to become your personally favored currency.

The second is, that anyone can produce them, themselves, to one degree or another, both before and after a crisis. Anyone can sink a well or fetch water from nature, and transport it to where it is less available for ‘profit.’ Anyone can grow and store food if they have the land for it. Anyone can chop wood or make alcohol (fuels) if they but arrange to do so. Anyone can reload spent munitions if they have a loader and can obtain gunpowder, and for the matter, anyone can make gunpowder if they know how to find the raw materials and they are locally available.

Lead for ammunition is another matter, but it is cheap to buy ahead of crisis. So the purchase of a supply of lead and tools to form bullets and reload might be a great idea. Yet most people will not do any of these things, or cannot due to finances or lack of knowledge, and it is exactly that which gives them an excellent future value – extra value, in fact, because in aftermath situations, the normal supply chain of these things has been interrupted or entirely cut off, and access to the knowledge or finances to acquire them with it.

Once TSHTF, you are locked into your current state of affairs; you are either prepared to offer the right currency at an affordable rate, or you are slave and at the mercy to/of those who can. Only one of these two groups has a good chance at survival. That is the worst kind of debt slavery.

 

Barter, the alternative currency

Click to get a glimpse at doing your own barter from a legal perspective.

Click to get a glimpse at doing your own barter network from a legal perspective.

The government hates barter and suppresses it in a mountain of laws restricting its use. Barter is, in fact, the basis of the new evolving currencies just discussed. But for those in that second, hapless group just mentioned, they may be able to survive for a while by bartering with their earthly possessions, albeit at a costly rate of exchange. A $3,000 professional video camera might be good for a tank of gas, or a few days worth of food; what value is there in a video camera without electricity? But it might be accepted if there is some hope that, eventually, power will be restored, or if the parts might be useful to a tinkerer seeking to build something mechanically useful.

But barter can work well, even before a crisis, despite the laws. The laws are there because the barter concept tends to ‘cheat’ government out of taxes. If you buy something with dollars, you got taxed on the income from whence you got the dollars, and the seller is taxed on the income he earned, and there is likely a sales tax, as well. In barter, as originally conceived and employed before the laws existed, you simply gave labor in exchange for items, or traded items. As long as both parties agreed the exchange was acceptable value given for acceptable value received, it was a done deal. Yes, sometimes one side might feel the value was short, and ask for augmentation with a little cash thrown in.  Or not.

Barter best works in a network situation involving more than two parties. You have Oranges and want Apples, I have Grapes and want Oranges, and someone else has Apples and wants Grapes. No problem, a three-way swap. But to do that takes an organized network with the means to track what is needed and match it to what is offered and available elsewhere. Barter associations or organizations are set up, and of course, that takes effort and manpower, and a building that has monthly rent, and other things which take actual money.

The other thing a barter group could do, was to accept goods or labor obligations (I.O.U. for work to be done) as if a deposit in a bank, against which the member offering such could make some combination of present or future withdrawal of other goods or services as they became available and needed. This allows conversion of unwanted or surplus items into future barter trade power, rendering the barter group as a kind of retail store and universal service provider. Again, government does not like anything resembling a bank in procedure, and would normally tax a retailer on inventory.

As all these functions take money to facilitate, barter groups would charge a small fee for a transaction based on the dollar value of the transaction. DOLLARS were still used as the MEDIUM for determining TRADE VALUATIONS. That meant creating a corporate entity to facilitate and organize barter transactions, and typically, charging a membership fee to allow access to the system. That was what led government to take interest in and to legislate against barter; such systems could quickly grow in membership and began processing huge numbers of transactions, some of which were themselves huge in valuation.

I, for example, belonged to such a group, and in a single transaction, moved $35,000 in goods, against which I would acquire needed goods and services which enabled me to live more inexpensively for a full decade — until the government passed laws which forced the barter group out of business, and started taxing everyone involved to the point where the advantage seemed lost. But it need not be that way, especially once TSHTF.

You can join an existing barter program, but if you do, you should also form your own local barter group, because the big programs will not be available in a crisis. Anyone do so without formal corporate existence, and without charging fees, and without a retail or banking format. I highly encourage it, though you should check with a lawyer as laws vary State to State (click the above image for the Oregon situation). Yes, there will be some concern about tax reporting, but that is a minor issue unless you start dealing in large volumes of goods and services. Frankly, most people who barter this way report nothing, because unless it is in volume, it isn’t even worth the trouble to track and report it, not to them, or the government. But the VALUE is in HAVING A NETWORK IN PLACE IN A CRISIS…   priceless.

When TSHTF, especially if communications are down, it is both difficult and even potentially dangerous to attempt to form a network. Danger stems from the fact that, unless care is taken to avoid strangers, you may offer to form a network, in which case you state what you have of interest, and if they think they have more guns than you, and want what you have, they know where to get it without cost. Moreover, mutual defense is a thing which can itself become a barter commodity, assuming you have the guns and manpower of good use to others; it is, after all, another kind of service.

So to prepare for a crisis, don’t just hoard key supplies, but establish a barter network, even if you do not choose to use it. Doing so amplifies the value of your preferred currency, because you already have people willing to accept it fairly. Consider these words of wisdom:

• “The propensity to truck, barter and exchange one thing for another is common to all men, and to be found in no other race of animals.” Adam Smith, Scottish Philosopher.

My take is that barter is natural to man, and as such, is an unstated free right to undertake at will – to hell with government, or in reverse, if government has gone to hell, what else do we have to trade with, but barter;

• “Capitalism invariably boils down to barter between two willing parties, neither of whom uses force to work with the other.” Ben Shapiro, Political Commentator.

When TSHTF, force becomes the only commodity the weak minded and hapless will have to trade with. To strengthen your defenses, you need something better, as well as a means of countering force with force of your own. A Barter network gives you both, where mutual defense agreements become a thing which may be bartered: If I have superior weapons and more gun bearers than you, an imbalance exists which might be offset in goods or other services.

• “In primitive society, Man produced directly for the satisfaction of his own wants, but with the development of society came differentiation of functions; exchange and barter arose, various trades sprang up, and with the necessity of commercial intercourse, cam the invention of money.” Charles A. Beard, renowned Historian.

This sums up this entire post in the most direct of statements: barter came first, money after. When money fails to function usefully, we must be ready to barter, either with a new currency of convenience, or outright barter networking. Our very lives could depend upon it.

Not fully convinced? Want more information?

May I humbly suggest some further reading about WHY you should worry about flying excrement from an unexpected fan, and also offer some additional valuable resources? Here is a compendium of useful material on the dangers of crisis and the topic of being prepared, not just in terms of currency, but other considerations which are well beyond the scope of this post. These are Facebook ‘pages,’ so you can FOLLOW them for updates. Please consider to Follow my blog, as well.

The Fema, Martial Law, Revolution Database. Don’t let the title scare you away; its a compendium of articles and posts about the likelihood and risks of various forms of civil unrest and social, economic, or natural disasters, as well as general advice such as found in the above post. It’s sub-name is When All Hell Breaks Loose.

The Post Apocalyptic Library. A compendium of resources where you can find critical how-to information needed for survival in a crisis. Everything from how to make a torch to how to make a portable generator from a lawn mower. The idea is to visit those sites and print the instructions, and place them in a safe place and in your ‘go bag’ so that you will have them when needed; they won’t be available once TSHTF.

Terrorist H. Michael Sweeney’s RAP Sheet


OK, it’s true. There are at least a half-dozen ways the government can ‘claim’ I’m a terrorist. YOU TOO, for that matter. But I have a Record of Arrest and Prosecution ‘sheet’ to illustrate one of the ways I am definitely a terrorist to someone, including people that think I’m merely a conspiracy theorist. I am not ‘mere,’ at anything I do…

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com   proparanoidpress.com   proparanoid.net  

copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.

 

What makes you a terrorist when you live in a Police State?

Simple answer: anything you do. There have been so many Constituion trampling Acts of Congress and Executive Orders, all so vaguely worded as to allow the broadest of interpretations, that it is almost just that easy for someone in government to label YOU (and certainly me) a terrorist. That can have very unfortunate consequences, depending on who labels you, why, and what they do about it. You can end up on the no fly list, or some kind of watch list, or even be vanished forever by Men in Black whisking you off in a black van.

One such example is, that being a conspiracy theorist automatically makes you a terrorist according to FBI. That’s bluntly stated, but true, as an article at Public Intelligence illustrates: “A flyer from a series created by the FBI and Department of Justice to promote suspicious activity reporting states that espousing conspiracy theories or anti-US rhetoric should be considered a potential indicator of terrorist activity. ” The flyer, linked in the article, specifically includes 9-11 Truthers (that’s about 1/3 of the U.S. population).

OK; I’m a conspiracy theorist, or if you prefer, a Conspiracy Terrorist. But I am no ordinary ‘theorist,’ because I have a R.A.P. sheet… a Record of Arrests and Prosecutions. And here it is, below the FBI Fellon ID Card (which shows that not even FBI always gets the right man)… but be sure to read the summary text before you wonder why I’m still walking around freely.

hmswanted

R.A.P. Sheet, H.Michael Sweeney

1976  Wire Tapping, 2 counts, charges dropped for insufficient evidence

1980  Embezzling, charges dropped after resignation from company

1983  Counterfeiting, Drug Smuggling, sentenced

1984  Wire Tapping, charges dropped for insufficient evidence

1985  Shoplifting, 4 counts, sentenced

1987  Fraud, Embezzling (pretending to be a Pastor), Bad Checks, charges dropped after restitution

1988  Wire Fraud, 3 counts, sentenced

1988  Smuggling, 2 counts (bioweapons, diamonds), sentenced

1990  Espionage, Interception of Electronic Communications, charges dropped by NSA intervention

1991  Bank Robbery, 4 counts, sentenced

1991  Wire Tapping, 4 counts, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

1992  Fraud, 3 counts, Witness Tampering, 3 counts, Withholding Evidence, 2 counts, Murder,

            cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

1993  Breaking and Entering, 2 counts, Grand Theft, charges dropped after restitution

1994  Wire Tapping, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

1994  Attempted Murder, 12 counts, case turned over to Internal Affairs, and dropped

1996  Espionage, 3 counts, Violation of Civil Rights, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

1998  Wire Tapping, Stalking, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

1998  Grand Theft Auto, Operating Chop Shop, 3 counts, sentenced

1999  Possession of Controlled Substance with Intent to Sell, sentenced

2001  Bioterrorism, Attempted Assassination, investigation closed by DOJ intervention

2002  Terrorism, 4 counts, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

2004  Bioterrorism, case closed due to lack of evidence

2004  Cyberterrorism, Hacking (of CIA’s Web site), charges dropped in exchange for services rendered

2016  Armed Robbery, 2 counts, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

2016  Bank Robbery, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

 

Summary Judgement

By now, if you actually read the full list, you realize no one person could be guilty of all those crimes and still be walking free… and that there were crimes on the list immediately after incarceration, and no jail breaks to account for that. This is because these are not crimes that I committed, but crimes I have investigated and exposed, or helped expose and prosecute, often working with Police, FBI, SS, and CIA, sometimes working against rogue elements of those and other agencies, even spy agencies of other governments.

Left out of that list, are perhaps 200 Stalking, Wire Tapping, and Torture cases I’ve worked on as online consultant with victims of such affairs (I’ve had contact with 12,000 individuals in that kind of predicament). I left them out because it would have made the post unreadable, and that’s a shame… a disservice to the thousands of victims of this form of abuse of power and conspiratorial corruption of principalities and powers.

So I do not claim to be a mere terrorist, but to have stopped terrorism. But neither am I a mere conspiracy theorist, because many of the conspiracy theories I’ve investigated have put people in jail, or at least shut them down and forced them to run away. One Governor, possibly two, a National Guard General, an elected County Sheriff, two Police Chiefs, a Criminal Investigation Division Lt., a C.E.O. of an international software firm, and a host of lower law enforcement personnel have all vacated their posts (some being jailed) after I finished doing my thing. While I cannot claim every one of them retired or otherwise departed their posts because of me, as I was not allowed access to official internal documents, I’m fairly certain a good number of them grumbled my name under their breath on the way out the door.

All that said, I hope that you, dear reader, have come to understand that a conspiracy theorist is no different than any other standard investigative force of a more official nature. Except for two small things, we all try to fit the available evidence with the environ of facts to determine the truth. We both form hypothetical postulations as to suspect and motive, prove opportunity and method, and try each point of evidence against all others which might disprove the hypothesis (though as we see all too often, many criminal cases are happy to prosecute the innocent if they think they can make a strong enough case and hide the truth).

We both theorize up front. The first difference is that conspiracy theorists do not have the luxury of making an official determination, while the official investigators do. The second difference, and most important, is that we start with questions regarding failures in logic in the official findings and reports; we question government, which is not only the right, but the DUTY of every citizen, always. How else will you ever find a cover up? We know there have been all manner of cover ups exposed in media over the last few decades, and I remind you, you NEVER have a cover up UNLESS there is a conspiracy, because a cover up itself REQUIRES a conspiracy to execute it, and the affair being covered up is always so complex that it, too, MUST by default represent a conspiracy. Guaranteed.

OK, FBI, come and cuff me… unless I’m wearing a bomb like other terrorists,or have run off to Mexico to escape your ‘justice,’ in which case, just have a better day.

The Two Party System is Suiciding — Too Late to Save America?


Wake up and smell the mushroom food you’ve been being fed since you were old enough to vote, and before. Plug your nose and consider what’s next…

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com   proparanoidpress.com   proparanoid.net  

copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.

The Two Party System is Suiciding — Too Late to Save America?

Have you not noticed the constant repetitive pattern? Every few years we get disgusted with the last batch of politicians we voted into office, especially at Presidential level, and vote in the opposite party. We are upset almost always for the same generic reasons: they promised one thing (we liked), and to fix what the last bunch did (we didn’t like), but all we wound up with was, ‘the new boss same as the old boss.’ Just like the song, we ‘hope we don’t get fooled, again.’

HOW’S THAT BEEN WORKING OUT FOR YOU?

Racistcampaignposter1

from Wikpedia: 1866 Poster reveals 180 degree turn for Dems, who now embrace/seek political dominance on back of minorities. (click)

Answer: It aint’ never had and ain’t ever shall, unless you are big Pharma, big Oil, big Telecom/IT, big Bank, Big Brother, or simply a fascist, globalist, or illuminati player.

The fact is, the Constitution and Bill of Rights, the basis for our whole system of government by, of, and for the People, so scared the elite power brokers in our early years of Continental unification and domination (formation of the 48 states), that they invented the two party system as a means of insuring that ONLY the power elite could run for high office; a complex system of delegates and voting rules which are designed to weed out anyone who is unwilling to run on a platform sympathetic to the predetermined ‘issues’ which suit the ‘party.’

Note re image: talk about disgusting campaigns. But which is worse? 1866 or 2016, 150 yrs. hence?

Issues are selected not so much on the basis of what actually pulls the people’s heart strings, as much as what the analysts and advisors think will ADEQUATELY pull their heart strings WITHOUT forcing any actual cure or change to ‘gains’ made by the party just prior to last being voted out of office — those things the voters got mad at them for in the first place; it is important to insure voters never remember those things, and focus instead on what’s wrong with the current batch of looters and despots, only.

The two party system is also designed to negate popular choices. No matter how many people vote in the primary for a given candidate, the back room deals in cigar-smoke filled rooms between powerbrokers will ultimately determine who the nominee actually is, and that person is going to be that new boss who’s going to fool us, again. Guaranteed. It’s worse, now, because now they can legally hand out Havanas.

Finally, it is designed to quash any possible third independent party contender. They do this very easily by telling you that to vote for them is a wasted vote (true only if you actually vote for other than your actual preferred choice), and by telling you that such a vote dilutes any chance of defeating (whomever they think you fear being elected). We hear that time and time again, and heaven forbid that if such a candidate should actually make decent headway, they will find a way to destroy him before the election ever takes place.

That is exactly what happened when Ross Perot ran against Clinton/Bush. As I had warned the Secret Service based on my ten-year investigation into abuse of power issues by the New World Order, it seemed absolutely clear that an assassination or blackmail attempt against him or his family to force him out of the race was inevitable. Indeed, within weeks of that warning, Anthrax powder was mailed to his family, and according to my SS back channel contact, it was the same as employed against Clinton’s Bodyguard, the man who was set to testify against Clinton over illegal activities undertaken while Governor of Arkansas prior to his Presidential bid. As result, on the very night that Perot won the State of Colorado and was assured a position on the ballot, he withdrew from the election without a useful or true explanation.

Is the Two Party System suiciding?

I believe it is. There are several coincidental forces which are destroying it from within, and they each tend to cross pollinate one another.

  • The Democrats have only been able to field a closet Communist and a closet criminal (simplest descriptions). I’d be happy to defend those labels if anyone cares to be shut down by facts not commonly found in controlled media.
  • The Republicans have only been able to field a closet fascist (my fear, hope I’m wrong), a batch of Bush clones and other elite same-as asses.
  • Both parties have underestimated just how fed up the People are, and have largely failed to elect platforms that we really care about, except for Trump, who unfortunately seems to be more verbiage than substance.
  • Controlled Media has repeatedly run afoul of that underestimation by electing to attack Trump when he says something ‘controversial’ or ‘politically incorrect’ only to find the People disagree with media and are beginning to wonder why still shots of Trump are always unflattering as if he is shouting a curse, and shots of Hillary are always smiling sweetly. “What? Us have a biased agenda?”
  • The threat by almost all candidates that if not nominated (i.e., the ‘wrong’ candidate is nominated), they will consider to run independently, not only threatens to destroy the party, but also, to split the final election vote in favor of the opposing party. But one or even both parties could end up doing this, which would negate the split and make it a true free for all.
  • Should Hilary be indicted (she is under FBI investigation which continues to uncover considerable evidence of wrongdoing, and not under a ‘security review’ as she prefers to call it) after nomination, no one has any clue as to what would happen to resolve the Democrat’s quandary, but the net effect would likely be much the same as in (5), above.
  • Should Trump fail to be nominated, no one knows what the Repulisvecan party can do to resolve the problem of how to win the election if he indeed runs independently. Ditto for the Demoncrats shoul (6) transpire.

So my answer is YES, and thank goodness! I’ve harped against the two party process ever since Obama, and should have been ever since I started voting… but I thought I was doing fine on mushroom food, like everyone else.

Is it too late?

Probably, at least in one major way. No matter what happens, we are going to get a President and resulting cabinet we will later wish was merely a Dog Catcher or Postman, and perhaps not even that (no slight intended of those public service posts).

Hopefully not in the more important way; the future of America is, after all, at stake. The true issues we should be dealing with have never been raised by any politician save Perot, perhaps, and even he did not take full aim, in my view. To see what I mean, check out my 24 campaign planks were I running for President.

The chaos which would result with the collapse of the Democans and Republicrats would create a power vacuum the likes of which this nation has never seen. We would end up with countless new political parties seeking to rush in and redefine how candidates got on the ballot: a Constitutional or Populist Party (Hooray!), a Liberal Party (ye olde democrats), a Conservative Party (new age republicans), a Neocon Party (ye olde Republican good fellows), a Moral Majority Party (dazed and overwhelmed by LGBTG and the like), a Nationalist Party (military-industrial-intelligence-media complex), a Centrist Party (big everything), a Socialist Party (dare I suggest ye new Democrats), and perhaps even a Communist Party (Putin for President?).

That might be a good thing, provided anyone can really tell who all the new players really are. That’s because most of them would choose names other than I’ve shown which better describe their true colors, to include someone calling themselves Republicans and Democrats. It might take decades to figure them all out, with many new bosses the same as before along the way. I kid you not.

Final scene, The Fly, 20th Century Fox, 1958

From final scene, The Fly, 20th Century Fox, 1958

Nothing in politics is ever what it seems up front, and given the chance to remake themselves, politicians will simply take off one sheep’s disguise and don another, and in this case, there will be secondary disguises several layers deep to make sure we have a hard time finding their true nature. About the only ones that would be truly identifiable would be a Constitutionalist and Communist party, presuming someone else didn’t beat them to the use of the name.

I feel like the half-human Fly caught in the Spider’s web in the movie by the same name…

Help me… help meeee!”

 

Emergency Post: BLM vs. Bundy is an Ominous Danger


It is seen by government as a win-win ploy that raises the stakes to unimaginable levels. What we see on the surface has nothing to do with the sinister plot which it enables and portends. This is our last and only chance to save the country, or loose it to tyranny forever, and rush toward Earth’s final demise.

Will Bundy vs. BLM start Revolution 2.0?

By H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com   proparanoidpress.com   proparanoid.net  

copyright © 2014, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.

What is going on in Nevada with the BLM?

What you will learn reading this post…

•  government’s actions against Bundy are mere window dressing — something more sinister is afoot;
•  the stakes are incredibly high, but hard to see — your very life and the fate of the World, in fact;
•  there is only one logical solution, and everyone plays a role.
What can I do to help Bundy against the BLM?

Why BLM vs. Bundy matters regardless of if his cause is just or he has no legal leg to stand on

UPDATE: Same day posted… Oh, so now we find out its really for the oil companies? What Corporate Police State? BLM sells 29 oil, gas leases in northeast Nevada End update.

Free Speech Zone meaningless when dogs and tasters are aimed directly at the people. From againstcronycapitalism.org (click)

Government made it matter, and with dark purpose. At one glance it is an effort to usurp power over people, and the States, as well as to empower corporate ranching over private ranchers. It is a form of unfair and excessive taxation without representation against a political enemy of financial convenience to friends of the White House. And, it is an opportunity to make yet one more National Police Force out of the BLM. But, thanks to controlled media/government PR, not everyone sees these points of view.

But even that view is incomplete and misses the mark, if we but look closer. It is a deliberate series of escalations by government over time to garner public attention among and inflame we select people (why it gets little due mainstream coverage — save that which slants as it did at Ruby Ridge and Waco). They know the Web will be awash in the circles of we Patriots, Constitutionalists, Activists, and others who oppose the tyranny and oppression our government has come to represent since 9-11. The Sheeple must not be unduly disturbed until it can have false flag impact of calculated value.

I talk a lot about the need for citizens to draw lines in the sand and be willing to become Minuitmen should such lines be crossed. Now comes government to draw it for us, I write here to tell you that you have no choice but accept the challenge, and act decisively. You may perish either way, but I’d rather perish attempting to control my life and future than to leave it to others less kindly inclined to favor me. If there is to be armed revolution, let it be on our terms, not theirs.

Why so conclude? Because if they work it right, the ‘standoff gone wrong’ is a perfect chance to justify taking guns. By forcing a showdown and a gunfight (what the snipers do best – there is no justification for government deploying snipers unless for this cause, AND to selectively inflame those who stand for Liberty and who remember Ruby Ridge). There are two possible ends, of course, though I think they will insure BOTH transpire.

Regardless, such a battle is win-win for government. The “poor defensless BLM armed only with tasers,’ if loosing large numbers will be seen by Sheeple as an outrage, and given that Militia were involved from multiple quarters, and other armed parties, Obama can order Martial Law with suspension of the Constitution. Especially if also employing agent provocateurs for local violence across the country, as was employed in the LA Riots, where National Guardsmen posed as rioters to prime the pump.  This would likely result in orders for the military and Police to go door-t0-door. Who knows, Obama might even order the U.N. in as long-feared and first promoted as concept by Henry Kissinger. Or, he might simply order in the military; A-10s, attack choppers, a Stryker Battalion, and so forth.

They can then conveniently ‘quash armed rebels and terrorists,’ confiscate all guns, round up dissidents and politically incorrect opponents (like you and me — why they have been spying on us so earnestly), and hold a Con Con (they are already staging for it) to pass the Constitution of the NewStates of America, already written, which essentially enables the formation of the North American Union and surrender of US sovereignty to the U.N. in stages. All of this leads, of course, to a one-World Government (that Constitution has also already been written), and provides a single seat of power to enable the Antichrist’s coming to power.

Note: The NewStates Constitution is reprinted in my booklet, Fatal Rebirth, along with the World Constitution, complete with analysis line by line (NewStates) to show how draconian a document it really is. Rights become privileges which can be revoked at any time by any agency or party of government for any cause, even retroactively, and almost anyone in government can write law, and again, it can be retroactive. And if you think the two-party system and the FED/IRS is bad, wait until you see what follows. You can request a free copy of the ebook version of Vol I of Fatal Rebirth by email request to pppbooks at comcast net. 

THAT is what is at stake. Nothing less than EVERYTHING!

So we must be decisive: regardless of how we view Bundy’s cause or government’s viewpoint, regardless of if an armed and concerned citizen or a dumbed down Sheeple, we all have equal stake in this unfolding globalist tragedy. And, we can all play a role no matter our status, and regardless of if present in Nevada, or not. But about that decisive action…

Why is the BLM standoff against Bundy in Nevada taking place?

What we should prefer…

Should we stand up with arms in hand and enable, if not force, the ultimate showdown? I fear this is exactly what government wants, as already stated. But there is another, wiser choice.

By all means, men of arms should rally, but standing firm and waiting for the other side to blink or blunder is a fool’s plan, and it can only end in bloodshed. What must be done is that which can neuter Government’s ploy. And only one set of steps can do that:

a) anyone and everyone should file court actions against any and every agency, branch, and individual of government involved at every level of government. Any and every cause, grievance, or objection, as allowed by and based on State, County, and Federal Law, and the Constitution and Bill of Rights, should be employed. Bury them in legal actions, EACH OF WHICH includes request for either an Injunction or Stay Order. These actions should not all be done at once, but the flood should be continuous, so that new ones can replace those quickly disposed of. THIS BUYS TIME;

b) time is our friend — it generates awareness and understanding. It buys media attention and gives Sheeple a chance to better understand what is taking place. Just as the 99% movement could no longer be contained by a controlled media, so must this matter be brought into every home. Invite major networks, espcially foreign press, to specifically include RT, to set up broadcast facilities right on the Bundy Ranch, and bypassing the see nothing viewpoints established by government for controlling media in the manner done at WACO (NEVER AGAIN!). Install microwave and shortwave communication systems for the purpose. But also, LOCAL media is the key, as is the WWW; do not rely upon mainstream. Militia and other group ‘spokespersons’ in your community should approach their local news sources with proposed interviews to get the word out. IF EVERYONE UNDERSTANDS WHAT IS TRULY AT STAKE, AND TAKING PLACE, GOVERNMENT’S PLOT IS UNDERMINED AND THEY LOOSE THE SHEEPLE;

c) flood the theater with actors. There should be so many people there is not enough room in the minimal areas intended to contain them. OVERFLOW. The ‘1st Amendment’ area, itself an affront to the Constitution, and should be enlarged and enlarged again, forcing retreat or conflict which will make news favorable to our side. If you have access to a professional camera, start a ‘newspaper’ or ‘Radio station’ and flood the press area and make it overflow, as well. And Bundy’s ranch should become a city of tents, and include as many unarmed persons as possible who wield nothing but baseball bats or the proverbial pitchfork. THIS MAKES THE WHOLE AFFAIR MORE VISIBLE and LESS TENABLE TO GOVERNMENT’S GOALS;

d) involve the local Sheriff and State/County Officials. The Sheriff has effectively stated a hands-off non intervention policy. Fine. Perhaps he is a puppet put into place for the purpose, or co opted by any number of means available to government for rendering him neutral. But the flurry of legal actions should be intended to FORCE HIM to intervene on behalf of Bundy and supporters. If nothing else, he should have a presence on the Ranch to insure armed groups behave (public safety). The Governor and Legislators, and County Officials should called to DEMAND it. Perhaps even the National Guard should be called to stand by. A simple invite, if not enough, can be followed by a media blitz and public demand that such action is needed. Any politically motivated decision to remain neutral should be negated, thereby; a political suicide. INVOLVE THE SHERIFF, as WITNESS and PEACEKEEPER;

e) party! No alcohol or drugs, but good cheer, song and dance. Use loudspeakers. Mix well with speeches and ‘town hall’ dialogs. Use the platform (the nation will be watching) to air ALL GRIEVANCES with government, not just this ONE issue. Give voice to the rest of the 99% in a way that movement never was able to achieve on its own. SOROS WILL HAVE NO VOICE, this time;

e) prepare for Martial Law at home. That means emergency kits and plans (like the one government would not approve). It means weapons. If it is declared, you will have scant few hours to choose to fight, run, or to surrender to your fate at the hands of tyranny. If not taken away, you will need to survive for months without anything like normal civilization. No key resource, including electrical power or communication, can be assured, and will likely be withheld on purpose. Travel will be restricted and many will not be able to work, and there is no shopping, only rationing. BE READY TO BE SELF RELIANT, BE READY TO FIGHT IF THAT IS WHAT IT COMES DOWN TO;

f) if and when the shooting starts, DO NOT ENGAGE! Dead BLM or other Agents will be made into martyrs by mainstream. DO NOT GIVE THEM WHAT THEY WANT. Show restraint, and let the casualties be on your side. Keep putting out a continuous feed of information and video so that media and the WWW know what is going on. IF THERE ARE TO BE MARTYRS, LET THEM BE OUR OWN, and LET IT BE TELEVISED LIVE. If a full-scale armed revolt spontaneously errupts nation-wide, then by all means, defend yourself at the Ranch, and FOLLOW YOUR CONSIENCE AND DEFEND THE CONSTITUTION.

g) petition for redress. Redress of grievances is a key component of our Nation’s Constitutional form of government (this post makes clear, mid post). When it fails, we have no government, only tyranny. It seems today there is NO REDRESS POSSIBLE at the Federal level. ONLY THE STATES stand in the way of total Federal domination, which is part of what this whole affair is about; a means to increase Federal power over the States. But while all this is going on… and while we have media platforms established… we should be seeking redress through our State Legislators, making a series of calls for action to quickly pass laws which…

1) nullify all Federal gun laws, NDAA, NSA surveillance, and forbid Federal drone overflights except under warrant and oversight by State authorities;

2) eliminate Federal arrest and warrant power. If a Federal judge issues a warrant, or an Agency is moved to move against a party (like Bundy), they must instead go to the appropriate local Law Enforcement Agency and have them execute on their behalf. They may go along, but as observers, ONLY;

3) make clear a mandate that your State shall NOT approve a new Consitution if a Con Con is held, nor the removal or neutering by Amendment of the current Constitution, and any existing Federal Law which does so should be nullified;

4) add freely to this list anything which addresses abuse of power by the Federal government, such as militarization of Police, Obamacare, etc. This will be your one best chance to spark public dialog and debate, and to make certain that people, and especially State Legislators, realize THEY are the ones with the real power, and the duty to protect freedom and force the Constitution.

What is at stake in Nevada and the BLM standoff with Bundy?

Government has drawn a line in the sand

Let’s make sure they regret it. Force them to be the ones to cross it, and let them trip over their own power play. Now… go forth and spread the word.

 

Crime Series: Ten Unexpected Proofs ‘Random’ Mass Shootings are by Intelligent Design


Ten easy-to-grasp but remarkable proofs, both visible and hidden: Illuminati style mystical symbolism and related ancient magical mysteries, calling cards, bragging rights, and Warlock spells cast against America, and the World. Conventional clues, too.

Are there any patterns in mass shootings? 

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com   proparanoidpress.com   proparanoid.net  

copyright © 2014, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.

Is there any proof mass shootings are not random?

What you will learn reading this multi-part posting series…

•  there are 10 interlocking proofs that mass shootings are not random;
•  they include various kinds of patterns, visible and unseen, and even coded information;
•  that the pattern predicts itself, and understanding may therefore help stop the murder;
•  that the codes and clues seem to be like signatures identifying the architects.

Are mass shootings by intelligent design?

Introduction: Ten Proofs ‘Random’ Mass Shootings by Intelligent Design

Is there a mass shooting conspiracy?

Note: This series is not yet ready for full presentation, but the most recent Fort Hood forces me to start releasing the material without delay. The reason for delay has had to do with an inability to provide high quality graphics suitable for proofs. This will be overcome, shortly, I hope.

One thing you need to know about me as an investigative writer or, as media and government would prefer you to think of me, a ‘conspiracy theorist,’ is this: whenever I decide to take a close look at a potential conspiracy or lesser matter, I do it right. If I cannot uncover something no one else has brought to light, I’m either not finished, or I’ve backed out concluding it beyond reach, or a dud. If you read my findings on a given research, you will undoubtedly learn something FACTUAL no one else had previously discovered or brought to light. And so…

In this matter, we find the shear volume of startling new information overshadows and renders original headlines and competing theories essentially meaningless — especially media’s version. It will make you angry. It will scare you. The question is, will it motivate you to do something about it? YOU are what you are waiting for, you know.

But in introduction, there is still one other point which must be made; it is in form of a problematic question. Can I get you, the reader, to override your current belief structures long enough to  consider the unusual nature of the findings? This presentation will most assuredly fly in the face of what most people consider ‘traditional wisdom,’ but it also will explain why it is non-the-less valid. Can you handle the Truth, or will you wimp out to the comfort zone of current beliefs?

Area all mass shooters psycho?

On suspending belief structures

mythbust

Dormer was not quite a ‘Mass Shooter’ incident, at least not at a single location/time. But the affair highlights the problem of accepting ‘random’ as the right word to apply to shootings when there are so many problems with the official story. CLICK to learn about why many people think him just another shooting patsy.

I began a ten-year research project for a book, Fatal Rebirth, in late 1989, which also begat a screenplay published on line in 1999 (The Electronic Apocalypse). In the book’s Introduction I urged the reader to suspend their belief structures briefly and read the material as if merely fiction for entertainment’s sake, because many of the concepts within were so new and unusual as to defy belief — likely seen as ‘far-fetched’ by most uninformed readers. I offered over 1,500 footnotes and a huge Appendix section to help them consider why I deemed them factual.

This blog post should be read in like manner, especially if you are content with government’s actions, are a politician, member of a government agency, military, or any part of the justice system, or Media. Especially if you are involved in a mass shooting incident as a professional or a victim seeking to know the truth. And even more so if you are gun owner, or even among what 2nd Amendment supporters refer to as a ‘gun grabber.’ I plead, therefore, that you suspend your belief structures briefly as if reading a political/horror-science fiction piece.  That’s what it is, actually, minus the fiction component.

You will, like readers of Fatal Rebirth, I would hope, realize the truth by the time you reach the end. Or, at the very least, you will be entertained for all your reluctance to let the message sink in and take root.

If nothing else, even if you choose to doubt some of the more obscure subtopics (i.e., relating to mysticism) have any factual basis in REALITY, consider this: it matters NOT what YOU think, given they ARE taken as real by persons likely to be behind any such conspiracy (i.e., ‘Illuminati’ Satanists). You MUST also ask yourself, “Can the sheer magnitude of interlocking clues be ignored?” Because at every turn they defy the odds of coincidental probability, as illustrated by carefully crafted control study groups. If thinking logically, you MUST concur that intelligent design is revealed despite what you may think about the logic of the beliefs which lay behind it, or the unusual way in which the evidence was revealed.

Pending you conclusion, by all means feel free to think me mad if you must. Read just for fun, but please read it through to end before you render final judgment as to if madness or truth be present. A logical reader will be converted unless their mind is already so firmly made up that they do not wish to be confused by facts which destroy their belief structures. Judge not what ye know not, but that upon which ye are well informed and have considered fully, judge freely.

Your future and the future of your children could well be at stake, a statement applying to all mankind. Why do I say this? The book mentioned above, Fatal Rebirth, was based on trying to illustrate what I call the Unified Conspiracy Theory; the notion that all of America’s darkest bumps in the night for the last half of the prior Century, forward, were not random oddities by random people for random agenda, but carefully orchestrated by the same core group of people with but one goal for the World in mind.

I termed them Shadow, but they are also known by other names; the New World Order, the Illuminati, the Power Elite, Globalists, and among them, member names like CIA, Skull and Bones, Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations, and many more of like nature. Their goal I termed End Game; the establishment of a One World government, a single seat of power in order to seat the Antichrist upon his throne and bring us to Armageddon.

The Unified Conspiracy Theory, once justified in research and taking shape in book form, led me to realize that their stepwise actions over fifty years of mysteries were indeed leading to one goal. Knowing the goal, I reasoned, it should be possible to forecast the next logical steps. So the book also included within its presentation several terrible event predictions expected to take place in our near future. Thus far, though I do not claim to have gotten all event details precisely correct, many terrible forecasts have already come to pass. Among these were:

a) an assassination attempt on Ross Perot or his family to cause him to drop out of the Presidential Race, a matter which indeed transpired using mailed Anthrax according to a Secret Service back channel contact;

b) the false flag downing of the World Trade Center by civilian passenger jets which;

c) resulted in a series of Middle East Oil Wars. Other predictions include two more terror plots which are part and parcel of this blog post. Those are…

d) a false flag nuclear attack on Charleston, S.C. and Portland Oregon (the later of which I have already thwarted, it seems – see middle of my home page), and more to the point…

e) MASS SHOOTINGS.

Note: you can get a free copy of Vol I of Fatal Rebirth (ebook) by email request to pppbooks at Comcast (net). You will be glad you did, as it will take you far deeper into the Rabbit Hole than Alice or Neo had ever gone. This pill is black, though trimmed in red, white, and blue.

So, if ready to suspend your belief structure, let us begin. Pretend there is, despite media’s recent attempt in the Cincia shooting to portray anyone who believes in the New World Order as mentally ill and anti-patriotic, that such a conspiracy is actually afoot. Also pretend, if you must, that Political Control Technology in the form of the Manchurian Candidate is real. There are real-life Jason Bournes out there, as my book, MC Realities, and other books on Political Control Technology illustrate more than adequately. Even the Smithsonian channel knows.

This will make the key postulations, testing methods, conclusions, and proofs of the core material easier to accept, especially as they will be offered in the manner of scientific discovery — exactly as I undertook them as investigative writer. You will, in fact, be able to retrace my work to double check it, if you wish — as long as you review the full series of posts and sidebars before you attempt it, lest you make a critical error.  Please subscribe to my blog pages to insure you are notified as the remaining posts in the series are added.

Are mass shootings are by intelligent design?

The Investigation

Jason Bourne… though fictional, is based on real-World programmable assassins. Do you suppose CIA or anyone else would not find something useful to do with failures in such programs? Might they not make excellent disposable patsies? Image/film: http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0372183/

Some several months ago, insulted by media’s misreporting of Aurora and Sandy Hook and outright clues that a disinformation campaign was afoot, I began finding ample cause for concern.  But how might one determine if other mass shootings were arranged as part of some kind of sick criminal conspiracy, one which might involve both real and faked shootings?

I started with several basic presumptions of truth, and then set about to see if the logical evidence such presumptions would require were indeed in place.  The ‘illogical’ presumptions fostered by the Unified Conspiracy Theory requiring suspension of belief are as follows:

1)    That Shadow and their Globalism requires destruction of America, and its Constitution in order to enable forming the North American Union, a matter which in turn requires that the Right to Bear Arms is first invalidated, and arms confiscated or gun owners otherwise neutralized in a manner similar to that of the Australia;

2)    That the New World Order, the modern day Illuminati, if you will, would be well capable of undertaking a campaign of gun violence for such cause, but being an Illumined Power Elite lost to Satanic and Masonic mysticism, they would employ mystical constructs which would leave detectible footprints if knowing what to look for;

3)    That the principle tool of such a plot would involve a small army of patsies, cut outs, and fall guys, principally from a category best known to the public as Manchurian Candidates. It may additionally involve a small army of blindly obedient members placed within our armed forces, the intelligence community, and law enforcement to aid more indirectly in supporting roles. This would include logistics, psyops, and cover up, or even command and control, generally unaware as to the truth or reason behind their orders. These are the same players frequently found playing key roles in the lives of mind control victims at large.

All three presumptions must be true to make a proper accusation, for they comprise the basic proofs of any crime: Motive, Opportunity, and Means. Normally, we think of opportunity as meaning access to the scene of the crime, typically proven by forensics such as fingerprints, or better yet, actual eye witnesses. In this case, they deliberately left their fingerprints, in a manner of speaking. In fact, the bulk of the proofs fall into this category, perhaps even naming individuals behind the plot. At the very least, we are indeed dealing with the Elite, those involved in principalities and powers.

Indeed: Two names have already surfaced by such clues, and both are billionaires. I also have a dozen other names of likely conspirators, but no names are released; these things are my Life Insurance Policy.

Sidebar PostOn Programmable People. This sidebar post addresses the notion of the possibility that at least some mass shooters are mind controlled patsies, and reconciles their coexistence with truly random shootings ­­— those which are more naturally spontaneous crimes — which can collectively still both be component parts of the same intelligent design.  This leads us to the finer details of how shooting event locations and dates lend importance to our consideration, and just how these things can additionally reveal intentional, yet concealed clues.

Here it should be mentioned, that many observers of the New World Order crowd favor the supposition that among their leadership we might find the modern-day Illuminati in spirit, if not in actual blood lineage, even though they may have since assumed a different family name. By way of example, in my research, I have had reason to conclude that the Rotheschild name was assumed; those assuming it being Knights Templar in hidding, their wealth derived from Templar treasure, and not truly Jewish by ancestry or faith, at all.

Many who favor the notion of a Modern-day Illuminati additionally believe, as do I, that there are at least two, and as many as four groups competing with each other within the movement to be the ones ‘honored’ to have one of their own selected to become the Antichrist. Much of what is discovered in this investigative series will point to this being true in one way, or inherently implied in another. It is, in fact, one very good reason to employ symbolisms and other clues which act as signatures of those so bidding for selection.

Such evidence was abundant, even easy to find, and I remain convinced that the trio of presumptions are sound enough to warrant seeking incontrovertible proofs. I sought such proofs both in quality and quantity sufficient to illustrate that ‘random’ was not the right word to describe mass shootings, but rather, ‘intelligent design,’ is.

The path of my continued investigation led to endless shocking discoveries, but there was a problem: to describe the methods and explain findings to the casual reader would, it seemed, require a tedious educational process and boring, repetitious citation of facts. It would be about as fun to read as a spreadsheet or database. Not good.

People want visual sound bites easily grasped. More so if Sheeple content with their Evening News and easily frightened off by words like ‘conspiracy theorist,’ and ‘New World Order,’ or similar. Worse, the investigation bogged because of the real life tragedies each shooting represented. Proper investigation meant exhaustive study of individual events, reviewing endless horrific detailed accounts and sad, brutal media imagery. It was taking an emotional and even physical toll upon my body and mind, and my spirit. Eventually, instead of plodding along 10-14 hours a day as at the start, I found myself barely able to work on it a few hours a week.

I played with several ideas on how to present the story NOW, without completion of the full study, for there is indeed already a mountain of proofs uncovered. But again, the complexities in presentation left me feeling it a hopeless task. Finally, I decided to break it down into about a dozen short compartmentalized components suitable for a series of blog posts. Frankly, I’m hoping it will spur someone to offer useful help; it will take funding and staffing to properly complete the study. Or better still, perhaps some Sheriff or other authority will assume the duty as result of shootings in their jurisdiction.

Follows is a synopsis of the Ten Proofs to be presented. There will additionally be, at appropriate points, companion posts detailing the scientific methods or other analytical procedures involved in select proofs where a doubting Thomas type may wish to challenge the validity of claims. I firmly believe that for my proofs to be accepted, they should be presented in a way such that ANYONE can duplicate my work and verify accuracy and conclusions.

This is a legitimate investigation despite its atypical and unorthodox methods and odd topics involved. NOTE: links will NOT WORK until the various posts involved have been posted. You may click on them to discover their current state. Again, subscription to this blog will notify you when new posts are added.

What are the ten proofs of a mass shooter conspiracy?

The Ten Proofs in review…

Proof One: Gun Grabbers Selectively Ignore Mass Shootings, Conceal Patterns;

Any time you find a cover up, you necessarily have a conspiracy to contend with. Gun grabbing groups, including government and biased or puppet media forces, should be using every opportunity to make their case for gun control, but act as if the bulk of gun violence never took place. Why do they employ selective blinders? There is a reason.

Proof Two: Shootings Exist in Identical ‘Magical’ Categorical Clusters;

The Illuminati loves magical numbers, as they can translate into meaningful words or names, or leverage ‘spells’. Interesting then, that basic shooting statistics establish set after set in the most magical and potent number of all, one which decodes to ‘Satan.’ This alone reveals dramatic coincidences well beyond the possibility of random chance.

Proof Three: Shootings Exist in Endless Sets of Three Forming Straight Lines;

The same Dispersal Pattern Studies method applied by government researchers to UFO sightings reveals Mass Shootings do something UFO sightings allegedly do not: form repetitive patterns with GPS accuracy, doorway-to-doorway-to-doorway.

Proof Four: Straight Lines in Turn Form Complex and Perfect Shapes;

When it comes to symbolism, nothing outperforms a graphical shape. Better still when that shape itself has magical properties or relationships to other shapes, or its own hidden or obvious meaning. 

Proof Five: Shapes in Turn Form Complementary ‘Magical’ Clusters;

It defies odds that perfect shapes should cluster together in ways which share overlapping lines or corners, and be generally both aligned and mirrored in additional symbolism.
 

Proof Six: Shootings Also Relate or Depict Masonic and Satanic symbols;

Select shootings define such symbols with precision. Masonic Symbols are rendered in 3-D. Satanic Symbols are positioned correctly for magical application by Warlock.

Proof Seven: Shootings Form Multiple Lines to Cheops Exactly 500 Miles Apart;

Extending select shooting lines finds them bisecting at the ancient Cheops Pyramid to establish a series of lines all of equal degrees of arc. But that just prepares us for a bigger bombshell.

Proof Eight: Shooting Lines Also Depict Cheops in 3-D Cutaway View;

The Great Pyramid in Egypt is one of the Holy of Holies to Masons and some satanic cults, and is specifically tied in mysticism to the End Times and historical catastrophic events. This one will scare you.

Proof Nine: Shooting Sets Share ‘Magical’ Data Points Which Decode to Messages;

Shooting line sets share three or more identical magical numbers within their data points. These decode to tell us when and where the next shooting will be, name a shooter, or perfectly prophesy some specific outcome.

Proof Ten: Individual Shootings Examined in Micro Duplicate the National Study Proofs

Two examples are offered; Aurora and Sandy Hook. They not only duplicate the ten proofs, but they mirror each other and one points to the other.
Why are mass shootings on the rise?

Are you ready of this? Buckle up!

So let us begin. I propose your best bet will be to SUBSCRIBE to my blog pages so that you are automatically notified as new posts are made to complete the series. Please link, share, tweet, etc., and by all mean vote your ranking at page top of each one, and comment with your questions, criticisms, or thoughts. How else will other know this is important?

Do bear in mind as you read, each offered proof individually seems to defy the odds or logic path required for truly random shooting events. Collectively, it is monumentally clear. Also bear in mind that I am human, and I, like any other, am prone to making mistakes. A ton of information had to be entered and copied from one location to another multiple times (multiple database and software applications). Therefore, either because of a mistake on my part, or perhaps because of a mistake in media or other accounts/records, any given individual data point in any given set of proofs may be found invalid.

By all means let me know if you find such a discrepancy, but please remember this: a single error in a single data point does not invalidate all other data points, and therefore, does not invalidate the conclusions or the suppositions, themselves. In order to dispute my findings, you will need to offer proofs that the method is flawed, the entire data set was in error, or analytical logic was faulty. More: such dispute must address and ultimately invalidate all ten proofs, or short of that, offer equally viable alternative explanations which fit the findings and afford a more innocent explanation.

Since each proof tends to defy all possible odds of random coincidence, and does so consistently, again and again, naysayers will have their work cut out for them. More so, because in many cases, control groups have been established to show truly random data points enjoy no such pattern. I have done my homework, and carefully so.

I will demand the same of naysayers.

Go to Proof OneGun Grabbers Selectively Ignore Mass Shootings, Conceal Patterns

Go to Side Bar: On on Programmable People

 

How Social Network Trolls Target, Track, and Psychologically Profile You


How to spot and deal with Trolls, including a clever tool they use in any social media capable of posting images (VERY prevalent on Facebook), and quite insidious with far reaching implications. BEWARE: you betray yourself and your friends if you take things at face value.

What is a Web Troll?

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2014, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

How does being a web troll work?

UPDATE: Nov. 11, 2014 Perhaps as if to ‘test’ me as result of this article (or not), a Web troll began the process described herein to goad me argumentatively  while also employing a good half dozen of the usual disinfo tactics in the 25 Rules of Disinformation (linked below). So I unfriended him and watched: that same day, ‘someone’ created a new FB account and almost immediately friended two of my friends, posted ONE activist post, and ONE peace post, then requested to friend me. Sure. OK. BUT I HAVE MY EYE ON YOU, because that’s how easy it is to get a new identity and hook back up to a target. Not that I care. Trolls are tasty.

Are you being targeted by online government trolls

How Social Network Trolls Target, Track, and Psychologically Profile You

Reading this post you will learn…

•  That there are three basic kinds of trolls and subsequent ‘missions’ against targets like YOU;
•  That there are troll profiling and tracking tools or methods which can be recognized;
•  That there are ways to protect yourself without drawing more unwanted attention; 
•  That the Troll represents a danger in that their ‘assessment’ can lead to escalation in your targeting.
Is social media infiltrated by government trolls?

Government and Commercial Trolls

Consider, for example, the friend ranking and layer’s of affiliation tracking tool. A graphic is created containing a simple textual message. It is graphical because there is no easy way to distinguish between two identical text messages, whereas, altering a single pixel’s color by 1 imperceptible shade of difference makes it unique, and allows thousands upon thousands of individually trackable versions. A Troll who has managed to friend a targeted person of interest then posts the textual graphic as if a sincere request. Examples will be shown.

These kinds of posts seem innocent enough and easily get spread as requested, allowing simple computerized search processes by FB’s intelligence community or marketing partners to see not only who is close to the target party, but at what layered level and loyalty or, if you prefer, like minded thinking. In point of fact, ANY image shared with a given political, philosophical, religious, or other belief or emotional message can be so tracked to perfectly define each such poster’s psychological profile, and rank their threat level to the paranoiac governmental powers that be. The same is true of marketing trolls seeking to learn about your product usage or demographic, etc.

The only safe share, then, we might presume, is textual or perhaps the sharing of a URL and it’s image, or an image we ourselves create and have perhaps included in our FB albums. Even with URL’s however, the possibility exists it is still being tracked, especially if a Troll operated resource such as Federal Jack, a known DHS sponsored Sorcha Faal disinformationa conduit targeting conspiracy theorists, activists, and other ‘potential terrorists.’ Their goal is to get you to ‘share’ their links, thereby spreading disinformation while psychologically cataloging YOU and any of your friends’ beliefs; all who click to learn more. They may need to have a troll assigned to them, after all, for being yet another ‘potential terrorist’ — a free thinker, patriot, constitutionalist, etc.

Worse, we have learned from our new Paul Revere of the coming Second American Revolution (Snowden), that NSA is not only monitoring FB activities big time but that Trolls from NSA, FBI, DHS, DOD, and even the FED, and other paranoid agencies, and even corporations who have a strong and growing list of people who think ill of them, like Monsanto and some banks — all regularly maintain false social media identities for entrapment and spying purposes. They even infiltrate online gaming. Snowden’s latest bombshell, according the foreign media analysts, indicates there were so many game Trolls that it was starting to change the character of online gaming, and special tools had to be developed so that Trolls would not end up targeting other Trolls and more easily remain inobvious. We are talking here, about games with chat or other communications capabilities within the game or as part of game support, especially when in a social network manner.

And it is clear that snooping is also rampant among commercial interests, which is certainly true in online gaming, which after all, is a commercial enterprise. FB is perhaps the biggest offender in this area.

How can you spot a social media troll?

Differentiating an innocent graphic from a potential spy tool…

There are several online graphical message generating services. FB themselves seems to be hooked up with one called your-ecards (.com). Another is someecards (.com). Anyone can use these to generate a simple textual graphic with or without use of stock illustration graphics (e.g., a man looking perplexed), typically in silhouette or line art form. They can then easily share it through their favorite social media(s) with a few additional clicks. These can always be recognized because the logo for the creating Web service is displayed at the bottom. An additional hallmark of such services is that the background is almost always colored, and there are scant few colors available. The default color or otherwise most popular seems to be pale blue, pale green, or yellow-orange.

So when you see a colored background, typically with larger or fancier text than a normal posting, you are clearly looking at a graphical text post. The next thing to look for is the logo. If you see a logo, it was likely a sincerely generated message by a genuine human resident of social media. However, if there is no such logo, the message may have been generated by a Troll using his own computerized tools to psychologically target you regarding a select individual hot button. Are you, for instance, a tax protester, pro gun, anti GMO, for or against a given politician or political topic, or simply, who is a good like-minded friend of yours as opposed to some stranger you’ve accepted on the Network. Such messages also tend to be minus any artwork — text only. There is one more defining clue to look for.

Because there may be multiple versions of the same message for targeting different individuals by multiple Trolls interested in gathering information about many someones, there is a need to tell one shared message copy from another, which is exactly why it needs to be a graphic.  YOUR version must be physically different from MINE. The simple solution is to vary one or more pixels in a way easy for a software routine to detect, and then match to a targeted individual and their Troll/need. Given the countless millions of users on FB (and other social media) who might be deemed targets, it may mean that many, many dozens of pixels will need to be manipulated. My research shows that, indeed, most of the suspicious postings, in addition to missing the logos, have such visual manipulations. Examples:

1146548_664505843574765_1740298350_n

This is an example of a Troll-generated chain letter designed to find out your religious views, and who among your friends is of like mind. Note the guilt factor in the last sentence, and no true traditional Christian message. Note also the dark aberration, a visual flaw above the numeral 9 of 97%.

1005209_10201199164735487_1499677395_n

This is an example of a Troll-generated chain letter designed to find out more about your true close friends, as opposed to casual Network contacts you don’t personally know. Again, note the visual flaws in the slightly darker ‘blur’ areas about the letters… you may need to zoom in. This phenomenon is common in such messages, creating a pool of pixels useful in manipulations.

So one needs to look for such abberations or flaws in the background, usually darkened pixels along the edge, most commonly gathered in clusters or strips. You have to ask yourself… if going to the trouble to create a custom graphic for a text message instead of simply typing it in, why would they: a) choose the ugly colors used by such as your-ecard if not trying to make you think it such; b) take the extra steps to strip away the logo if using such a service (the point being they did not); and c) end up creating an image with a flawed background (where did the aberration come from, if not deliberate)?

When these clues are present, you are staring at a Trollish spy tool. To then share it betrays and catalogs you and links you and your beliefs with any of your friends who do the same, and theirs, and so forth, on down the line. The proper thing to do is enter into the comments: “I suggest you delete this post because it fits the description of a Troll’s chain-letter spy tool to catalog, track, or psychologically profile and establish links between like-minded persons: learn more here: http://wp.me/p1GyKw-zi” That link goes to this blog post you are reading.

Then I suggest you share the post anyway with a similar message, “Share this to warn others about Troll spy tool chain-letters to catalog or psychologically profile and establish links between like-minded persons. To learn more about this tool, visit this link http://wp.me/p1GyKw-zi.”

Finally, look carefully at the original post. Most social media will have a means to indicate if it was itself being shared, or was a direct post. If direct, it’s YOUR Troll. If shared, the poster was gullible in sharing, and is not likely a Troll… but beware that that could be arranged for as a deceit — so watch to see if the poster repeats the ploy frequently. You might optionally go to the ‘cited source’ of the share and try to find the post on their wall if you want to try to see if they are the Troll, and on to the next if not, and so forth, posting or messaging those encountered along the way who are victims, if you can. But that can be a LOT of work.

Are social media trolls sociopaths or psychopaths?

More Direct Trolls; Psyops and Sociopaths

The real threat to activists and politically incorrect persons online, like myself, is government agents paid to do nothing but sit in front of a computer and pretend to be your social network friend, someone you don’t really know at all, of course. They don’t just post Trollish images, they comment, and even message you. Like the aforementioned tool, they seek to learn everything they can to psychologically profile you, as well as see who ‘likes’ your posts and what THEY comment. But they are also there to play mind games. You are officially a victim of psychological warfare, perhaps even by someone from within the U.S. military, or even the military of another country. They are quite often sociopaths, so chosen because those traits make them more efficient.

Here are some tips on how to spot and deal with this class of Troll, as well as the kind of Troll who is simply out to make trouble for a given collective of people who believe a certain way about a certain topic. You know the type, my favorite example being the warrior Atheist who deems it his life’s mission to ferret out believers in God and annoy them with endless barbs and zings as if they were evil and dangerous for daring to worship. These people will wax sociopathic, too, and even psychopathic, when given enough rope. UNFRIEND these kinds of Trolls.

Hint 1) Trolls work in packs or maintain multiple identities to be a self-contained pack. That way, if you delete one of them, others survive, and then they generate yet another new identity and friend request to maintain the pack. The advantage is that you can suffer a series of ‘In deference to your view, we all seem to believe the same (whatever)’ posts (i.e., you are an idiot on this matter). Sure. You might be an idiot. But at first, the pack is all positive and flattering to your own beliefs so you a) get used to seeing them, and b) start respecting their beliefs and presuming them the same as yours. That’s the worming in stage.

But when it is appropriate for profiling or attempting the role of agent provocateur or disinformationalist, they will all suddenly be believing in something more off the mark, and increasingly so, as often as not. But by now, you like them and their beliefs, and so, your reaction tends to be as they expect; they are pulling your chain, and observing your jerks, evaluating, and cataloging, attempting to modify your behavior through deceit — a form of mind control. Can you be controlled, or are you firmly centered in your beliefs? Are your notions your own, or being foisted upon you?

Hint 2) New Troll requests tend to be persons with scant history on the network, and very few posts, but posts akin to your own in substance. Note that Facebook asks you to suggest friends to them. NEVER do this unless someone you ACTUALLY KNOW in the real World. If you do it, you are giving them a list of new targets. Since I don’t fear and even enjoy playing with Trolls, I let anyone into my friend list, but that does not mean they get what they want from me. But you may be better off simply passing on marginally viable friend requests.

Hint 3) Try posting something deep and yet somehow provocative (in the eyes of the establishment) which requires a bit of reading and thought before drawing conclusions. Look for a pattern in response from the same suspect persons; a) almost instantaneous response in the manner of (Hint 1), and typically emotional rather than logical in nature. This is almost always short and designed to be inflammatory or provocative, a bit testy. This is followed by b) one or more secondary (pack) responses delayed rather a bit in time. These will be more in depth and thoughtful, and validate the former with logical argument, and may contain a link to give further credibility. Other brief pack replies may be sprinkled in for effect. Collectively, they are all in agreement regarding your idiocy (or whatever).

It is when the same people tend to respond in these patterns that you are very likely dealing with a Troll pack. You will find this is true regardless of what time of day or night you post. They never sleep because every psyops Troll is actually three people manning a keyboard around the clock. They can always respond quickly with the first response, but the careful response requires that they actually research and formulate the best supporting answer based on all they know about you and the topic, which they might need to first research, and likely, it involves a supervisor’s approval or must be compared against preset guidelines.

Hint 4) Thick skin, undaunted. There is nothing you can do to make these people not remain your friend, short of unfriending them, yourself. While they may match or even exceed your own expression of ire, they won’t go away no matter how you might choose to argue, or confront with insult. Indeed, they tend never to deal with insults directly, at all; they are irrelevant and serve no usefulness to their goal. A real person has an ego that must be defended, but they are just playing psychological games and feel superior regardless of what you say. But when you argue, watch out for the next hint, which is commonly employed in their responses.

This is also true of the sociopathic/psychopathic ‘cause’ trolls.

Hint 5) They tend to employ the 25 Rules of Disinformation. Easy to spot, easy to deal with, if you know what to look for. Be careful, though, because ordinary people sometimes use flawed presentation style or less-than-thoughtful posts which on the surface appear to fit one or more of the rules, when they are just being human. Watch for repeat performances, to know the difference. Give them rope.

Can trolls lead to real-world targeting?

Dangerous escalations; why we dare not ignore trolls

The real danger in online Trolls is this: their whole purpose in targeting you online can be to determine if you deserve real-World targeting, as well. With a few keystokes you can end up having your entire life put under a microscope; phone surveillance, tails, observation posts, bugs and cameras covertly placed in your home, mail intercepted and snooped, and so forth. Men in Black stuff. Its why I wrote The Professional Paranoid; a how-to book on detecting and dealing with this kind of targeting.

And, it can escalate further: electronic harassment, dirty tricks, political control technology (mind control) to make you look mentally ill to others, destroy personal relationships, wreck your income, and sabotage your life. For that, I wrote MC Realities, another how-to.

But it can also lead to the worst of all possible escalations; NDAA vanishing. If truly a pain in the neck to the government, a threat which needs to be dealt with more urgently… you can ‘legally’ (so they claim) kidnap you and make you vanish without any legal process. They can elect to torture you or give you over to some other country for ‘processing.’ Or, if they want, they can murder you and dispose of your body. This is how we know we are living in a tyrannical Police State, and why, then, government dare not tolerate free thinkers without Trolling them, and trampling on rights and freedoms at every turn, and why fear mongering is their number one justification. ‘Oooh… terrorists are everywhere! We need to TSA and NSA your ass for your own safety.’

What should I do if I encounter a social media troll?

What to do with a Troll

I personally do not mind their presence so much as some might. I enjoy providing them with disinformation, or provoking them to try to chase down a given pathway of dialogs only to suddenly drop the matter as if it never happened, or I don’t really care, or even was deliberately jerking their chain. I even kid them.

But most people would prefer to unfriend them, and there is NOTHING WRONG WITH THAT. Just know they will be right back with a new identity. It may be better to deal with the ones you know than to worry about finding the new ones you don’t yet know.

My favorite thing, however, is to educate them. I like posting factual material which challenges their personal beliefs that their job and their boss are operating on valid or just principles or beliefs, and purposes. I make them ashamed or feel guilt, whenever possible. It does not work with everyone, of course, but it is fun to try.

Are social media trolls dangerous?

Conclusion

Your privacy and personal safety could be at stake if you are in the hands of Trolls. The threat level is determined by how much our paranoid government fears people who fear government’s growing fascist police state/spying mentality, and dare to talk openly about it.  The more vocal you are, or the more aligned with or closer in links to others of like mind, or the more active you are elsewhere on the Web, or the more followers you have, and even the kinds of searches you make (that, too, is being watched by government) and certainly, your own original postings… each of these things determine if you might become the victim of someone else’s Troll, or have a Troll assigned to you, and what kind of Troll.

And once your ‘threat level’ has been assessed, that could lead to escalations that you will not likely want to experience. If you get a sense that such escalations are already in place or happening, by all means read my books, because they will help you know for sure, help identify the players, and form defenses. You can also contact me personally for free and for-fee online consulting or direct intervention services.

It’s what I do when I’m not being a thorn in the side of tyranny… and attracting Trolls.

Gun Shops, Grocers, Other Retailers Key to Disaster Survival


When the stinkiest FEMA kind of stuff hits the fan, anyone who has a business dealing in key resources will find their valuable inventories and property at risk of sack and pillage by looters, or outright theft by government. There is a way to protect such assets while at the same time insuring better chances of survival of families.

How do I protect my business in a disaster?

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

What can gun shop owners do to protect against gun consfication?

The Threat to Business Property is significant in a disaster…

Korean shop owners (rooftop) defend shops during LA Riots to augment or supplant Law Enforcement (click for riot details)

In the prior part of this series we reviewed a wide variety of disaster situations that make emergency preparedness an ultra-important concern for families, reasons far more serious and far reaching than mere quakes, floods, or tornadoes. In the second part, we proposed a disaster preparedness plan much more comprehensive and truly useful than that advised by FEMA/DHS, albeit one government will never approve. Why? Because it’s closer to their own preparations and mimics their own capabilities, and removes you from dependence upon them. That means they cannot control you by being your only source for key survival items.

But the previous material addressed family needs from their perspective. And, there were certain aspects of such a plan which would prove difficult for many families without the help of an outside party. Then we have businesses to consider, who have their own unique concerns as to what happens in dire emergencies. Business owners or responsible managers of many kinds of retail and other business with select kinds of inventories or resources, should be every bit as concerned as a family, and looking for a disaster preparedness plan which specifically protects their valuable business assets, both real property and inventories.

There are several key reasons to consider this a critical concern: One, many disasters are deemed Acts of God and are therefore not included under insurance provisions unless, perhaps, paying extra premiums for specific policy riders such as a flood or tornado insurance. No insurance policy provides protection against acts of war, which includes revolution, military coups and similar political unrest, often even excluding protection against riot losses — regardless of the cause of the riot.

And beyond the worry of insurance protection, FEMA’s plan for your assets in an emergency will very likely include confiscation and take over of your property ‘for the good of the community.’ Similar concerns exist in any Martial Law situation. So if you have such a business, you should worry and wonder if there is not some way you can protect your assets from such total or near-total loss or take over. Never fear, the Professional Paranoid is here to help…

What will happen to gun shops in a FEMA declared emergency?

Partnering with Family Collectives

The prior posts in this series dealt with idea of forming multi-family unit collectives for improved emergency preparedness at the family level, as well as why such preparedness plans and kits should go well beyond minimal FEMA advice and prepare for long-term disasters, not just three day fire/quake/flood protection. This involved numerous considerations and plans in terms of organization and supplies, individual responsibilities and more. But for many such collectives as might be established, some items become difficult to come by or store due to cost or special attributes.

The bottom line is, in a serious emergency situation, looting and general criminal activity become a serious threat to any owner of a business handling inventories of critical resources which are also valuable to long-term disaster kits. Often just as important, many such inventories represent a storage problem for long-term home survival kits. Gun shops especially, and even food or fuel can be difficult to store in quantity suitable for a long-lived disaster. Many more items could be added to such a list, as a given collective of families will have their own unique set of limitations and issues to resolve. As result, even a motorcycle shop or car dealership, auto parts store, tire shop, or tool shop, may find themselves in the same position as a gun shop. In some communities, for example, boats will be a key product in need of protection and in demand as an emergency item. So there are many kinds of businesses who can take advantage of the ideas offered here.

My goal in this series of posts was to attempt to find a solution addressing both these concerns by partnering family collectives with such owners. And, the word owners could in some cases mean ‘managers,’ where owners are corporations or persons who do not themselves manage and/or live near enough to ‘take charge’ for the purpose. Such partnerships are simple: the owner joins or heads a family collective, either one they formed on their own (perhaps made up of employee families), or by joining with someone who approaches them with an acceptable offer.

In some cases, such as gun shop owners or owners of vey large facilities (e.g., super market,), they may wish to partner with multiple collectives. This is because in the event of worst-case long-term disaster scenarios, there may be a need for significant armed resistance against third parties, even to include unconstitutional seizure by Federal forces. By unconstitutional, I mean in the event of an attempt to overthrow the government by the military, or armed insurrection to restore the Republic against some other form of tyranny.  We will know that horse when it rides into town; mass arrests or attempts to seize weapons door-to-door will be its hallmarks.

We all remember the LA Riots? Even though the National Guard was deployed, it was up to citizens to protect their own property. Neither soldier nor Police and Fire were of much help. Korean family-owned businesses gave us the model we need to consider following; they armed themselves to the teeth and took to the roofs of their stores and residences and fended off looters. Family units can band together in like fashion, and better yet if also joining with a one or more business owners in some mutually beneficial arrangement.

Gun shop owners, in particular, have a serious need. They become the highest-value target in town, and therefore, need many able-bodied people to bear arms — in sufficient number to become a significant deterrent to assault. This works well for the families involved, as well, providing them with low or no-cost access to weapons needed to protect their families and homes. The trick is to find ways to do it which do not amount to simply giving away inventory. Not a problem, given that provisional contractual agreements can be drawn up in advance.

How can we prevent government confiscation of our business assets in a declared emergency?

Making it work for all concerned

I propose that such partnerships might be best approached with a contractual agreement for mutual protection. The agreement should provision for both the possibility of taking possession of weapons and munitions immediately and only after a serious event transpires. It might provide for trade of ownership of weapons deployed once the crises is over for a minimum guarantee of service to the shop owner providing protection of the business property.  Weapons can be deemed as ‘rented’ during the disaster with options to purchase afterwards, perhaps with rental applying to the price, or may be considered as ‘payment’ for protection helps rendered, or some mix, thereof. Such items, pre any event, need not be fully deployed to family possession, allowing for normal inventory turnover so that older inventory is sold off and replaced with new, and families don’t need to worry about storage.

Take a gun shop: Only if the family collective partner wishes to take possession (ownership) of weapons for storage at home up front (the suggested kit calls for one pistol minimum), need any money change hands. Once a serious emergency transpires, the families can be issued the additional firearms from shop inventory, and sign for them. They must keep them safe, and must use them on call or by schedule in protection of the store property. It would only take one person from each family unit at a time, given the quantity of family partnerships participating — to adequately defend the store. They ‘pay for what they use’ in the form of a rental/purchase option to be addressed after the emergency ends, perhaps involving payment terms (perhaps involving very small payments pre disaster). There are any number of creative solutions to make it mutually viable.

I am no lawyer, but in a civil emergency, many laws fall by the wayside as a matter of practicality. A gun permit process is not something you worry about when the government is shut down and lives are at stake. However, a wise shop owner might want to check with a lawyer and get some advice and deal with such concerns up front. There is no reason a single individual from each family collective could not undergo a permit process as part of the contingency preparation. What they do with the weapons in an emergency should at that point no longer matter to the shop owner, with reasonable agreements to avoid illegal uses in place. One might also want to address how to safely store key records in order to insure lists of gun holders are not compromised and lead to confiscations, anyway.

Other kinds of businesses? Consumables such as food from a grocery store which have dates of expiration would be lost, anyway, so any financial arrangement to distribute storables in an emergency with any level of appropriate financial reimbursement or property protection services of participants should, IMO, be eagerly embraced. For most shop owners, it converts a disaster where they face the potential loss of all inventory and significant property damage into a situation that more closely approximates the ultimate ‘sale’ where all inventory goes out the door to happy customers, AND the property is protected.

From the family side, a collective should easily be able to field 6-10 adults to defend as many different business sites simultaneously, while still retaining sufficient adults to protect the home base camp. Therefore, they have access to 6-10 different key survival items they might not otherwise be able to afford or store long term. It is a win-win situation for everyone but looters and would-be confiscators.

Upon event occurrence, family members ‘report for duty’ and are issued weapons, sending the appropriate portion back to the family for home defense and protection from confiscation by FEMA/Military.  I propose an organized convoy is the only safe way, as otherwise, armed interlopers might dare to ambush a lone person or single vehicle. I further suggest that, if not already the case by natural instinct, a strict military-like organization and rules for command and engagement be established. Such a model should ideally trickle down to the family units as well, if a long-term event is involved.

Therefore, prior military service, especially in combat or involving combat training, is to be highly prized in any collective or partnership. Where such experience is found in a retired Officer (as opposed to an enlisted rank), so much the better. If there is additionally someone with prior intelligence or forward observer experience, or demolitions or military engineering background, better still. Likewise for any medical corps. or other medical background.

In closing, the business itself should have on hand sufficient stores of foods and other resources (as opined in the prior post) to sustain several months of a ‘stand off’ in defensive posture. A key factor will be the ability to communicate with partnering family units that they may be called in to provide force rotation, deliver emergency supplies, or outright tactical relief against assaulting forces. The prior posts cover communications alternatives in a total outage of all utilities.

How can I protect my business as well as my family in a disaster?

Logical Emergency Response Plan Government Won’t Approve


The government has for some time now been turning up our ‘threat perceptions’ regarding emergency preparedness… taking us to levels of ‘concern’ not seen since the height of the Cold War and the Cuban Missile Crises. As discussed in the prior post of this series, we need to figure out what they are NOT telling us, and prepare for THAT, too.

Why should I have an emergency plan?

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

What can I do to prepare for any emergency?

What you will learn reading this post:

  • That there are kinds of disasters government is not talking about which you should also prepare for;
  • That some disasters are best addressed by preparations based on collectives of households instead of reliance only upon one’s own household;
  • That the nature of the emergency dictates how long the period of time of distress, which dictates what the emergency preparedness plan should look like;
  • That some considerations go well beyond government’s advice, and in fact would not likely be approved by FEMA, DHS, or the Miltary… because they want you dependent upon their help and mercy as a means of political control.

What should my emergency preparedness plan look like?

Government is EMPHATICALLY urging us to prepare

In the first part of this series, we talked about WHY you need an emergency preparedness plan and kit which goes beyond FEMA/DHS recommendations. Regardless of their true reasons for such urgent and dramatic advice — by all means, do what they tell you: establish an emergency plan centered upon a home emergency supplies kit adequate for the kinds of emergencies they imply are of most concern (fire, quake, flood). But do it smarter than that, and cover all the bases, including the far more serious and dangerous possibilities reviewed in the prior post. Here is how best to do that without taking on the whole burden of cost and logistical overhead, yourself. But I warn you, the government will not approve, so part of your plan should include an attempt at quiet preparation and concealment.

What should my family do in a disaster? 

Multi-layered Partnerships

Don’t rely on just my advice, see what officials  have to say say (click for Morrow County Health)

A single family household, no matter how well prepared, cannot fare as well as several family units banded together. So much the better when those units are either actual neighbors, or relatives who live not too far away (say, an hour’s walk or less). So if you do not have relatives close enough to meet the need, you should immediately be sounding out the viewpoints of neighbors on this topic (a simple way is to suggest they read this post series, and ask what they think) and cultivating relationships with those of like thinking.

Herein, a ‘family unit’ may therefore consist of any combination of actual blood-related families joining with single neighbors or childless couples who are not related, or may be made up entirely of unrelated persons with no core family, as such. A unit should ideally be in the range of three-five adults, but in an emergency, teens are considered adults. So where most units are single persons or couples, you may want more participating units.

Such a collective of family units, no matter how well each unit is prepared individually, can indeed far better survive a serious matter by their alliance. It makes it possible to spread the need for more costly specialized emergency resources over a broader group; some family units can be designated as special resource parties with everyone sharing the financial burdon.  This makes a superior readiness more affordable as well as eliminating storage restrictions which might exist, such as faced by a given family unit in the group living in an apartment.

In the next Part of this series, we will also see that an ideal partner might be deemed a special resource party because they own a gas station, grocery store, gun shop, etc.  Many such businesses, in fact, have some special strategic opportunities to consider, which will be the focus of Part III — but you get what I’m hinting at.

How do I prepare an emergency survival kit?

Key Decision Point Factors

Some circumstances alter both individual and collective needs dramatically and will need to be accommodated with detailed planning. The following topics should be fully explored early in organizing the collective, because they may dictate a need to add yet another family unit into the mix, or help define who is a special resource party and what that will mean for all concerned in a disaster event:

Talk about disaster considerations in terms of resource needs and response plans…

a)    Categories of disaster events to be considered (i.e., individual events such as fire, plane crash, etc., area-wide events such as flood or terrorism, regional or national events such as Martial Law or pandemic event);

b)   Level of availability of, or threats posed by damage to critical services supply lines; water, power, gas, telecommunications;

c)    Types of destruction of home and property (i.e., fire, earthquake, flood, assault);

d)   Levels of community-wide destruction and resulting third-party threats to home/property/resources;

e)    Transportation shut down or impedance to access to home/property/resources, or each other by third-parties;

f)     Impact of communications shut down vs. alternative solutions for the collective;

g)    Disparate location of individuals (i.e., at work, home, in transit, shopping, etc.) as might impact on reaction and hooking up post event;

h)   Estimation of self sufficiency of a given family unit before connecting with the collective;

i)     Estimation of time before outside helps become available, as will vary according to the above considerations.

j)     Fully review FEMA emergency guidelines and their pitiful performance in actual disasters such as Katrina, as well as the shameful role of military and police. In Katrina, they came for the guns and gunned down blacks to keep them in their own area. In Hurricane Andrew, the National Guard deployed a psychological warfare unit who set up detention camp-like relief centers and set up telephones which were 100% monitored by the Defense Department, and CIA, etc. You need to know what frightening provisions the government has made in preparation for total control of your lives ‘in an emergency.’

Such factors are most simply addressed by establishing multi-level options for individual family unit’s responsibilities to the collective, as well as event response. Each individual’s plan/options should deal with each such contingency, and consider where the individual might be at any given time (i.e., at work). Resources should be redundantly distributed over as broad a range of storage points as may be practical — a key reason for multiple family units. Examples of determinations:

a)    A family without good storage capabilities may need to focus on an ability to relocate or hookup with one who does;

b)   A family without good financial clout may need to focus on an ability to provide special skills or manpower, or deal with relatively low cost special resources such as communications or transportation;

c)    A family with inherent special resources already in place (e.g., owns a gun shop) will likely get a free ride, financially speaking;

d)   A family with many adult males will likely be the best collective leader, though clearly, other factors also come into play. Such determinations may vary according to event type being addressed, so a different family unit might be deemed a better leader or resource for one type of event than determined for another event. Military experience, for example, would be of great value for long-term, regional, or political upheaval events, but less important in a short or localized events.

Where can I get advice on emergency preparedness?

Term of Survival without helps dictates needs…

A key factor in planning is knowing what constitutes a minimum level of stored resources (emergency preparedness kit) per household for each event type, as well as kit content details. Again, distribution of resources will likely be required, and there should be some level of redundancy to accommodate the total loss of a given family unit’s houshold kit. More: because FEMA’s draconian powers extend to cover broad powers of confiscation, and by their wish is to control ALL MANNER resources, they deem HOARDING to be a punishable crime with significant penalties to include arrest.

Hoarding generally appears to be defined as no more than a week’s supply, but some things are even more tightly controlled, such as gasoline storage. So plan on hiding long-term reserves, and likely, on protecting your weapon’s and munitions in similar manner as well; gun confiscation by military is highly likely in a long-term event.Below find a minimum suggest level of supplies and their dispersal. Naturally, your own thoughts may yield improvements based on your own skills, location or environment (e.g., lakeside = boat), and availability of special items (e.g., scuba gear):

A)   Localized and single unit events will likely require no more than 1-3 Days of self sufficiency: Food, water (1 Gallon per day per person*), blankets, three changes of clothes each for normal and extreme weather conditions, three sets of rechargeable batteries for all devices, portable lighting, one flashlight per person, multiband radio, propane stove and 3 propane refills, sleeping bags, rainslicks, first aid kit, bagged clothing, and about $250 cash. Matches, newspaper bundles for kindling or insulation.  Local storage should be sufficient even in an apartment situation. Each person can keep a ‘go bag’ in their room, or at least a flashlight, if using centralized bag location, only. Regardless, the bathroom or other storage point for prescriptions must be raided along the way*.

* Each of the levels below can impact prescription and water issues negatively. It becomes increasingly difficult to store large quantities of water, and thus some form of water reclamation or source should be considered, as indicated. Prescriptions can run out in mid event and would be near impossible to refill, and it is difficult to obtain a long term supply, and even if possible, long term storage of many prescriptions may be a bad idea as drugs degrade with time and sometimes even become dangerous through chemical changes wrought by oxidation. Since some prescriptions can be dangerous if forced to stop cold-turkey, you should consider the side effects and warnings on each prescription to see if weaning off gradually might be wiser. Fortunately, Diabetic and other select medical problems rely upon supplies and treatments which can be acquired and stored for long term needs. A final comment: each person with a significant medical need should keep on their person a card citing such concerns, medications, etc., in case they become incapacitated and found by third parties. The card should include information on any alternate location the collective is using as the emergency ‘address’ if different than that on identification, as well as names of key persons to be sought out, which should likely include more than direct family.

B)    Wide area events may require 4-14 Days self sufficiency: Add one pistol per household and box ammo, and walkie talkies locally retained by each household. Globally augment food and water appropriately, and add a store of gasoline, axe or chainsaw, shovel, generator, rope, tent(s), hammer, propane torch, handsaw, nails, screws/eyehooks, canvas. Sewing kit, 1 or two GPS devices, hand-held multi-band radio scanner, water reclamation kit (and supply of filters), road flares, pepper spray, motion alarms, binoculars, $1,500 cash.  2 additional boxes ammo per household. Secure storage facilities are a must, especially for weapons and fuels, with no exterior access to unauthorized parties. One person must jump through gun registration hoops to acquire the gun, unless given them as a gift.

C)   Regional or national events could easily require 3-12 Weeks sufficiency: Globally augment Food, water, consider augmenting a base station home with defensive modifications*. Note that GPS accuracy may be downgraded by government action from 50’ to several thousand feet. Add 1 rifle w scope per family unit, 1 pistol per adult globally, 1 or more night vision device for guard duty/firefights, short wave two-way radio, surgical kit, hiking/fishing/camping gear, flare gun, wheelbarrow or cart, 1-3 pairs binoculars, $5,000 cash. 3-5 boxes ammo per weapon. It may be advisable to bury some items or provide external hard and secure storage site(s)*. No additional gun registration applications by secondary parties should normally be needed, especially if the primary purchaser applys for a Dealer’s permit, which can additionally allow purchase of fully automatic weapons.

D)    Longer Term events such as revolution or Martial Law, invasion – Base Station only: 1-2 Shotguns, 1 or 2 targeting lasers for tactical pistol use, 1rifle per adult w or w/o scope, 1 crossbow and sword per household, Seed bank, military survival/combat protective gear, welder, expanded took kit, block/tackle, smoke grenades, flash bangs, salination system if near seawater, still, bear traps (for perimeter defense).  25 boxes ammo per weapon. 3 dozen bolts. Hardware nuts/bolts kit.  Bolts can also be used to make spears. Burried and external storage sites much more important, to include off site and well hidden locations. Here is where you want to have dosimeters, Geiger Counter, and Potassium Iodide tablets in case of radiation concerns.

E)    Regarding Vehicle kits, all levels: spare ignition cables and parts, full set of spare fuses, serviceable spare and jack, snow chains, tools, 6 flares, 1 gallon water, blankets, first aid, 1 days food per person in family unit, 1 box ammo per type of weapon (pistol, rifle, shotgun), 6 bolts. Pepper spray, sand bag, matches, newspaper. First aid kit. External of vehicle, spare set of tires, anti-freeze, case of oil, two cans each of brake, power steering, transmission fluid, service manual for vehicle. Car alarm advised.

*In my book set, Fatal Rebirth, specific advice given on how to reinforce a home or other structure, conceal critical items, and other tactical considerations, including home-made weapons. You might want to read some books which specialize in such topics for an even better insight. Also included is tactical advice for possible conflict scenarios useful to militia or other armed defenders of the Constitution. A free ebook copy of Volume I is available by request to pppbooks at Comcast dot net. Learn more at proparanoidpress.com.

What happens if government does not respond quickly enough in a disaster?

Summary

Some people are better prepared than others…

These considerations, with a properly organized dispersal of resources among cooperative family units, along with a good understanding of responsibilities and event responses according to event type… assure a far better defense posture against the unknown than FEMA or anyone else in government would seem to wish, even to the point of their being the actual problem against which you must defend.

If guns are to be acquired in quantity, it is imperative that all adults (including teens) take firearms safety/operation and care classes for the specific weapons. Target practice and practice breaking down and cleaning, reloading, and dealing with jams are just as important. Self defense courses in martial arts are also advised: if a long-term event comes along, all manner of problems will originate from third parties seeking to take valuable resources from you by force. Be prepared to fight with skill, and thereby hopefully deter violence, or be prepared to die.

In Part III, we look at how owners of gun shops, grocery stores, gas stations, and other key resource businesses can be incorporated to both the benefit of the collective, and to assure the owner that their resources will have the best possible chance of survival without sack and pillage by looters, and possibly even withstand government seizure. It also better explains what is meant by the last point about who the enemy might actually end up being:  Gun Shops, Grocers, and Other Retailers Key to Survival in Major Disaster

What can I expect when a disaster happens?

The REAL Reason FEMA Promotes Emergency Preparedness?


FEMA and the rest of government seems quite paranoid about disasters of late, but clues suggest there are hidden reasons behind urging preparations — not the earthquakes, floods, nor fires they talk about. Conspiracy theories based upon dialogs by geophysicists, astrophysicists, and politicos seem far more likely the cause, and that puts a whole different face on what ‘preparation’ should involve and mean for you.

Why is government pushing emergency preparedness?

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

Can we really trust FEMA?

Reading this post series in three parts you will learn…

  • That there are significant reasons you absolutely should have an emergency preparedness program in place;
  • These reasons go well beyond natural disasters FEMA implies of concern;
  • There is a logical preparedness program that accommodates all concerns…
  • A program which should be considered by privately-held businesses as well as families:
  • It is NOT approved by FEMA, DHS, the Military, or other elements of the New World Order

What is the history of the emergency broadcast system?

Time was…

I very clearly remember the ‘Red Scare’ spillover from McCarthyism which translated to ‘fear the bomb’ in the 1950’s and 60’s… starting with the Eisenhower White House: Air Raid sirens were tested weekly or daily, typically at a fixed time of day as if a Church Bell announcing Noon. I was a teen during the Cuban Missile Crises under Kennedy, when talk of the day was the home Fallout Shelter, and at school, we had ‘duck and cover’ drills as often as fire drills. But the scare wore off by the 70’s, and sirens and shelters were no longer in vogue, though every downtown building tended to have a well marked public shelter.  Yawn.

Fast Forward, Bush I White House: For no visible or announced reason at all, the Emergency Alert System (EAS) and CONELRAD Radio alert system which had in evolutionary form driven those sirens for two decades was turned back on in the 90’s, and updated for improved use with TV. But rarely was it tested, and then typically late at night between late-show snoozes. Just fire drills at school. No more sirens, unless there was perhaps a fire or other actual emergency. Very unobtrusive. No problem.

Fast Forward, Bush II White House: Suddenly, somewhat synchronous with the formation of Homeland Security, these alerts started increasing in frequency and were randomly interrupting all manner of broadcasts at any time of day. They now had the ability to actually take over newer televisions, even if turned off or in use with a VCR at the time. Somewhere along the way, it was expanded to include hazardous weather condition reports and the AMBER ALERT system for missing children. Schools still worried about fires. OK. Well, perhaps.

What kind of threats should an emergency preparedness plan address?

The current threat assessment

What does FEMA think is different about 2013? (Click – from FEMA ‘resolve’ page)

Fast Forward, Sorento White House: Suddenly, and synchronous with DHS seeking to buy 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition (that’s several Vietnam wars worth), all over and above military orders… not to mention a long list of equally disturbing purchase efforts involving coffins, ‘emergency housing’ which more closely resembled prison camps, food and water stores, vaccinations and anti-biotics… numbering in the millions more often than not — the tests started increasing in frequency and in duration. Annoying. Suspiciously omnipresent, excessively foreboding.

What bothers me most is a synchronous rush request for proposals on delivery of emergency preparedness items and relocation and readiness orders to military to FEMA Region III (Atlantic Seaboard States near D.C.), all with a date of October of this year. In fact, much of FEMA’s promotional material is geared to 2013, specifically. Most of the darker things cited in this post are happening right now in 2013 or otherwise generally depicted as an immediate potential threat.

Worse, both DHS and FEMA have started multiple high-profile media campaigns suggesting we all need emergency kits and emergency plans. This is also all simultaneous to a bit of mainstream news and much suppressed facts being revealed on the Web regarding an approaching Planet X, approaching comets, several near misses by planet-killing asteroids, and a flurry of unusual meteor activity to include nuclear blast-strength explosions in our atmosphere (the Russian meteor injured nearly 2,000 people and caused significant wide-spread structural damage over hundreds of miles). And there is more…

Also simultaneous are geo-political and financial threats the likes of which have never been seen in the history of the planet, each threatening dire unrest to the point of forcing Martial Law. While this goes on, the sun is spitting gigantic record bursting electromagnetic pulses at us and the pole is shifting, Fukushima is continuing to increase its threat, not to mention shifting weather patterns and an increase in seismic activities of Biblical proportions. Dare I mention strange phenomenon like objects orbiting the sun, mysterious loud and scary sounds heard over thousands of square miles, two suns and other oddities in the skies day and night? Endless wars somehow always tied to terrorism and oil keep being announced. No wonder large numbers of people are actually starting to think End Times might actually be around the corner.

The end of oil supply as we know it indeed approaches. Extremist terror groups pose theoretical threat of biological, chemical, or nuclear WMD. Criminal nations threaten to attack us with nuclear weapons. China is on the verge of surpassing the US as super power, and their top military leader has said war with the US is inevitable; their only answer to that being to strike first.  Man-made bio weapons, nanotech, and even genomic weapons are being developed daily by all modern military powers, and we get cover stories expressed as worries of a natural pandemic outbreak of catastrophic proportions. The Center for Disease Control has even gone so far as to talk about preparation for a Zombie apocalypse, and there is some evidence it is not as tongue-in-cheek as they profess. Don’t forget chemtrails and the feared NWO depopulation plot.

Actual soldier patrolling American Street. UNACCEPTABLE! (click – disclosetv.com)

The worst part is all the talk about a possible military takeover, martial law, a new Constitution and a North American Union. Why, that’s nothing short of saying the Antichrist is coming to power… and some say that’s the case, too. Agenda 21, GMO crops, Codex Alimentarius, the Small Arms Treaty (goodby 2nd Amendment), etc.  All these things tie in one to another as if all by some organized conspiracy (Illuminati?) After all, they say, the Norway Spirals were likely a test of Project Bluebeam, to simulate with a kind of holographic event the Second Coming in the Antichrist’s name. And what about those tens of thousands of ‘State of Martial Law’ warning/instruction signs coming into the US from foreign sign makers in convoy manner? Really, really not good.

Almost everyone has some kind of foreboding sense that SOMETHING bad this way comes. Armageddon Online has a more detailed summary view. And just as someone chooses to discounts all of these things as ‘baseless,’ something like this comes along to make us wonder all over again: a lot of people are saying there is a purge of the military taking place, and that usually portends a violent overthrow of government.

So, quite naturally, some of us are taking the DHS/FEMA advice to heart, or at least considering it. But I fear most of us are preparing for the wrong thing in the wrong way. Its one thing to have food, water, medical, and key supplies stashed away for an earthquake or flood… and another to truly be prepared for upheavals of the political or Biblical sort… the sort government advice is NOT addressing, because if you were prepared for that, government looses the ability to maintain political control through dependency upon government for survival.

Never fear; the Professional Paranoid is here to help you find your way through it all… in part II:  A Logical Home Emergency Response Plan: The Government Does NOT Approve

Why should I hide my emergency preparedness kit and weapons?

Military Purge Underway? A Military Revolt Warning Sign


A sure sign that the government fears a military coup or the military itself is about to attempt one, is a purge. The government will purge those it fears unloyal, and/or the military purges itself of those unwilling to go along. Whoever best purges post haste, just might win. Either way, however, the people tend to loose to an errant government and/or would-be military dictator. It is, after all, how authoritarian Police States are born.

Is Obama conducting a purge of the military?

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

What causes a military purge to take place?

Reading this post you will learn:

  • That history proves purges take place when governments fear their military is about to take over…
  • Or when the military prepares for such takeover…
  • And such tyranny grows from purges within political circles and the military to involve citizens…
  • Everyone is challenged with loyalty oaths, untrue (or otherwise) accusations, tricky questions, or even torture…
  • The wrong answer can mean death, prison, or ‘vanishing;’
  • Evidence abounds that we have been in a pre-event purge for several years…
  • That the purge is nearing the point of reaching open armed conflict;
  • That the result of a purge is almost always a Police State, regardless of which side wins

Why is Obama conducting a military purge?

Updated Nov. 14 2013 Changes indicated in RED reflect latest termination and dim view of purge by Russia and China who see it as possible PRELUDE TO WAR.

Updated Dec. 10 2013 Section added and indicated in RED as relating possible ties to Global Research Web site going dark and decade old CIA plot to capture Soviet nuclear warheads.

History on Parade…

All authoritarians get rid of non supporting military men. Only in America does media not dare report it happening. (click: rarenewspapers.com)

History is rife with examples of political purges, both bloody and near bloodless, and unfortunately, both sides can end up playing the game. Sadly, we also see that most bloodless purges end up being bloody at one point or another; they push the other side into reactionary defensive acts. Worse, once one side or the other becomes dominant, the purge is extended from the national politik (government officials and military) to local politik (regional-to-city leadership and law enforcement), and from there, down to every day citizens; any such purge portends a intended shift in power to an actual or de facto authoritarian dictatorship.

The classic example would be found in the Russian Communist Revolution, which actually evolved as successive political leaders reshaped ‘the revolution’ to suit their own visions. But you find the same things generally true in the French Revolution, Mao’s Red China, or even in the American Civil War, where the Union employed the Ironclad Oath, and various Generals (see last paragraph in the link under ‘1862’) exercised internal ‘loyalty and fitness’ purges, ad hoc. One could easily be shot for a careless comment or answer.

Why would Obama conduct a purge?

A purge HERE?

There has, in fact, already been an attempted military coup in the United States. We are, or were, fortunate at the time, that the attempt failed before the purge which would have been required could get started. While most Sheeple have never heard of it because it was contained and not made public, most of the rest of us are aware of the Business Plot of 1932 which attempted to stage a fascist takeover in America by means of a military coup. Some of the biggest Industrialists of the day were involved, names which still today are iconic labels on everyday products, like Singer, and Dupont.

But thanks to one-tough and loyal Marine who tricked his would-be conspiratorial recruiters, the affair backfired. That’s a big ‘Hua!’ for Major General Smedley Butler. But a purge did follow, one which sought to eliminate the threat from the cadre of business leaders and their friends involved, including other military — along with an attempt to cover up the entire matter in order to maintain confidence in the nation’s internal and external affairs.

One thing remains clear: the general purge model is especially of concern when one is dealing with a bloody purge, because it does work its way down to citizens, Sheeple or otherwise. Especially otherwise. And so, I strongly urge that we must take a very close look at our current troubled situation and most recent history with respect to Presidents, politics, economy, international affairs, and the military. So, what’s going on, here in America, right NOW? Well, the answer to that won’t be found in mainstream media unless, perhaps, you are talking about press from abroad.

Now comes a new worry: The European Union Times is reporting the both the Russians and Chinese consider Obama an unstable, power-hungry madman and, with the latest firing (added below with RED) , have themselves taken unprecedented military responses towards possible military conflict with the U.S. and any of its Allies. Seemingly related, are two other news stories in one at the Web site regarding Chinese troops (and a spy ship) in Hawaii, and a simultaneous FEMA ‘simulation’ of cyber attack (Fire Sale) on US power and communications networks, itself timed to coincide with the largest Cannibalistic Corona Mass Ejection the World has ever recorded striking the earth and disrupting our magnetic field in a way which threatens disruptions similar to said cyber attacks . A grain of salt is due, here, as the EUT is, well… extremist in nature. Extreme ‘what’ remains in question… a bit like a super-market tabloid without aliens and pictures of personalities doing naughty things or being too fat on the beach.

Update Dec 10, in support of prior update…

Consider the Howard Hughes Empire at the time when CIA essentially controlled the man and his firms (1968). CIA contracted Hughes Ship Building and through Hughes, Sun Shipbuilding – to construct two custom vessels. The main was the Glomar Explorer deep sea ‘research’ vessel, which is also adaptable to deep sea drilling applications, and the second was a ‘supply ship’. The Glomar Explorer was used to recover nuclear weapons and portions of a sunken Soviet Sub K-129Golf Class – though Agency claimed only to have failed in the project. The supply ship was actually a disguised ship akin to a Sub Tender, with an internally open bay designed to accept the sub, once raised, and covertly take it to the San Diego Naval Yard.
The project has been called Operation Jennifer and the even more secretive Operation Azorian (there were two specific missions, one to get soviet sub technology for USN, and one to get the bombs for CIA). I’m the only one maintaining the weapon recovery, as documented in support thereof in my book Fatal Rebirth (proparanoidpress.com) – free copy of volume 1 ebook on request to pppbooks@comcast.net. The principle clue is that the supply ship was five feet too small to recover the section of the sub officially sought, but the right size for the weapons section, the sub already known to have broken into two parts. Add to this, the cover story that the reason the recovery failed was not because of the too-small tender, but because the desired section itself additionally broke into pieces at the attempt. http://www.fas.org/irp/program/collect/jennifer.htm
Recently, the underground news organ, Global Research has gone massively dark with not one single resource of their massive Web presence accessible. One reason for vanishing of the material may have to do with what Fatal Rebirth predicted would be done with the nuclear warheads (false flag terrorism, specifically citing it against Charleston, SC). Russia Today has stated that Russian Intelligence has leaked that one reason Obama is conducting a military purge is because the military refused a nuclear detonation at or near Charleston.
If CIA has old Soviet bombs, they would no longer be very useful for normal detonation, but would make excellent dirty bombs. CIA would likely be more inclined to follow such an order than the military, if RT is correct. Russia would have a motive for disclosure tied to the bombs, because the radioactive footprints would point to Soviet manufacture, and could result in suspicions they provided the weapon willingly to ‘terrorists.’ Global Research (in all likelihood) may have been expanding upon this story, which may be why it has gone dark; you get either a 404 error, a denied permissions error, or a ‘something has gone wrong’ error. True, it could be a simple temporary glitch, perhaps a server being down for maintenance. On the other hand, DHS (or some other agency), has perhaps declared them a terrorist and seized their servers, as they have done in the past to other activist and conspiracy oriented Web sites, such as Indymedia.
Therefore let us continue our look at the Glomar Explorer, which has had a long history. It generally patrols the world on contract for oil companies and the military industrial complex (i.e., Lockheed Martin) and can usually be found offshore from political hot spots ‘researching’ to ‘find oil.’ It was off the coast of Vietnam during the war, and has repeatedly been in the Middle East, commonly the Yemen area, which gives spy ELINT resource coverage to everything from Egypt to Iran to Afghanistan, and excuses land incursions regionally by ‘crew on shore leave’ who could easily be conducting in country spying. Most recently, the ship has been in the Gulf of Mexico, leading some theorists to wonder if it did not have something to do with the BP oil leak (I doubt this – too far away).
The Glomar Explorer has also operated under the corporate names of Global Marine and Global Santa Fe, both considered CIA Fronts. To add irony, if not confusion in realization that with CIA, nothing is ever as it seems, is this fact from Linkedin: Ronnie Temple used to work for Global SanteFe and Global Marine, and Ronald Temple now works as Co Director of Global Research. Ronald Temple of GS/GM was managing director at Lazard Asset Management, and Ronald Temple (another one?) is listed as Manager of US RESEARCH for Lazard Asset Management, as well as an association with the Deutsche Bank, THE FAVORITE CIA conduit for black op funds.
In the spy World, you can’t tell your players or their motives even with a program card. We would hope these to be different individuals, but just imagine… what would it mean if they were one and the same? Clearly, the two Ronalds appear to be the same, implying that he sees value in having multiple identities on Linkedin… so why not a third? Multiple identities under the same name IS NOT UNCOMMON among CIA operatives/agents. Using multiple names in this case might be intentional to distance Global Research from Global Marine and Global SantaFe. Argh! End Dec. Update, prior update continues as indicated in RED.

Is the U.S. military conducting an internal purge?

Proof of a purge?

Many observers think its happening, including people who are far from being conspiracy theorists; media types, military professionals, and more. In simple terms, consider the following statistics and facts, none of which are in dispute, though almost all of which are veiled from Sheeple’s eyes by media and government. Mainstream employs careful wording and skips filling in the blanks with useful detail. But others mince no words.

And speaking of words, we must realize that when a bloodless purge is underway, there must simultaneously be ‘disinformation’ to cover up the fact. This means that excuses will be used to veil the truth, and this will be quietly accepted at first by both sides, often because, at least for the individuals involved, some form of blackmail or other threat is in place to insure their silent acceptance. For some, it may be some form of National Security agreement. For others, it may be a sexual indiscretion, or a criminal or financial matter which dictates cooperation lest it be made public.

So take what is often offered in ‘face value’ with a grain of salt. It is the fuller picture which is painted in the broader strokes which overpower individual words, or lack of words… and bear in mind that when there is a purge, one must also look at resignations as part of the ‘flow’ of things — especially if related to protests or potentially motivated as a self-defense move. Doubly so if in numbers.

Why is the U.S. Military conducting a purge?

Is Obama conducting a purge?

Many think so, and the preponderance of evidence cited would seem to support the notion. It is, after all, what prompted my own review (more detailed than theirs, naturally — that’s always my goal, at least). Consider these reviews, and the fact that many sources claim Obama’s differences with military leadership have to do with his asking them if they were willing to shoot Americans, presumably in a gun-grabbing operation of some kind:

Freedom Connector, Nov 16, 2012: What’s Behind Obama’s Military Purge? — by Bob Livingston, an ultra-conservative newsletter writer;

The Independent Journal Review, on June 28, 2013: Obama’s Purge; Military Officers Replaced Under the Commander-in-Chief — a situational analysis by Kyle Becker;

The Western Center for JournalismObama Escalates Military Purge — by the Editor

World Net Daily, The Examiner, The Guardian, and many others citing The Blaze, Oct. 23, 2013: Blaze Sources: Obama Purging Military Commanders — Sara Carter citing actual fired military commanders’ viewpoints.

There are many more, but you get the idea. From the outside, looking at the observable clues leaking out from the inside, and sometimes even from the mouths of those involved, the impression is a Presidential purge is under way. More: since the above, Sorento’s desire to attack Syria met with such resistance in military circles as to warrant an article (translated from an unstated German source), well worth a read: Historical Disgrace: The U.S. Military Mutiny Forced Obama to Retreat. Yet as already mentioned, other stories relate that the purge is because the Military is refusing to go along with plans to grab guns and shoot Americans who refuse to comply.

Why does a military purge predict a shift towards authoritarian dictatorship?

Flip side: is the military is purging itself of White Hats?

No one else on the Web seems to think so, but I’m wondering why not? When the stability of a country comes into question, forces within the military tend to start wondering if they need not do something drastic to change things, and eventually, a strongman General is able to recruit others of like mind to work out ‘contingencies.’  One of the first steps in preparing for possible enactment of such plans (a coup) is to evaluate the remaining Officer Corps, and get rid of loyalists.

Or, it may be a group of powerful business leaders who make the call, and who recruit members of the military for their cause, resulting in the same process, a ‘la The Business Plot of 1932, already mentioned.

You know something sinister and deeply troubling is going on when Veterans are being told they can’t fly the American Flag on public property, Officers, even Chaplains, are threatened with court marshal for having a Bible on their office desk or speaking about religion with others who are not already in the same faith, and telling them to resign if they have a problem with the policy. What? Oh, I forgot: the military and military policy is dominated, according to authors like Alex Constantine, by Satanists.

In point of fact, as Alex and others have pointed out, self-proclaimed Satanist General Michael Aquino, was a chief architect of the Revolution in Military Affairs, the policy which defines the next major new war type the military will face is ‘A People’s War,’ where the enemy is disgruntled patriots, Constitutionalists, and the poor and disenfranchised. Well, now, that’s just about everybody in the U.S. but the ten percenters at the top, and dumb Sheeple, is it not?

Now, while the first section paints a picture of a Presidential purge, I must remind you that both sides of a major power rift often purge, and that outwardly, the signs will typically tend to look the same. So now, let’s take a closer look at those purged and their circumstances, to see what we might decide for ourselves. After all, other Web sources speculate the reason for Obama’s purge is that he fears a military coup, a notion which alledgedly originates directly from the Russian Military and the Kremlin.

However, that story would seem to be related to another alleged Kremlin and GRU (a KGB-like Russian Spy group similar to CIA) claiming Obama had ordered the detonation of a nuclear bomb in or near Charleston as a false flag event and the military refused, prompting the firing of so many nuclear commanders. I find this fascinating, because in my book Fatal Rebirth, I predicted Charleston would be the target of a nuclear false flag attack AFTER the also predicted (in 1999) downing of the WTC by passenger jets and resulting in a series of Middle East oil wars.

Snopes.com, whom I do not entirely trust as a legitimate ‘debunker,’ does attempt to debunk the above story by attributing its true source to Sorcha Faal, a known professional disinformationalist who works for, among other people, DHS. So then, why would DHS promote this particular disinfo? That makes no more sense than the outlandish conspiracy claimed by the story. But if baseless, and not Russian sourced, why has RT (Russian Television in English) News not ALSO debunked it, and instead reported on it as factual?

So understanding if there is a purge, and who is undertaking it, and why, is going to be difficult. Really, you can’t tell your players (or their position on the team/role in the game) without a roster. So here it is, so you can decide for yourself…

What are the signs of a military or political purge?

Point Comparisons: Roster of 266 Vanquished Officers and Key Staff under Obama

This is an updated and more accurate compilation the found in lists elsewhere which cite 197 or fewer. More than 50 being offered in rich detail, here. These numbers represent a massive bloodletting not seen under any prior President in American history. There are so many you might be tempted not to read them, but in the reading, at least of their name and command position, you find some interesting, if not scary things, not to mention patterns. To be sure, some who were let go may have indeed been let go for non-purge and quite legitimate reasons, but the large numbers of higher rank Officers and the nature of the clumps of specialities/assignments/duties, especially, amplify reason for concern that more is afoot than ‘bad conduct’…

Fired Nov. 3rd, Colonel Eric Tilley, Commander of Japan’s largest U.S. base in Japan for ‘allegations of unstated misconduct.’

First Lieutenant  Ehren Watada was the first Officer to refuse deployment to Iraq as an illegal war, was eventually allowed to resign. Now, if his view was unjustified in the eyes of military, why was there no court marshall? If justified, why did we go to war? It implies disparate viewpoints in military ranks, and between military leadership and the President;

Major Stefan F. Cook, US Army Reserve, refused to deploy because he did not believe Barry Sorento was a legally elected President, joining with two other officers according to Wikipedia (no Web source names them, but they are described as a retired Army Major General and Active Reserve USAF Lieutenant) in a law suit (Cook vs. Good – scan down). They did not win their suite, but neither did they have to serve, again meaning disparate viewpoints. Touche’;

Captain Connie Rhodes, US Army Physician filed a similar suit (just beneath prior link, same page);

Predator Drone Pilot Brandon Bryant resigns USAF over immorality of drone attacks on noncombatants, making five people who refused to serve and suffered no court marshall;

Colonel James H. Johnson III, Commander 173rd Airbornfired and convicted of bigamy and fraud in expense accounting, apparently jumping out of the airplane and into the frying pan;

General Joseph Carter, Commander Camp Edwards and Adjutant General of the Massachusetts National Guard resigned even though a months investigation failed to produce evidence of a rape allegation;

Brig. General Jeffery A Sinclair, former Dep. Commander 82nd Airborn in Afghanistan, fired and facing possible Grand Jury review for criminal sexual indiscretions — sounding a bit like the CIA entrapment of Wikileaks mastermind, Julian Assange;

Army Major General Peter Fuller, Commander in Afghanistan (of unstated forces — which to me implies intelligence hanky-panky), let go in 2011;

Marine Major General C. M. M. Gurganus, Commander Regional Command Southwest and 1st Marine Expeditianary Force (also Afghanistan) was let go in 2013;

Marine Major General Gregg A. Sturdevant, Commander Aviation Wing at Camp Bastion, Afghanistan, and Director of Strategic Planning and Policy for US. Pacific Command, let go in 2013;

General David D. McKiernen, Commander of the Afghanistan Theater was let go at Obama’s orders after four months of arrival, for saying the campaign was less noble than was Iraq. That was 2009, making him the first four-star General released by a Commander-in-Chief since MacArthur by Truman. In 2010, Obama fired…

General Stanley McChyrstal, Commander of NATO International Security Assistance Force (IASF), Afghanistan, a matter linked to the death of reporter Michael Hastings. He was replaced by another soon-enough-to-be-fired General Petraeus, below. Seems like Obama liked no one involved in the Middle East, does it not?;

General David H. Petraeus, also left the Army as NATO IASF Commander as to be appointed by Obama as Director of Intelligence, CIA. He then resigned CIA over charges of an extramarital love triangle, but at the time there was the controversy about the CIA’s role in the handling of Benghazi intelligence and no-go rescue aftermath.  And, stepping back once more, the man who replaced him at ISAF when he stepped up to CIA was…

Former General Michael T. Hayden, in like manner yet again, quit the USAF to be appointed by Bush II to be Director of NSA, and then, also like Petraeus, was fired over extra-marital sexual conduct (officially), and unofficially, over internal disagreements with Obama on intelligence policy and validity of evidence regarding alleged Syrian nerve gas attacks (shades of Bush and Weapons of Mass Destruction in Iraq);

Marine General John R. Allen, Commander of NATO International Security Assistance Force, Afghanistan, was investigated and removed for ‘inappropriate communications regarding Bengahzi’ (he countermanded White House orders not to attempt rescue of the besieged Embassy). The investigation continues without fruit, be he was also seemingly an injured party in the above Petraeus love triangle. You couldn’t make this stuff up as screenwriter of a Kardashian’s in Uniform special. Now, regarding Bengahzi…

General Carter Ham, Commander Africommand (counter terror operations) also relieved of command and arrested for attempting rescue despite orders from White House to stand down… and before him…

General William ‘Kip’ Ward, 1st Commander of the Africommand fired for ‘financial irregularities’ in expense accounts;

Rear Admiral Charles M. Gaouette, Commander of the Stennis Aircraft Carrier Strike Group relieved of command in the middle of Middle East deployment for unstated ‘inappropriate leadership judgement’ also thought Benghazi related. But not just him…

Capt. Owen Hornors, Commanding Officer of the Carrier Enterprise, no less, was let go for ‘making and showing to the crew raunchy cartoons.’ No patterns here, folks — move along, move along;

Rear Admiral Ron Horton, Commander of Western Pacific Logistics Group was also fired for knowing about and failing to put a stop to the Enterprise cartoon shows;

Brigadier General Bryon Roberts, Commander of Ft. Jackson (training facility) resigned over charges of an ‘altercation’ with a woman. He commanded the training of the Iraqi Security Forces slated to replace US Military, and served directly under the Joint Chiefs with distinction;

Vice Admiral Tim Guardina, U.S. Central Command, drops two ranks to Rear Admiral, and looses his 2nd in Command position in charge of nuclear weapons for allegedly using counterfeit casino chips (felony fraud). Now that would be easy to set up as a frame up… which begs the question, why no criminal charges or court marshall, if true — or a resignation? It’s called ‘leverage’ and keeping a close eye on a person in question by keeping them close at hand;

Four-Star General James Mattis, Commander of US Central Command, being fired for ‘Mad Dog’ warnings to the Obama adminstration on the dangers of proposed Middle East military actions in Syria. Very interesting if, as stated in the next item link, he was the one responsible for that firing, and perhaps more so, if it was his replacement who arranged it (at this point, I’ve not been able to isolate which might be closer to being true, if either);

USAF Major General Michael Carey, Commander 20th Air Force (that’s 3 Wings of ICBMs/450 warheads at three AF Bases) was let go in 2013, making the third man in charge of nuclear forces to be let go — unprecedented;

Army Major General Ralph Baker, Commander Joint Task Force Horn of Africa in Djibouti, Africa, let go in 2013 — anti piracy and counter terrorism support unit, also likely to know what really happened in ZeroDark Thirty;

Lt. Col. Matthew Dooley, 20 yr Vet Army Instructor for National Defense University and Joint Forces Staff College allegedly fired at Obama’s request for teaching a previously approved course called Perspectives of Islam and Islamic Radicalism (for which he had also previously been commended) because it was deemed ‘offensive’ to Muslim organizations who somehow managed to learn about it (but had not experienced it). On the other hand, the Army Vice Chairman of the Joint Chiefs, now head of US Central Command himself described it as “against our values,” and so, this appears more likely a military purge victim than an Obama victim, done in a way that blames Obama publicly. A nice two-edged blade being twisted;

Commodore of Logistics, Lt. Col. Allen B. West, Battalion Commander, 4th Infantry, 20 year vet forced to retire pensionless for coercing terror attack information from a prisoner in Afghanistan by discharging his weapon to get his attention. Now that’s odd, because Logistics has nothing to do with prisoners. However, Logistics is THE MOST KEY tactical element of ANY military action;

Marine Colonel Daren Margolin, Commander of Quantico’s Security Batallion — FBI’s and USMC training facilities also used in joint LEA/Military trainings even when disallowed by Posse Comitatus;

Marine Colonel James Christmas, Commander 22nd Marine Expiditionary Unit and Special-Purpose Marine Air-Ground Task Force Crisis Response Unit, let go in 2013;

In 2012, Six USAF Training Officers from Lackland AFB base were fired after being charged with rape and adultery;

In 2011, 25 Command Naval Officers below the rank of Admiral were let go (not already mentioned), including captains of nuclear missile warships and submarines;

Recall the TV show Last Resort, where an American sub commander staves off an unjust false-flag nuclear first-strike against Pakistan as part of a military-coup deception… by threatening D.C. with attack, instead?;

Also vanished in 2011, 12 senior enlisted Navel personnel in charge of key programs, facilities, and projects;

In 2012, an additional 28 Command Naval Officers below the rank of Admiral were let go, again including several captains of nuclear missile warships and submarines.

Also vanished in 2012; 15 senior enlisted Navel personnel in charge of key programs, facilities, and projects;

Meanwhile, still in 2012, 157 Career USAF Officers below the rank of General were forced to quit. Moreover, and potentially related, the USAF has resorted to offering nearly a quarter-million dollar bonus to fighter pilots to keep them from resigning after meeting their minimum obligation. Yet the 157 were ‘let go due to budget constraints’ according to the official story?

All the while this has been going on, and Obama’s proposed actions in Syria have not been sitting well with anyone but Sheeple on the citizen side, it turns out the military was not too crazy about the idea, either. Not just General Mattis and other officers already mentioned, but rank and file enlisted: a spontaneously created ‘photo-bomb’ campaign flooded the White House with individual refusals to serve in any military action ‘helping Al Qaeda’ fight the Syrian Christian government… appropriately went viral on facebook.

Does Obama fear a military coup?

Another kind of Roster: 92,600 Enlisted are being disbanded

Bloomberg is reporting, with the official line being budget cuts, that nearly 100,000 soldiers, sailors, and Marines are being let go starting the first of this month (several weeks ago, Oct.).  The troubling element is that the bulk of these (67,000) are US Army. If gun grabbing operations took place, the brunt of such action would involve the Army. That fact, and the fact that the military has been using a Shoot Americans Questionnaire which would help them purge themselves of those unwilling to do so — if their actual plan, makes me wonder who is being forced out, and why?

And here’s another reason to wonder: If the Sorcha Faal story was done for DHS, and keeping in mind that DHS ordered enough ammo to kill everyone in North America several times over, the ONLY possible motive I can deduce for fostering Faalishness is to fuel a counter conspiracy to the real conspiracy. That is, if they were planning to shoot Americans over gun grabbing efforts, then why not create a counter story saying the Military was revolting because the President was going to grab guns and order them to shoot Americans to do it? It would be another two-edged sword blaming Obama. Watch the left hand so you don’t see what the right hand is doing.

I’m just saying. I really have no way of knowing any more than do you. But I do know how disinformation works, and that is definitely one way it is used. It’s how it got its name.

What does a purge of the U.S. Military mean?

The broad view: being caught in the middle

The stage has already been set for our consideration, and depending on who is doing the looking, lots of people are starting to see that a purge is taking place, almost all eyes focusing on the US Military and/or the Obama administration. Point of view dictates how they analyze the whys and wherefores, but they all agree that purge is the word.

Bloodless, thus far to be sure… but to remind… a bloodless purge tends to force the other side’s hand and can easily escalate to a bloody one, if not also outright armed conflagration. At some point, someone elects to do something to end the gutting of their power base, and that something is not usually gentle in nature.

That DHS has been buying up weapons, munitions, coffins, medicines, and other key items in quantities suitable for a twenty-five year war… and that FEMA has launched a massive ‘disaster’ preparedness advertising campaign, simply adds fuel to whatever may be the real cause of the mysterious smoke under consideration.

If you find this all a bit troubling, you may wish to do some more reading. One place I can suggest you start, is my own book set, Fatal Rebirth, which written in 1999, predicted the entire pickle we now see ourselves in, from the bringing down of the WTC by passenger jets to financial debacles to the purge, and much more.

A free ebook copy of Vol I can be obtained by email request to pppbooks at Comcast dot net. Given the violence purges tend to evoke, you may also wish to read my post (series) on emergency/disaster plans and resource kits to cover ANY threat, natural or man made. Who else but the Professional Paranoid would dare bribe you with a free book just to read a blog post? Email me!

Who is purging the military and why?

Gas Tax Newest Spy Tool Targets Poor, Economy-Minded


When the Tax Man has a GPS tracker in your car, you dare not go anywhere you don’t want (someone) to know about… because we are talking about ‘public information’ in this case, which ANYONE can access.

Time for another Boston Tea Party… let’s throw a congressman into the harbor!

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

Update: (the day after penning): Extra paragraph of additional problems this proposal has which have not been considered by ‘government’ in their zeal to screw up our lives. Toward bottom, marked with RED.

Why the Anarchists may have it right after all?

What you will learn reading this post…

  • There is a new gas tax headed your way SOON…
  • It uses a chip plugged into your car with a GPS sensor…
  • It determines what roads you are on by taxing authority…
  • It bills you accordingly… but…
  • The GPS unit will know exactly where you’ve been, and when…
  • And that information is available to ANYONE upon demand

 What is mileage-based gas tax?

Milage-Based Gas Tax?

Our new Boston Tea Party?

Our new Boston Tea Party?

I first heard about this on Lars Larson’s radio show, which originates locally, though it is a nationally broadcast show of suitably politically-incorrect content for my tastes. But it is something that apparently got its start and was first mentioned publicly some months earlier. If you haven’t heard about it, it is called a ‘milage-based gasoline tax.’ Currently, what we have is a ‘per-gallon’ gas tax. There is, though they don’t seem to want to tell us this when talking about the new and improved idea, also a Tire tax for the same reasons/uses.

The current system has been in place ever since Congressionals and Councilmen first learned they could tax anything they wanted, pretty much, and get away with it.  The idea was to levy a ‘special tax’ for highway projects, maintenance, and related la-tee-dah in a way which targeted drivers, only; they wear it out, they pay for it, not the guy who does not even own a car.

But there are arguably a few problems with the notion, one being that you might buy your gas in a low-tax rate community and then commute to another region, perhaps another state, where the rate is higher, thereby ‘cheating’ the taxing authority by destroying their roads for free. Taxes vary by authority (city, county, state, federal), some authorities adding nothing, some taxing heavily. Tax-free wear and tear with wanton abandon.

But no taxing authority has ever complained very much about that sort of thing. No, the real complaint is, they are worried about one thing; now that gas mileage is going up, they are collecting less revenue than ever, even though road wear is increasing as new drivers hit the pavement (with their tires.) Darn kids, anyway.

And really darn those electric car drivers who don’t pay ANY gas tax (just tire tax). So, someone decided, that instead of simply raising the tax rate (as appropriate, on gas and/or tires — depending on the kind of vehicle) to compensate… which just takes a few votes and notifying gas stations and tire shops to change their pricing systems… they instead thought to do something… ‘Obama-like.’

If congressmen thrown into a harbor drown, does that mean they were witches?

The New and Improved Gas Tax

They succeeded. They still have to do the vote thing and notify gas stations (only), but they have a few extra things to do, as well. All of them are going to add costs to government, and require a whole new bureaucracy to be staffed:

a)    They must purchase some pretty expensive GPS tracking gizmos for issuance to drivers, and figure out how they are going to do that, and teach them how to install them correctly, or do it for them. They call these gizmos OBUs (On-Board-Units). I like gizmos, better. Fascist gizmos, in fact, as we shall see.

b)   Two, they have to figure out what they are going to do about cars that are old enough that they don’t have a place to plug the gizmo into, at all, or have newer cars but are already using the gizmo’s plug-in socket to modify their engine’s performance and/or economy favorably… and find some suitable way to punish those jerks for having more interesting (collectable) or economical (paid for, easy to repair, better performance) cars than the rest of us. Envy is not a sin, it’s just part of the ‘buy one today’ mental process.

c)    Create some kind of billing system (they are talking invoices, and payment methods). We are talking having to pay a huge chunk tax bill at some undetermined interval for all mileage driven since the last time we paid. Yeah, the poor will find that a lot of fun.

d)   Establish some kind of official methodology, rules and regulations, fines and punishments for failure to perform to said rules and regulations, and supporting infrastructure to collect the information from the GPS trackers and enforce said rules and regulations, forthwith, henceforth, and with prejudice and malice for all.

e)    Figure out what to do when a gizmo fails to function properly, undoubtedly placing some kind of huge punitive liability on the owner of the car for ‘breaking it.’ Stupid people is as stupid people do (sorry, meant to use that line talking about the legislators).

 If a congressman is proven to be a witch, does that mean they are also fascists?

So right off the bat we see this is going to be nothing more than a way for some government contractor somewhere (who promoted this idea as being ‘swell’ while dropping off big checks at the Congressman’s offices) to get rich, and some government people to get promoted to head a whole new Division and command a bunch of staffers, get a State provided car, a budget to squander, and a big paycheck. It will also be a money-maker for the various court systems which will enjoy seeing new faces guilty of ‘gas tax fraud,’ ‘destruction of gas-tax monitoring systems,’ and other fun sins which will undoubtedly be added to State Statutes.

Drown all fascist witches in Congress!

Now the Bad News

English: Traffic jam in Beijing

(Photo credit: Wikipedia)

But that’s not the worst of it, but don’t worry, I’ll break the bad news to you gently, saving the worst for last. To start, there is a problem with their little scheme in terms of fairness. Currently, on a per-gallon tax basis, someone who drives a gas-guzzler pays more tax (buying more gas per mile) than someone who drives an economy vehicle (and we already mentioned electrics). A poor person pays the same as a rich person per gallon, there is equity and fairness. Since it is paid per gallon, it is affordable as long as we have enough to buy the gas in the first place.

The new system (official describing document) however, at least in trial setups as being sponsored in Oregon, Nevada, and Washington, will punish anyone who has an economical vehicle and reward those with gas guzzlers. So, by default, it also punishes the poor who cannot afford SUVs and huge trucks. It punishes them further by saving up their indebtedness for tax over some period of time for a large (and largely unplanned for) tax bill. It works like this:

You STILL pay gas tax at the pump, roughly 30 cents a gallon in Oregon. But when you get your gizmo monitored by (an undetermined method), you will be charged 1.5 cents per MILE driven, and then credited a portion of that back to offset the fact that you already paid a gas tax at the pump. But the kicker is how they come up with that credit. Below, I employ rounded mileage figures for ease of calculations and paraphrase like dialog from the radio show. On the show, the new program was being explained in somewhat vague details: even though they only have 18 months to get the system up and running, they DON’T KNOW YET exactly how they are going to run it — thus the actual figures may be different, but the INTENT was explained to be as follows:

a)    Someone who has a gas Guzzler such as a big truck or SUV will get a 2 cents credit per mile. At 10 miles per gallon, before the new system, it cost them 30 cents to go ten miles. Under the new system, it will cost them 10 cents per mile. This subsidizes manufacturing, sales, and use of gas guzzling vehicles to those who can afford them. Guess who lobbies for this legislation.

b)    Someone with a ‘normal car’ will get 1 cent credit. At 30 miles to the gallon, they paid 10 cents to go ten miles; 1 cent per mile. Under the new method, they will pay 15 cents; 1.5 cents per mile. Shame on them for having only a ‘normal’ vehicle when they should be driving a gas guzzler. This is where most poor people will be stuck: having to pay 50% more tax, and getting stuck with the bill in unexpected chunks.

c)    Someone with an economy vehicle will get a half-cent credit. At 45 miles to the gallon, they paid 7 cents to go 10 miles; .66 cents per mile. But these low life’s need to be taught a lesson, so it will cost them 8 cents under the new method; .8 per mile. Again, since the poor can’t afford a new car with better milage, they pay more than the low life’s who can (but neglected to get that SUV).

d)   An electric vehicle owner used to pay nothing (save tire tax, which everyone still pays), but under the new system, those criminally penny-pinching villains will be punished by having to pay 15 cents to go ten miles. Gosh! They get the same treatment as if they were poor people!

Which way to the harbor?

Update: In my zeal to meet a deadline, I missed a couple of things that have apparently also escaped the thinking of government planners. The little socket they wish to use for the Gizmo is where DEQ and auto mechanics test engine performance. As I earlier alluded, its where people can plug in performance altering devices for more horsepower, or towing capacity, or better economy. It’s also where Breathalizer devices are plugged in that prevent drunks from driving. And, its where ‘Snap Shot’ driving devices used by certain car insurance companies and driver education classes use to monitor driving habits for safety’s sake. So this tax is going to make all of that go away. MADD (Mothers Against Drunk Drivers), and Flo, and the rest of us can all piss off, thank you very much, and defer to the tax man. End update.

Obviously, the Obama-wannabes have figured out that electric cars do more damage to roads than low milage cars, the same damage as normal cars used by the poor, and much more damage than trucks and SUVs. And you though you knew everything. Well, know this:

Anyone have a bus for the congressmen?

Privacy is out the window

Wialon

GPS Tracked (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

The winning strategy seems to be a GPS-based gizmo because that way they know what road you are driving on (but that does not mean the builder and maintainer for that road will necessarily see the tax money). But that also means that when they collect and compute your taxable driving history, their system will have access to the when and where of your travels.

The problem with that is this: because the gizmos remain the property of the State, the data they collect is considered public property, in this case, public information. ANYONE can petition the State to reveal public information, unless specifically sealed by a judge for a limited number of allowable reasons, non of which allow blanket assignation. It’s IN THE CONSTITUTION.

I speak for Oregon, of course. But most states have similar laws. And make no mistake; this new taxing scheme is coming to you, soon — one, three, and five states at a time. The fascists are coming, the fascists are coming!

That’s OK with me. I will just go get one of those 7,000 fully automatic assault rifles DHS purchased for ‘personal defense.’ It is, after all, a personal matter to me, and I do need to defend my homeland from fascists. I swore an oath to do so.

The tax man may cometh, but he may not walk away with my money… unless he brings a SWAT Team. But I lament too much. There is good news in all this. If you don’t drive any miles, you can more easily afford GMO crop control.

On False Flag Zombie Attacks in July


When the CDC starts talking about zombie attacks, DHS buys more ammunition than God and calls out all Federal Agencies to prepare for (something) at 100% strength with two weeks notice… while a Zombie blockbuster movie scares our pants off… there might just be something to worry about.

When do Zombies act on behalf of National Security?

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

Federal zombies may be in our future

OK, this might be tongue in cheek. MIGHT BE.

Future Post Office Poster? From notrightinthehead.net, a collection of more than interesting Zombiesque material (click)

But it is completely factual (scary movie music rises). I just saw a couple of video blogs (streaming Web radio) where one of my kindred spirits (translation: conspiracy theorist, or on a good day, as we prefer it, investigative reporter) was interviewing someone claiming to be in the know: DHS, FBI, FEMA, and just about every other agency, military as well, have been ordered to bring all manpower, reserves, and resources, to 100% capacity by July 3, and to stand by for further instructions.

I’m not comforted by the fact that ALL the search engines can NO LONGER FIND THIS WARNING no matter what I type in (it would have helped if some of the words were not in use in gazillions of other vids, too). Thing is, two days ago, it was EASY to find using the same words. Who has the power to do that? No matter. I’m on the job. A few ones changed to zeros in government’s Internet won’t stop me.

Note: This kind of censorship and information manipulation is one reason I formed nnn.osp.org to create a 100% citizen-owned-and-operated wireless Internet alternative where there is no ISP (no monthly bill), no government or corporate censorship, spying, or control: YOU are the Web!

In trying to solve that problem, I encountered something which revealed even more useful information than I was searching for. The CDC is apparently involved, too. We are talking about a terror drill involving a ‘fake’ outbreak of (something awful). Wince. Gee. What could that be? Well, I got to thinking. Recall the CDC warning about what to do if a zombie attack broke out?

Well, they claimed that was tongue in cheek, too. But I’m starting to wonder. Have you seen World War Z? Nothing seems far fetched after that! I mean… first CDC puts out the defense guide… then DHS buys enough ammunition to kill all the extras in WWZ (and every citizen in North America, with order quantities in Satanic numbers, no less)… not to mention enough coffins to take care of the half-eaten bodies… and now DHS, FEMA, FBI, the National Guard, (and CDC) are manning up for something very big.

And even if not Zombies… let us not forget that some guy named Kokesh (not related to David Koresh) is planning a ‘Million-man’ armed march on Washington, D. C. on July 4th. I mean… Damn! I don’t know what it means, but what I’ve more recently learned does not make me feel any better about, it all…

Why is terror drill set to coincide with Scout Jamboree?

Terror Drill Set for Scouting Jamboree

The orders for these agencies are to be at 100% by July 3rd, and then to stand by. Turns out, unless a cover story for a general Martial Law (you don’t suppose Kokesh is going to end up in a shootout with Feds, do you?) move to seize power by the New World Order, that there is to be a terror drill in Yellowstone during the Scout National Jamboree (July 15-24). But wait one minute; is it not true that at almost EVERY major terror event blamed on some turban wrapped, kidney machine toting, Koran spouting man with a beard… that there was simultaneously a terror drill of the same exact sort taking place at the same time?

Is that not the HALLMARK of a false flag operation? You create an exercise or drill on the same date in the same community for the same kinds of details (e.g., type of attack, type of target), and then, if the people really responsible (no turban, kidney machine, or Holy book) happen to get caught before they can pull it off, you say ‘It’s OK, they are with us, and everything is coolness.’ Where have we seen that used before?

A few places. The Sarin gas attacks in Japan. Sept. 11. The London Subway bombing. Bombing in Madrid. The Norway mass shooting. Even Aurora and Sandy Hook. Retired Army Intelligence Officer, Captain Eric May has said, “The easiest way to carry out a false flag attack is by setting up a military exercise that simulates the very attack you want to carry out.”

Are Zombies real after all?

Zombies on parade

Again, ‘tongue in cheek’ can only go so far to making one comfortable about the facts. Also while searching for the missing radio show links, I instead found some disturbing video — tons of it, in fact, which claim to evidence real Zombie attacks, including one faked ‘secret FBI briefing.’ But only one of these bothers me enough to deserve sharing, as it is a montage of real news stories that are quite shocking and, collectively, imply there are real people out there who are certainly acting like Zombies, and who are apparently quite hard to kill, too.

But that’s not the only disturbing thing about the video.

The second is found at the end of the long-winded (classified) reading of a (classified) Bill on the Senate Floor that (classified) seems to regard some kind of (classified) serious catastrophe, and what government is going to do about (classified.) At the very end, as if a causal afterthought of NO IMPORTANCE, the reader quotes, “and draft a NEW BILL OF RIGHTS.”

E X C U S E    ME?

A new Bill of Rights? What’s wrong with the one we have such that once this (classified) happens, it is no longer useful? To me, the ONLY scenario where that makes sense is if the country has become an official Police State under perpetual Martial Law, the result of a military (classified.) Well, let me tell you if I see even a hint of that taking place, I’m going to (classified) and (classified) and all of (classified) had better double their (classified). Even if they claim it was the Onion Congress.

Well, that’s all I can think of to say about something that is so far fetched and based on ‘less than mainstream’ resources. So I’ll simply leave you with the original video which started the whole thing off. I did find it. But I warn you, it is not the sort of thing I would normally care very much about paying attention to now days, given the veritable flood of such ‘sky is falling’ reports on YouTube.

However, I also remind you, in my book set Fatal Rebirth, and resulting screen play published on the Internet in 1999,  that the sky was going to fall in New York City, raining passenger jets upon the World Trade Center, and resulting in Middle East Wars. Some of us Chicken Little’s base our warnings on a bit more than conjecture. You can get a free ebook copy of Volume One, and see what else I’ve correctly predicted, and what things I’ve warned of which have yet to transpire.

It also behooves me to add, here, that as a specialist in privacy/security who helps targeted individuals and deals regularly with Political Control Technology… that I should mention that some estimates are that the government has created up to two million ‘sleeper’ agents using Manchurian Candidate mind control methodology. If true, we are talking about programmable people who can, with a simple text message or other signal, be launched off on almost any kind of mission with no recourse or understanding. Blindly obedient.

Such people can be made to believe any unreal circumstance, or believe themselves to be anything or anyone, and are often capable of exhibiting super-human traits (such as seeming to be bullet resistant). I’d hate to think about what would happen if a flood of such persons were unleashed thinking themselves Zombies. They soon enough would be, for all practical purposes. I’d not want to be in their warpath. World War Z, indeed.

Sorento Secretly Installing Total Surveillance Society


15 Terrabytes of data on every Man, Woman, and Child in the U.S., tracking every trip, call, text, email you make, every URL you visit, every purchase or financial, social, and political action you take, all to profile you so they can predict you and blackmail, jail, or vanish you if it becomes convenient. Welcome to Herr Bush/Clinton/Sorento’s Total Surveillance Corporate Police State.

But wait… I have a simple $7 SOLUTION!

The NSA is secretly establishing the Total Information Awareness Office!

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

This particular post is intended to serve as recap and extended explanation of key concepts covered during a four-hour radio show interview with Clyde Lewis on Ground Zero, Friday, June 7th, 2013.

What you will learn reading this post…

• The nature of a Fascist Corporate Police State as defined largely by cooperative surveillance and spying upon ‘client’ citizens.
• That the National Security Agency (USARMY) is secretly implementing the Total Information Awareness Office under Sorento despite its being banned as unconstitutional by Congress, originally a Bush-Cheney plan;
• The Role of RFID (Radio Frequency Identification Devices) and PROMIS back-door spy software in TIAO;
• That traditional redress of grievances no longer remain a viable remedy TIAO;
• How you can spend just $7 to thwart the $2.7 billion dollar spying operation.

How can seven dollars stop government and corporations from spying on us?

How Fascism defines a Corporate Police State

NWOlogosIn America, there is something called a Social Contract between government and We, the People; the Constitution and Bill of Rights. That document makes We, the People, clients to a government body who we employ to serve our needs for societal functions; to govern and provide for the common good and protection. That is a sacred trust as well as a contractual obligation to government to so perform, and the contract additionally provides mechanisms for redress of grievances when government fails to fulfill its duties properly.

In America, We, the People also enter into financial contracts with all manner of big businesses; banks, phone companies, Internet providers, health care providers, insurance companies, and more. These contracts obligate these firms to provide select services with a certain fiduciary and legal responsibility to adhere to simple, basic guidelines of operational limits with respect to the privacy and security of our personal information entrusted to them.

These limits are essentially the same in scope and detail as those provided for in the Constitution and Bill of Rights, though perhaps spelled out in different terms. We are talking about the right to protect not just the privacy and security of our person, property, and information, but the rights of redress, freedom of speech, and so forth. No contract we have ever signed with any major firm has forfeited these rights or provided firms with any form of blank check to violate them. But that is what has happened…

Both government and most major corporations have grossly violated and betrayed every one of these rights.

How can you spot a corporate police state?

A clue:  when both government and big business act in collusion to violate those rights, and do so under Color of Law (twisting or claiming legal basis, illegally usurping the ‘power’ to violate our rights) — you have a Corporate Police State, a fascist regime.

What defines a corporate police state?

Another clue: When the intelligence community partners with or invests in Google and Facebook (and on and on) and uses their Web technology to spy on you (and in some cases to target you)… when the intelligence community accesses without warrant your email and your phone calls through partnerships with your Internet Service Provider and your telephone company… when banks report to the government your financial transactions and your medical and insurance records are available to Internal Revenue Service-enforced insurance companies… you are in a Corporate Police State, a fascist regime.

what is a corporate police state?

A final clue: when the government seeks to catalog every single activity, transaction, and event in the life of every man, woman, and child, regardless of if related to business, personal, public, or private affairs, and then employs sophisticated methods to psychologically profile and predict the individual, including sexual preferences and ‘practices,’ and saves all such information for use against them should they become ‘politically incorrect…’ you have what is called a total surveillance society, which also defines a Corporate Police State, a fascist regime. Below, we will see that is exactly what is about to take place in a matter of mere weeks.

Welcome to Sorento’s Corporate Police State.

What is a corporate police state?

Why we no longer have redress of grievances in America

In just a few short months of Sorento’s usurping the power of a pre Magna Carta King (claiming for himself the power to murder a citizen or vanish or torture them without due process or explanation under the NDAA), we have learned of an endless onslaught of exactly such proofs of the true nature of our government’s form as reviewed above. Almost daily, we learn our Constitution means nothing, and there is no redress seemingly possible, save perhaps that of armed revolt, always a serious question, but also much easier to effect than imagined. Governments literally make their own gallows.

Our Court System is too costly and slow to reign in Color of Law mechanisms (unconstitutional laws, executive orders, etc.) used to suppress rights; they can write new laws faster than we can challenge them, especially since the offending clauses are buried within innocent legislation. Because our Congress does not even read the Bills it signs, and is so full of subversive New World Order types (members of the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderbergers, Trilateral Commission, Skull and Bones, etc., all working to end national sovereignty in favor of a North American Union under one-World leader), we might as well give up on any help, there.

Our elections are a farce, there being no true difference in the hidden agenda of the power brokers of one party or the other, who collectively decide in back rooms who we get to choose from on our ballots in a two-party Dog and Pony Show. We are always offered candidates who are both marketable based on ‘publicly declared’ beliefs and agenda, but who in truth share a true common secret agenda and darker beliefs. We can prove this; the darker policies of Clinton were continued by Bush and then continued yet again by Obama, and yet once more this posting proves it when revealing the TIAO project being secreted within NSA.

Should poor Barry claim yet once more, ‘I didn’t know anything about (NSA=TIAO) until I turned on my TV…’ then he will have no choice but to arrest and try everyone in Command at NSA for treason. No. Instead Congress should be talking about arresting them AND Sorento, and Clinton, and, likely, Bush, Cheney, and Rumsfeld. But fat chance of any of the above, of course, as there IS NO REDRESS remaining in America. The fix is in.

Our media is bought and paid for, owned outright by essentially four corporations made up of more power Elite Boards of Directors and controlling shareholders from the New World Order crowd.  The Internet is slowly but surely being transformed into something ever more friendly to spying, censorship, and corporate/government’s total control. There is an Internet Kill switch in our near future, as well as a tax on every use. However, the Internet is where we will find the seven-dollar cure, thankfully, as disclosed at the end of this Post.

Sorento has ordered 30,000 drones to the skies to spy on us. He is spending up to 5 million per city to fund installation of surveillance cameras, some with microphones. As previously described, he has been working with the top Internet Service providers (e.g., Comcast, Century Link, et. Al) to insure every email and URL visit is accessible to government. He has done the same with every major cell phone carrier to allow access to our calls and text messages. But he was still not done, and now we learn of one final straw designed deliberately to break our backs…

What is Total Information Awareness?

Total Information Awareness is Reborn: Remember the TIAO?

Now we learn one more truth which reveals the full horror of our true predicament: Sorento, in continuation of plans started by Bush, and continued by Clinton, is having NSA (National Security Agency) quietly build a gargantuan secret new surveillance monitoring facility in Utah, and a somewhat smaller one to expand the existing facility at Ft. Mead, Maryland… in order to quietly and illegally implement the Total Information Awareness Office mandate already outlawed by Congressional decree as an unconstitutional, immoral, and intolerable invasion of privacy.

The TIAO was a military concept proposed under former Secretary of Defense (under Bush I) become Vice President (under Bush II), Dick Cheney, and former Secretary of Defense (under Ford and Bush II), Donald Rumsfeld, and former operator of CIA/DOD’s Operation Phoenix (mass assassination program of civilians during Vietnam War), and convicted felon (5 counts of obstruction of justice and lying to Congress about his illegal activities in Iran Contra), John Poindexter, Rear Admiral USN, Ret., and former head of a CIA front involved in health care database management systems.

TIAO was a Defense Advanced Research Project Agency (DARPA) plan to track every ‘transaction’ of every citizen, just as described in the teaser at page top. A transaction is defined, according to the original White Paper and Request for Proposals which I have personally reviewed, as going through doorways, passing before cameras, making a purchase or selling something or any other financial transaction, traveling, undertaking a communication by voice, fax, data, or any other information access or exchange, even to include mail and public libraries. In short, TOTAL INFORMATION AWARENESS.

It managed all this, in part, by backdoor access to corporate databases via directly partnering with businesses or by covert use of PROMIS spy software developed by CIA and embedded at every opportunity within popular commercial database as well as custom written database management software. Since all major corporate Intranets (private corporate Internet-like services) rely upon a telecommunications backplane (PBX phone systems), and because every major maker of PBX equipment includes (by buried legislation) a receptiveness to special signal codes which allow covert remote access by the military, triggering PROMIS infected database back doors is a simple matter.

Note: This fact was confirmed to me directly by a highly placed technical expert working for Lucient Technologies, a major supplier of PBX gear; his explanation as to how government was able to access and effect surveillance of any phone extension or computer within the corporate offices where I was working at the time. He revealed that clients were not to be informed that these backdoors exist.

What is RFID? What are Radio Frequency Identification Devices?

The Role of RFID

Two RFID tags of the smallest kind. paloaltofreepress.com (click)

The ‘secret weapon’ component of TIAO was to be RFID technology, those little Radio Frequency Identification Devices which are currently everywhere: they are in your money ($5 and up – though debunkers claim they are merely polyester strips designed to thwart counterfeiting… but polyester does not explode in a microwave, though it will melt), in most newer credit cards, many drivers licenses, all Passports, shipping labels (and soon, postage stamps), transportation tickets, and almost any product you buy (soon, all products). If you have bought Gillette razor blades, Max Factor make up, Pampers, and any of thousands of other popular items from ink pens to computers from any major retailer, you have RFID all over your home and, likely, on your person.

Cash registers, bank tellers, secure access doorways, turnstiles, security cameras, and just plane hidden sensors anywhere can be modified to scan and learn the unique serial number of an RFID tag (which it reports upon radio command at distances of several hundred feet, and even through walls when special equipment is employed for the purpose). Once a tag is identified with an individual in a database, everything they do while possessing it can be tracked and cataloged. RFID devices are often large (I’ve seen as large as two-inches square in mailing labels) and easy to spot, but they can also be as small as the period at the end of this sentence .

Note: The tracking bioimplant, Digital Angel (aka Mark of the Beast) manufactured and sold by CIA fronts, is nothing more than an RFID tag with Web/Cell phone GPS technology added, a feature common to many RFID chips installed in cell phones (common to most new phones), watches, ink pens, ankle and wrist bracelets, and other devices intended to be tracked. The original part number of the first known RFID application to ‘track inventory’ was a Boeing Aircraft component with the number 666.

In fact, there is an insidious form of it known as Smart Dust, so small they can float in the air, and even be directed up or down on currents of air as if operated by a glider pilot. These (motes) are sometimes placed on persons of interest (one way: ‘air puffer machines’ at Airport security can ‘sniff’ for explosives, or plant smart dust in your hair and clothes). These migrate from person to person in general contact with one another, and permeate anything they might handle and any place they might sit.

Smart dust can do more than track, with select motes capable of sensing (some dedicated thing) and communicating one with another to act with a hive intelligence. This allows them to report information as if a more traditional complex surveillance system, triggered remotely by laser beams perhaps a mile or more distant.

The US Army can and can track RFID at select points along American highways, railways, and some waterways (esp., ferrys, bridges). This is a key tactical component of the Canamex Corridor which will serve as precursor to and lever for the North American Union. Combined with the other ‘transactions’ earlier cited, as well as feeds from security cameras and drones using advanced facial recognition, license plate readers, and other biometric and tracking methods, not to mention the full array of telecommunications signal capture, NSA can process bulk data without human interaction for analysis,  reporting, cataloging and storage, or undertake requested analytical tasks against specific targets, or sift through information to locate or focus on select targets by human analyists.

If you suddenly are deemed politically incorrect sufficient by almost any given person in the chain of command at NSA, the military, FEMA, DHS, FBI, CIA, the White House, or almost any other government power center, you could be quickly psychologically profiled to see what kind of targeting would best reduce you to a social, financial, and political zero, or to predict your every move in case it was felt you needed a visit by Men in Black for ‘special handling.’ That could mean anything from scare tactics to arrest and detention, to torture and vanishing by murder.

That was the TIA as originally envisioned, and it was so horrifying to anyone with an inkling of understanding of words like Constitution, Rights, Freedom, and America, that even our Globalist bought Congress said “NO!” But Bush, Clinton, and now Sorento have blessed covert continuance of the military plan. The new NSA facilities will become at some level, the de facto TIAO without so declaring, according to NSA expert, James Bamford.

This whole affair is especially significant in one way which is quite calculated and extremely dangerous to your family’s future…

What is less obvious but truly significant is that TIAO establishes the only difference between all failed despot-driven tyrannical rule-the-World attempts through history and what is taking place right here, right now in America. Specifically, the technological advances you have just read about might actually let them pull it off. All prior efforts failed because once the people understand their prediciment, they can elect to revolt, and it then becomes a wild-card battle with no way to guarantee victory to the despot. Too many people doing Lord knows what quietly and acting out suddenly without warning.

Once NSA goes online with TIAO, however, within a matter of Months (by this September at soonest), no activist, no gun owner, no politician, no law enforcement official, no judge, no news reporter, no person of wealth, no citizen, and yes, no criminal or terrorist, will be able to make a move without it being documented, analyzed — duly considered and potentially countered with quiet surgical attacks before the move can even be completed.

Yet — will they use this powerful tool to prevent terrorism or criminal acts, the sole basis for justifying the tool in the first place?

NOT ON YOUR LIFE. They will be used ONLY to maintain and tighten political control (why it’s called Political Control Technology of the Military-Police-Politico Force Matrix — as defined by the Revolution in Military Affairs).  They dare not use it for something as unimportant to ‘National Security’ (their definition being security of the people in power) as might be seen in a terror plot on a school or a city, unless it happened to include an attack on the President or someone key to the Power Elite.

To risk doing so would risk revealing the true power and capability of the TIAO tools, and thereby, risk full-scale revolt by those in the Military and Law Enforcement who still understand and obey their Oaths of Office. Besides, every terror or criminal act carried out empowers them to effect more political control; government benefits thereby.

I’ve already personally done more to fight terror attacks in America as a citizen than they ever will be able to claim by using any weapon of Political Control — though Bush took credit for my efforts as if his Administration’s own.

Therefore, NSA, via TIAO, will be able to pick us off one by one as we wake up and start to exhibit politically incorrect thoughts or take actions which do not serve or go along with the interests of those in control; the corporate friendly thugs running a fascist police state for the Globalist agenda.

First they will go for Anon and Anarchists, and you won’t say anything because you are not Anon or an Anarchist. They will next go for Truthers and 99% crowd, and you won’t say anything because you are not one of them, either. Then they will go for the rest of the Activists and Conspiracy Theorists, and you still won’t say anything. Then they will start to go for the investigative writers and newsmen, and lawmen, and politicians who do start to question, and you still won’t say anything, because if they can take them out, what could YOU possibly do.

Finally, when they come for you, no one will be left to say anything on your behalf.

What can we do to stop wholesale spying on citizens?

A simple $7 cure

Only you can prevent Fascism (click)

There are many things you can do. Make clear to your Congressman that you will not tolerate a secret TIAO and demand the NSA be reigned in, and (almost literally) NUKE the project in Utah and Ft. Mead; level it to the ground. Demand reversal of all post 9-11 legislation that deals with ‘terrorism’ by taking away our rights to privacy. Demand the 30,000 drones never reach American skies. Demand an investigation as to who really runs this country with the aim to kick Globalists out of government posts, starting with criminals in the White House and Congress. We need a political purge.

Become politically incorrect, question government, protest as a 99 percenter, Truther, or activist of some useful sort; be a functioning participating citizen! Make yourself heard above the rhetoric of a controlled media.

And one more thing, as I promised…

Spend $7 (or more if you wish) to join NNN OSP, the Nodular Netizen Network Open Source Project to create a 100% citizen-owned-and-operated wireless Internet alternative. Why? Because ONLY citizens make it up, there is no corporate ISP needed and thus no monthly fee. There is no government control or censorship, no government or corporate spying even possible; YOU are the Web!

If just five people join in each neighborhood, it is sufficient to assure its existence and success, creating a communications channel which is beyond NSA’s ability to access. In fact, the ONLY way government can access NNN communications is to go directly to the sender or reciever; the data does not reside anywhere else along the chain, and never passes through a government friendly corporate portal. And, once NNN OSP becomes popular enough, it will also support VOIP with Smart Phones and take away TIAO’s access to voice conversations, as well.

Visit nnnosp.org to learn more.

There are many, many features and benefits not even possible on the WWW. There are even ways the NNN can make you money. Become the Web, TODAY… right this very MINUTE!

Once we have millions of members, the message may just get through… errant governments are superfluous to the Will of the People when they can freely discuss in private what they think about their government (or anything else). They will at last fear us as they should… as our Founding Father’s said it should be. Then, and only then, will they do our bidding, instead of the bidding of the Globalist corporate powers.

Can you afford NOT to spend $7 to thwart the New World Order?

 

Does God Ever Approve of Deposing Tyrannical Governments by Force?


When peaceful change does not correct a tyrannical government, what remains is armed revolution — or — docile subjugation. History shows revolutions are slow to come, but when they do, swift to take hold. Yet, there is an important difference between being able to say ‘this government is tyrannical…’ as opposed to ‘This government is Godless…’

Does God ever approve of deposing tyrannical governments?

by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

Does God approve of revolution?

Reading this post you will learn:

  • Citizens of any nation may believe there is reason for armed revolt
  • That the Antichrist cannot come to power until there is a massive Global revolt
  • That God commands we not revolt against authority
  • But that there may be some forms of government where revolt is not revolt, but just punishment in the eyes of God
Is America ruled by government, or is government ruled by the people?

Who is really in charge? Who SHOULD be in charge?

Iranian Revolution: Governments fall when people unite.

In a prior post we sought by means of two polls, to determine who the real authority and source of power is in America, currently, compared to who is the RIGHTFUL source of authority. If you have not read that post, this post will likely be more valuable to you if you first at least review the Poll, and hopefully, employ it. Now, while the answers are specific to the United States, the question posed in THIS blog post, remain valid for any country under any form of government, even if Islamic.

The reason it applies globally, and as many of my posts point out, we are in a life and death battle with the New World Order, then we are up against powers and principalities who seek to seat the Antichrist. Even if not so, if we feel our government tyrannical and evil, we may be predisposed to considering armed revolt if we see no peaceful choices working.

But also as pointed out, if we resist properly, we can delay the unpleasant and totally fatal End Times that go along with that scenario. That means a Righteous (right-use-ness) fight to assert our right to God’s gift of free will as opposed to an evil (vile-use) motivation.

Scripture clearly tells us that we are to submit to authorities, even if they are oppressive, the example given being Caesar; the Roman Empire, eventually headed by an ungodly man who thought he was a God, and which literally enslaved most of the known World at the time. There are several verses which we should consider to see if there is perhaps any exception or justification for rebellion:

Hebrews 13:17 and Romans 13:1-7 are the primary establishing commands we seek to question, saying, “Obey them that have the rule over you, and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls, as they that must give account, that they may do it with joy, and not with grief: for that [is] unprofitable for you.” “Let every soul be subject unto the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the powers that be are ordained of God.”

1 Peter 2:13-14 echoes, “Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man for the Lord’s sake: whether it be to the king, as supreme; Or unto governors, as unto them that are sent by him for the punishment of evildoers, and for the praise of them that do well.”

Thus if we are faithful to God, it seems we must presume even tyrants were given authority over men with God’s blessing for some reason known only to him, and that their authority serves Him in such hidden cause. Yet it also sounds like it is based on the assumption that there is at least some degree of responsibility to protect and care for the nation, to specifically include spiritual care for their souls. And it is true, that even Caesar allowed the captive Jews to worship their own God. How odd was that, when such as he would soon claim to be a God?

So two questions come to mind which may alter the equation, and deserve further consideration.

One: What if the authorities actively seek to destroy God by advancing the Antichrist?

That is, after all, the primary premise which is in play up front and which drives the new World Order movement at its inner-most core. It is one thing to revolt because of tyranny and loss of freedoms, which is certainly a motivation in any revolt. But it is another to do so because the authorities seek to destroy men, destroy their spirituality and lead them to sin, and destroy God. What does scripture say about that?

An answer may exist in the complex story of Nabal and Abigail. Overly simplified, perhaps, for the sake of focus to topic and the limited space of a blog, Nabal was a powerful man of self-assumed authority at a local level who, when some of David’s people came under his power, was harsh with them, and took actions which were a threat to even David’s life by denial of food, offering instead great insult. Nabal worshiped Belial, a name for Satan.

David responds by gathering 400 men in arms to confront and deal with Nabal in reprisal. But one of David’s men warned Abigail, Nabal’s wife, explaining the problem. 1 Samual 25:17 is his conclusion and of interest to answering our question. “Now therefore know and consider what thou wilt do; for evil is determined against our master, and against all his household: for he [is such] a son of Belial, that [a man] cannot speak to him.”

Is that not how powerless we feel in the face of the NWO and their ceaseless crimes against us, plots all against God? Do they listen to our reasonable pleas?

But rather than justifying David’s intended battle, which we might deem rebellion, Abigail intercedes with great wisdom on behalf of and in acting authority of Nabal’s houshold. She brought food to David, and pleaded that there be no battle. David agreed, and Abigail returned to Nabal saying nothing. In the days that followed, Nabal died, God’s judgement upon him.

The story would seem to have no true relevance if that were the end of examination, for there is no Abigail likely to intercede on our behalf within the construct of the NWO (if one exists, please email me, and let’s fix this!). But there is one more passage which does apply. David, as God’s servant in the passage, thanks Abigail for stopping him from attacking Nabal, an act he himself describes as, in afterthought, evil (unrighteous). In part…

1 Samual 25:39 “And when David heard that Nabal was dead, he said, Blessed be the Lord, that hath pleaded the cause of my reproach from the hand of Nabal, and hath kept his servant from evil: for the Lord hath returned the wickedness of Nabal upon his own head.”  In other words, had David attacked, it would have been wrong. He indeed should have left the matter to God, who in the end did take care of it.

On this, then, we see the Bible remains adamant that we not ‘fall away,’ the term for rebellion, even when authority is clearly Satanic and seeks to harm us. And yet, I still wonder… there is the one other question…

Two: What if WE are the authority, and it is our servants that we need take to task by force of arms?

socialcontractThis is one reason why the poll was offered in the prior post. One may find there is a distinct difference between a government based on divine right as addressed by the above Bible admonishments to submission, and government based on a social contract; the Constitution and Bill of Rights. If, in the polls, We the People or the Constitution/Bill of Rights were seen as the ultimate authority, and especially if the poll also showed that the darkness of the New World Order was the true current power, then divine right would no longer seem a valid component.We would not be rebelling against authority, for we are that authority.

We would instead be rebuking those assigned the task of executing authority on our behalf, our public servants. Restated, if We the People deemed to grant the power of governmental authority to those in Congress, the White House, the military, and so forth… by means of a document we (our Forefathers, anyway) penned and signed as their charter of such powers, then they serve us at our pleasure, and should they err and refuse correction, we ought be justified in using force to end the matter, per Thomas Jefferson’s beliefs and intent; the whole reason for the 2nd Amendment right to bear arms of like capability as the military.

Biblically, that would be a Master-servant relationship, and we would still be in compliance with God’s Word to punish our errant servants. A master does not fall away from a servant in rebuking, punishing, or even killing him for just cause, nor does he do an evil thing in the eyes of God. Indeed, it is the servant that falls away in violating the will of the master, and punishment of any kind may be in order according to circumstance.

Luke 12:47 “And that servant, which knew his lord’s will, and prepared not himself, neither did according to his will, shall be beaten with many stripes.”

And one more thing…

If the poll would seem to insufficiently justify the above reasoning, or you otherwise find it unacceptable, the Bible does specify one, and only one other just reason to fall away and not obey authority. That singular reason is when authority commands something which is contrary to God’s commands. You are to obey God, and not man, in such a case.

Acts 5:27-29 (and similar in Acts 4:19) makes clear: “And when they had brought them, they set them before the council: and the high priest asked them, Saying, Did not we straitly command you that ye should not teach in this name? and, behold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine, and intend to bring this man’s blood upon us. Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said, We ought to obey God rather than men.”

Therefore, we must seek and define just cause for rebellion; such deeds or laws or deciets which prevent or thwart obedience to God. How can we judge if this be the case, or no? Start with what God has commanded, and compare. Look to the Ten Commandments, and we only find two which may qualify.

One: Thou shalt have no other Gods before me. Unless and until we are commanded to worship some other God, this is no justification. If the one-World religion is forced upon us, we might justly revolt, but that is something not expected until after the falling away and the one-World government is established. It is yet for a future time.

Six: Thou shalt not kill. Now we start to wonder if this is not a basis. Wars fostered by deceit to steal resources and confound the God of Abraham by putting Satanic sects in power (Hashemites – see prior post) would seem to be commanding our soldiers to kill for unjust cause. Depopulation efforts such as Chemtrails, Agenda 21 and Codex Alimentarius, and GMO crops is asking us to submit to being killed, and if we do not submit, to aid in the killing of our own children.

Indeed, the laws have already been written to enable and essentially require that we unknowingly allow the State to guide our unwed teens to kill their children by abortion. The 1.4 billion rounds of munitions ordered by DHS likewise seems destined to be used against us. Must we submit ourselves and our families unto death?

Suppose they do at last come for the guns? To do so is the final step in their revolt against our authority. Once they have the guns, they become the Master, and we become the servents; slaves, really. From that moment forward we are forced to serve Satan’s desires of any and all manner without recourse, and no longer have any means to resist. The Antichrist can come to power, and it is End Game.

Does God intend we should serve Satan without a fight, or is that a sin. There are more than a dozen verses on this but the one with the strongest and simplest clarity perhaps is Matthew 4:10 “Then saith Jesus unto him, Get thee hence, Satan: for it is written, thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve.”

Only Him shalt thou serve.

Him only.

HIM!

And how do we do that? Do we grab our guns and start shooting? It is, after all, relatively easy to start a revolution. I hope not, unless perhaps it is in defense of the guns, that final signpost, that final straw… or perhaps if some cold, hard proof of genocide or like atrocity toward depopulation. But then, we each draw our own lines in the sand, and choose how to resist. I’m thinking there needs to be a way to fight back which does not require violence, one which can be applied more safely, and immediately… by anyone… today. This moment.

There is.

It’s available to us all, and has been all along.

It’s called the 1st Amendment; free speech, and when combined with an even more powerful tool, God’s gift of Free Will, it is all powerful. Become activist and use these weapons, or the entire Constitution and Bill of Right have no meaning for you, and perhaps the Word of God as well, for you may end up being doomed and unable to obey it when it is found to be, for you, too late. You can always just opt out of the system… and drop off their control Matrix (take the Red Pill).

The Mark of the Beast, or death may be your only choice, then — or armed revolt. But if you ever end up deciding the time is ripe for such revolt, I pray you do so in agreement with God’s view of your actions as being righteous (right-use-ness). That is one reason for having two polls to compare one to the other: if we be the rightful authority, than it is not revolt, at all, but due punishment, and not just our right, but our obligation in the eyes of the God.

A Poll: Who Is the Real Authority and Power in America?


I really don’t think we can answer that so easily. Is it Mr. Sorento and his Executive Orders? Congress and their unconstitutional laws they don’t even read? Bankers and the FED? The Military and Arms Industry? The Individual States? The United Nations and their Treaties? The Council on Foreign Relations? The Illuminati, the New World Order? Or… is it We, the People and the Constitution?

Update: May 14, 2013  Preliminary results indicate 75% of us think the rightful power in America should be We the People and the Constitution/BIll of Rights — but only 6% of us think that we actually achieve that ideal. More than 70% think the real power currently in force have nothing to do with government, at all. IS THAT RIGHT?  I hope not, and thankfully, the sampling is fairly small (only 21 votes). WE NEED MORE VOTES to truly get a handle. TELL YOUR FRIENDS TO TAKE THE POLL!
 
by H.Michael Sweeney
Copyright © 2013, all right reserved. Because this involves a Poll, it makes sense not to allow normal reblog. Permission hereby granted to reproduce this blog in full with respect to commentary, including this paragraph, but WITHOUT the pole, itself, using instead links to this blog at the appropriate point. All other links and text must remain in tact.
A Poll: Who Is the Real Authority and Power in America?

What you will learn reading this post and answering a Poll…

  • That there are many possible answers to the question;
  • That each is supported by useful argument;
  • That each is arguably false by countering logic;
  • That God has given us signposts that we might choose wisely;

Who is our true Master in America?

From Hollywood Investigator (click)

I’ll start by saying I’ve been the fool, as I think have we all. Nothing anymore is black and white, it seems, though most of us operate as if it were. That’s how we make mistakes. The visible things on the surface of matters which guide our opinions and actions are more and more subverted with falsehoods and concealments, and manipulation, and yet like the Ostrich, we prefer to believe what is apparent without question. Look where it has led us:

Never before in history has there been so much talk about the end of the World… about global revolution, wars, and rumors of wars… about religious beliefs and disbeliefs, and bitter differences between them. Or about the New World Order, which can only serve to seat the Antichrist and lead to Armageddon… about powers and principalities, plots and conspiracies.

Count me guilty of all such talk. It’s on my mind almost every day, if not the forefront, then nagging at me in the background.  There are simply too many news events where things simply do not add up to equal the facts offered in the telling. Things are rapidly becoming Biblic in scope, things forecast in that very book. The signs are everywhere, even as also forecast. I cannot help but consider, and write. I think we all need to consider, lest we blunder into oblivion. Of course, that may just be me being paranoid, again.

Is it mere paranoia as some say, even hope? Or is it a growing shared consciousness coming to the surface? Or is it simply proper attention to signposts and the very Word of God?

When have we had so many signs in the heavens? So many serious earthquakes and mega disasters? Dieoffs of large numbers of people and animals? So many people in unrest simultaneously? So many wars and rumors of wars? So many sightings of strange creatures, UFOs, odd visions and even noises of no tangeble explanations? So many rare events in and from the stars? When has the Earth been so polluted and ecologically threatened? NEVER. All these things have been forecast.

Ought we not heed them? Moreover, when has there been such a fascination in our entertainment with the occult, witchcraft and satanic things, zombies, monsters, and other dark things including end-of-the World scenarios? Are we being conditioned to accept the Antichrist’s rise to power, that we may yield to the Mark of the Beast more easily?

When in history have there been such vast schemes forced on the masses by a handful of powerful people with questionable agenda? I speak of Agenda 21, the sustainability movement which would deny you the right to own property, have a car, choose where you live, and work, and if you can have children. I speak of Codex Alimentarius which makes natural herbals and vitamins illegal, and forces you to rely on big pharma drugs, and to be subject to inoculations. I speak of the plan to establish a one-world religion which melds everything from Shamen to Buda to Christ and Mohamed and even Satan. I speak of HARRP and mapping the brain so that mind control weapons can regulate thought and mood on demand, and of chemtrails, GMO, and Seed Vaults and race specific pathogens (gene-guided bioweapons) which enable depopulation. There is more such as this which could be added.

The answer as to who is the true authority in charge is a serious question not easily answered, but one which is critical to trying to answer and deal with the rest. In the end, there is probably no useful concensus given multiple ways it can be thought of, born of differing perspectives, and that is why a Poll is being offered. But it is critical that we know, because we are at a crossroads in history which will determine the fate of the World, though most of us are asleep to the matter.

If we are truly at such crossroads, the Bible warns that before the Antichrist can come to power, there must be a ‘falling away,’ a revolt. 2 Thessalonians 2:3 “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition;” In the text of King James, ‘falling away’ means ‘rebellion,’ and the day spoken of is the End Days, the ‘son of perdition’ the Antichrist; the rise to power of Satan.

It does not say who wins, and indeed, it may not matter, because the Antichrist could rise from either side of such a battle. But as I’ve said in my prior posts, I believe that if sufficient numbers of people are found to be righteous (right-use-ness) as opposed to evil (vile-use) in application of Free Will, God will let the World continue. I believe Armageddon comes by the dictates of our own actions, that there is no set time for it as Men consider time. And if that is the case, I’d rather have more time than less.

How about you?

Who is the real authority and power in America?

Who truly rules us, right here in America?

Is it Mr. Sorento? The presidency, regardless of who sits. But I refuse to use the other name this man claims, for he is indeed a man of questionable legal authority to hold the Office of the President. If he is legal ruler, why did the military allow troops to decline assignment to combat if stating they did not believe him their lawful Commander in Chief? There is a significant chance he will be proven a fraud in court by some accounts. If a fraud, his Executive Orders and Bills signed into law are null and void. But the real question is, is any President the true power?

Is it Congress? All they do is propose and submit laws to the President. They don’t actually tell us what to do in any direct way. Worse, they don’t even read the laws they vote upon, and never seem to question that massive bills thousands of pages long are ready for their consideration within days of most ‘needs,’ things otherwise unexpected. The Patriot Act was written well before 9-11, for instance. The body is widely viewed as corrupt and acting against the best interests of the country and those who elected them.

Is it the Military? They are supposed to answer to the President, and civilian authority. Yet they have threatened Martial Law, suspension of the Constitution, and a military form of government. They now presume the right under NDAA to murder, vanish, and torture any American without due process. They raid our cities in mock drills. Their documents indicate they intend to shoot Americans demonstrators who protest (they already did so at Kent State), if confronted. Others define a new form of warfare most likely to be faced in the future as ‘Peoples War,’ where the enemy is a group of ‘Ex military, Constitutionalists, patriots, religious extremists, the poor and disenfranchised.’

They have approved a plan (the blueprint of terrorism we now face) called Operation Northwoods, which we find duplicated almost to the letter in terrorism: it was to blow up American ships in harbor (the USS Cole), blow up American buildings (US Embassy Bombings, WTC Bombing), assassinate Americans on our streets (DC Sniper), shoot down remote-control airliners thought full of Americans (9-11 attack), and blame it on (in the plot, Cuba, but it can be used as a tool against any group or nation with the right operatives) in order to justify a war. All of this is detailed in Fatal Rebirth, right down to the circuit boards employed. Want a free ebook copy of Volume One?

Is it the Supreme Court and Court System? They are only called into play as a kind of last resort, and only indirectly tell us what to do on select things which come before them. And yet, they are supposed to be the final, ultimate authority in the scheme of checks and balances which define the construct of our government.

Is it the States, and States’ Rights? The Federal Government is limited in what it can do to force compliance at State level. International treaties cannot be signed and entered into without ratification by the States. It is by agreed upon Union of the States which formed and empowered what we call the Federal Government, for the purpose of doing their bidding for the collective good.

Only by coercing State compliance voluntarily with Federal funding programs are most Federal mandates found sufficiently ‘convenient’ at the State level. But if it is the State, then the question of the Military comes back to haunt us, because there is hardly a standing Army as such; the bulk of the Military outside of the DOD is in the form of National Guards (Army and Air Force units), which are State militia. The Navy, Marines, and Coastguard are the exceptions.

Is it the County Sheriffs and local law enforcement? If there were large-scale civil unrest, and/or a move by the Federal government to enforce gun controls deemed unconstitutional, who is the true local authority over you, when so many Sheriffs have unified themselves to tell Sorento they would not enforce such laws and would even arrest Federal agents if they attempted to do so. So important is this issue, that we now learn that in response, Sorento is asking to form a whole new Federal law enforcement agency (itself thought unconstitutional – a National Police) to arrest Sheriffs who take such a stance. Who will side with whom, against whom, when push comes to shove?

Deputize me, and Barry will find out. And know this: it will take only One Governor to order his National Guard into D.C., and one Constitutionally loyal General to arrest and detain anyone guilty of treason as result of such forced confrontations.

Is it FEMA and/or DHS? A state of Emergency was declared because of Sept. 11 attacks. It has not been lifted. The FEMA Charter under law gives them absolute authority over almost everything in such declared emergencies, including the Military. If you read the list of what they control and can do, you would say Hitler would have envied their absolute power. Yet we see no visible signs this is being exercised… unless you are observant. Their vehicles can be seen driving our streets, and Police-like uniforms are being worn here, and there, with FEMA patches. They are too quiet, methinks…

Much the same can be said of DHS, which was created by the Anser Institute, a shadowy military-intelligence think tank. It was formed exactly two years prior to Sept. 11 attacks, almost simultaneous to the Project for a New Amrican Century’s war plans for a series of domino wars in the Middle East to gain control of natural resources, and give power to puppet governments run by what they called in their PowerPoints, Hashemites. The Hashemites are an ancient Satanic sect predating Allah that involved opiates in their religious ceremonies, and are brethren to the Assassins, of like construct. Their historical trails will lead you to the Knights Templars, to Rosecrucians, witches and warlocks, to Masons/Freemaonry, and to the Illuminati. DHS has ordered 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition and is doing all manner of things dark and sinister which cause many people to think them planning a war with American citizens.

Is it a Secret Shadow Government? Unseen string pullers. I call it Shadow in my book set Fatal Rebirth. Some call it Illuminati, perhaps in the form of the so-called Round Table Groups (evolved from Knights Templar meetings), like the Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations, and even Rhodes Scholars. Some say it is the high Freemasons, Skull and Bones, and the like. Others think it the Jewish Cabal (bankers, mostly, primarily due the Rothschildes influence, but I maintain they were Knight Templars who assumed Jewish identities to avoid persecution by the Pope). Such forces do exist and make themselves felt, and all those elements cited can be seen as a collective. But do they actually rule, or are we grasping at paranoiac straws? Do they really control all power in order to seek the New World Order, and to seat the Antichrist, as first suggested?

Is it the FED and Banksters? Wallstreet & Culprits, Inc. This rightly belongs in the Shadow category, but it is such a singular force in American life that it deserves to be listed separately. What one giveth, the other oft takes away, resulting in yo-yo financial forces which define our economy in ways which in turn define our politics and national policies. Attempts at to police them tend to be negated with ease by these institutions, who repeatedly bring us to the brink of fiscal doom and then propel themselves forward with profits galore, often out of thin air. But seldom do we gain or recover our losses from wealth redistribution to their favor.

Is it the Corporations? Big Pharma? The Oil Companies? Military contractors? The Board Rooms of legally defined living entities seem to hold sway over Congress and even the President. Monsanto writes laws which give it a blank check, submitted to Congress by their pocket Congressman, and Monsanto backed PACS contribute to other Congressmen to insure passage. Then the President not only signs the Bill into law (deliberate lower case, I refuse to believe his signature lawful), and appoints Monsanto kingpins to guide the FDA to ‘oversee’ Monsanto. We see the same thing in Big Pharma, in the Oil Industry, and in the Defense Sector. The fix is in. The public trough is for sale to the highest bidder; it should be renamed corporate trough, because the Public cannot access it — we just pay for it.

The Constitution and Bill of Rights? This is the very charter which defines the organization, operation, limits and authority of all branches of our government. Without it, there is no authority of the President, Congress, or the Supreme Court. And yet, it does not actually rule us, as such. And most certainly, it seems to be loosing its power as both Congress and the President continually issue laws and executive orders deemed to violate and negate it. This is why so many people deem our leaders to be outlaws, and why Sheriffs are starting to say ‘NO!’ It’s why many people are buying guns, and talking about Revolution being a real possibility.

It’s the primary reason I write, in fact.

We the People? We are, after all, the ones who authored and empowered the Charter. It has no power except that which we gave it by our signature (Founding Fathers), which means neither does the President, Congress, etc. have power but that which the charter affords. We are supposed to be the ones who control government, giving it limited powers to manage our nation for us. Government is supposed to be a tool which works for us, not the reverse. They are supposed to fear our anger should they err, we are not supposed to fear our government, which is more and more our sad state.

Who really rules, as opposed to who is the rightful ruler?

The Poll, in two parts

From thoughtful blog by ‘Adesk’ (click)

So please use the Poll so we can see if there is consensus as to who is the RIGHTFUL ruler, vs. who truly rules at the moment. There are, therefore, two parts: who is the PROPER final authority in the power structure; and who do you think really controls us, currently? These two answers will define much of what follows; our fates, and as I fear most likely so, our judgment by God, and, more to the point, how soon it comes to pass. Will that be two o’s or three (SOOON!)?

Please use both polls; you may vote for any THREE choices in each (e.g., the three branches of the Federal government, the three most conspiratorial choice, etc.). The closing comments show why it is important to answer both polls, and will lead to the first of two analysis posts which logically result.

 

And here’s why it’s critical we know the answer to BOTH polls, as we will explore further in parts II, and III… if there is a dichotomy in the two Polls’ results… where the current power resides not in the hands of the rightful authority, then should not that be rectified? If, for example, the rightful authority is We, the People or even the Constitution, and we find any other in power instead… then ought we not be seeking in earnest to change that?

And more to the point, if we see there is no peaceful way to effect such change, there is a more key question we must ask (part II):

Does God EVER approve of deposing tyrannical governments by force?”

Part III will be a specific analysis of Poll results once sufficient votes are cast.

How to War With the New World Order (Checklist)


No matter how simple the weapons and tactics of war, you need a checklist; an action plan which is your method to the madness which is war.

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

How to drop out of society

Continuation of prior post: a checklist on how to drop out

Exit the system, stage left

In the prior segment we introduced the notion of going to War with the New World Order by defining the problem, the underlying mechanics and principles involved, and getting a good look at our enemy. If you have not read that, and especially if you are skeptical that such a War MUST be waged, please read it now. We closed with Step Two of how to take the War to our Globalist enemy: Drop out of the System. That, in turn, opens up a series of possible tactics from which one might choose to employ, offered here as if a checklist for customizing your battle plan.

To repeat an important consideration, don’t expect to jump in with both feet, but rather, ease into those things which seem easiest to accomplish, and then expand upon them as opportunity and ability allows, and in like manner, move into other areas. Unless one simply happens to have the needed resources and capabilities in place, it is not likely even possible to undertake all of the ideas simultaneously: Some of them you simply might not care for, or accept as viable or workable with respect to their goals or your personal circumstances. Don’t feel you need to follow these suggestions any more than you need to ‘play their game.’ After all, it is about free will choice; God’s greatest gift to Man short of life itself.

And that’s exactly what we are trying to stop the New World Order from ending. Free Will.

What do I do to drop out of the system?

The Checklist

Don’t buy into the system: Don’t rely upon credit of any form. Debt is control, a thing admitted through history by bankers themselves. They sell credit to you with the promise of instant gratification and convenience, and even ‘perks,’ but the price is not mere interest, but firm control which locks you into their system. Once there, they own you and are assured you will not easily revolt. The banks and lending institutions, and the retail creditors, oil companies all… all rely upon credit to trap you into a Debtor Control System some call the Matrix, or the Grid.

Then there is the endless electronic transaction trail it generates which is of great interest to TIAO (Total Information Awareness Office — since renamed Terrorist IAO to make us think we are not the true targets of interest) to track your every movement. TIA is designed to eventually detect and record any and all forms of social transactions where information, money, or property changes hands, and even to calculate psychological profiles and future actions based on that information.

If enough people stopped using credit religiously, the banks would falter and interest rates would be less artificial and manipulative. The shockwaves would have a negative, inflationary impact on the economy, especially for MIIM corporations, because the dollar would falter against foreign competitors, seeking its true value (0).

Since the bulk of the National Debt is held in the form of Bonds owned almost entirely by the wealthy elite who make up the NWO, their financial power base is eaten away from within by the very stuff they covet most, which dwindles in value and usefulness. While a bad economy also has a negative impact on personal situations, it also hastens the general public’s realization that MIIM’s system serves them more than us, and will lead to more converts over time, and lead to victory and the chance to rebuild anew. That is the long term effect.

In the short term, forgoing credit and relying instead on alternatives herein not only saves you interest (money), but allows you the freedom to choose what you will pay with. In essence, it makes it easier for you to survive a bad economy by relying instead on an underground economy, ignoring fake Federal IOUs in favor of the truest currency of all; value given for value received, in a transaction where each transactional party dictates what is of value, and its worth.

For instance, there are barter institutions which allow you to trade goods and services for other goods and services — no money or little money needs be involved at all. They act as a kind of ‘bank’ trading ‘credits’ used in such barters for a small percentage of the transaction — much less than would be the interest in a credit-purchase situation. But of course, you can also effect barter with individuals directly, often providing increased flexibility in coming to an agreement.

Be careful, however, when using services, because there are tax issues which generally force such services to report at least select transactions, and that may be undesirable. The System is trying to make barter unworkable, even illegal. But in an underground economy, such concerns are no different than highway speed limit signs when hurry, you must. You can simply offer to trade directly with those you personally do commerce with most often. Offer to trade excess items or items you make, or services, for whatever you want. There are people who live completely by this method, not even paying rent with cash or credit, though such is rare. I could tell of wonderful outcomes with barter, personally.

Somewhere, if you ask around with persistence, you will find someone who is willing to trade, and in such a case, you mutually agree upon values and no one, not even Uncle Sam, gets a cut in the ideal circumstances. Enter Craigslist, and the like. Of course, there will be things you cannot easily barter for, many of them essential, such as certain foods, rent, and utilities. We will address such needs elsewhere.

Don’t fund the NWO brand names: Determine what companies belong to MIIM, and boycott their goods and services, and do not buy their stocks. That means some hard decisions. If the company is a military contractor, or a multinational, or owned or controlled by one (a subsidiary), it is a company you should avoid doing business with and one worthy of constant public condemnation in activist style. Also, avoid purchases of any precious gems or metals, since the great bulk of the mines are owned by the NWO — else why to think they push these commodities so hard by selling fear and uncertainty?

Unfortunately, this means doing without certain goods altogether, such as new cars and appliances as technology advances. It IS OK to buy used, if it is not going to be financed. I drive a six year-old car and use a six-year old computer — and they work great. I am not so far behind the technology curve as to ‘hurt.’ I might spend more on repairs but have no monthly payments and the original cost was well below new — so it costs considerably less to give up a little prestige or performance, or whiz-bang feature. Doing so means the system is not profiting by my presence — I am not participating. You can amplify upon this by growing your own food (to be illegal under Agenda 21 and Codex Alimentarius), making your own clothes, and similar self reliance.

Don’t buy the advertising: Boycott the newspapers, magazines, and media outlets owned by MIIM. Obviously, you will need to keep up with the news, somehow, despite the fact that you know you cannot fully trust any such source for complete honesty. I suggest TV can stay, or perhaps radio, but NEVER select ONE news source (channel, station, commentator).

But whenever you hear an ad for a product on ANY mainstream source, or see one in a magazine you happen to read despite your strategy (e.g., waiting rooms), take a moment to write a letter, even if a form letter, to the advertiser(s). Do not use Email for the purpose, for only a written letter will have impact — and then, only if it is business-like and polite. Don’t wax as politically indignant as might I; “Dear Fascist: Regarding your sinful and shamless partnership with XYZ Media in their evil plot to…

Better idea: tell them you do not trust the media source which aired their ad and believe it biased, because it is owned by (insert the appropriate military contractor or megacorps, here), and thus, you refuse to buy their products because they are paying for disinformation to be disseminated. If enough people did this religiously, advertisers would be more careful, and Media would falter, its income stream hampered and profitability down. It might even wax honest.

 

Don’t be tracked by purchases: Demand retailers destroy or remove RFID chips on products you buy, and protest their use. Most will have no clue, so educate them at the register, perhaps forcing a call to a Manager… simultaneously educating those waiting in line (no angry rants — just calm explanations and politeness). In the end you will likely need to destroy them yourself (microwave oven for tiny ones, scissors, shredder or burning for larger ones).

Items where removal and destruction is not possible should be kept in a foil pouch when not in use (this includes some state drivers licenses, passports, and other chipped items). Pull clothing tags and similar, and destroy them, shred purchase documents unless you are desperate to be allowed a return or warranty remedy in event of a defective item, in which cass.. Simple discarding may not be sufficient for such items if you think you are being sought or surveilled; trash is not your friend, it is a data mine. Don’t pay by debit card unless it is prepaid and not tied to you by name (one reason many places don’t accept prepaid). Cash is King of safety, though it labels you a convenient ‘terrorist,’ in FBI retailer snitch programs (one reason we need to kill the System; its insane paranoia creates that which it fears in self-fulfilling cycles).

Don’t work for the system; Do not allow yourself to be employed by a member of MIIM or one of their subsidiaries unless willing to use that employment to their disadvantage. An example would be seeking to find and expose information damaging to the company, especially if exposing wrongdoing. I, for instance, took a job working at Shell Oil, where I uncovered a terror plot, by chance. More likely, it would simply be better to take a job with a smaller firm, one more likely to itself be a struggling competitor to the larger MIIM players in its field.

Help them to succeed, remembering that a small firm is more nimble and creative, and can often fare quite well compared to a megacorps, which relies mostly on boardroom antics and bookkeeping tricks to advance its position. If enough people did this, MIIM firms would not know which employees they could trust and it would likely force them to be more honest and less conspiratorial for fear of being exposed. And, they would need pay more to attract better people, driving the wage base upwards for all workers, instead of conspiring to beat it downward.

Avoid the paper trails: Avoid seeking permits and licenses where at all practical. Consider doing so under an alias, and using bogus addresses. An illegal extreme might be completely false ID, or multiple IDs, which I’d not advise as wise unless there was a shooting war. Remember that an alias is legal, as long as it still ties to your true identity. It is where and when you allow a given tie (i.e., your correct phone number) to be used or established that will help limit the usefulness of the paper trail.

If unsure, check with a lawyer. If enough people did this, the tracking systems would bog down in duplicated efforts and be confused by the alternatives, increasing your true freedom; paper trails that go nowhere. You literally route paper trails to alternate addresses or phone numbers. These can be real-World addresses/numbers where you have access and discovery regarding any attempt to use them (by the system), or PO boxes or similar mail drops (i.e., blind drops, double blind drops).

Examples might be relative’s addresses, or unused mail boxes such as where an apartment complex of 44 units has 45 mailboxes (slap a number on it), and so forth. Keep your real world address only for those things which you wish to receive mail for — and I don’t mean bills. They should go to one of the alternates. Have many such alternates, and establish a list of parameters as to the type of material you allow to be sent there. This is how to deal with utilities in a way that reduces trails. There is a difference between a physical address where the service is delivered, and a billing address.

Another very valuable tool is a lawyer or bookkeeping service, or any professional service that is willing to hold mail for you. Another tool is to swap addresses with trusted friends, or to take select mail at work, if you have access to it in a way that is not obtrusive or invasive to your employer. This is an even better way to deal with utilities: send the bills to your lawyer for collection. You can establish a trust and put the bills in that name, or pay directly through a lawyer. There are similar arrangements possible through financial management services available through banks and elsewhere, though they keep records and report to government. Think outside the box, and get some expert advice about alternatives.

Avoid communications traps: Avoid using mainstream communications channels. Use disposable prepaid cell phones you replace frequently, donating old units to groups who give them to battered women and others who need a way to dial 911 without having a monthly bill for the privelege of safety. Read this about cell phone privacy and security issues. Create and employ a steady stream of free Webmail accounts and abandon older ones as you go, keeping perhaps three active at any given time, and using alternatives for varied purposes. I use one for Real-World contact in key transactions (let’s call it the ‘official’ number), one for my most important confidants, and one for things between. Consider mail box services, blind drops, etc., if needing secure and neutral mail delivery, such as described in my book, The Professional Paranoid.

Don’t fall into the insurance trap: Avoid insurance whenever possible, to the extent your strategy allows. This advice can be very bad advice for some people, so be sure to examine the option carefully before you decide. I only suggest some alternative logic paths may increase the choices available to you, which are these…

Insurance is a bet between you and the insurance company and like all good casinos, the odds are stacked in their favor. The bet is this: They bet you and others like you will face problems which requires insurance pay outs which are collectively less than the monthly premiums paid by you and others like you. In the meantime, they invest your payments in stocks and other business deals and earn interest or dividends on your money while waiting to pay out any claims.

You, in turn, are betting that you will benefit by having a problem which exceeds your personal ability to cover the expense yourself. Who cares? Only those who fear the odds should care. The insurance company knows they will win, or they would not make the bet. If enough people did not take that bet, the cost of insurance would rise (because of fewer participants increase their risk to profit ratio) to the point that the system would fail; only the rich could afford it, and they don’t need it.
Take medical insurance. If you don’t have it, hospitals must still accept you and treat you. So you end up owing them a big fortune? Even a three day stay can cost between 12 and 100 thousand dollars! The insurance wouldn’t have covered it all, anyway, and you would still end up owing them a small fortune. If you are reading this, likely, you could no more easily pay back a small fortune than a big one. So let the debt stand, as either way, they would have no means to collect it if you have dropped out of the system.

Regardless, the hospitals (the big ones owned by MIIM) will write off the debt or work with you to cover it. There is also bankruptcy as an option, if they press you, as discussed later. I’ve used that one, myself, and while it had its down side, it had many benefits. Yet in the final analysis, if you don’t pay, and have no assets which can be attached, and don’t care about your credit rating… let them go fish! Bankruptcy is not needed, just toss the bills into the trash, and don’t talk to them on the phone.

Likewise with home or renter’s insurance. If you don’t have it, the worst case scenario is that you are homeless and without your possessions. All the insurance company would do for you, after an endless battle of paperwork and legal moves designed to avoid paying, is help offset some of your expense. With insurance with the same firm for nearly fourty years, I had some $40,000 in computers stolen, and never saw a dime, for instance. But gee, they were quick to pay off a $1,600 repair bill… and increase my premiums to compensate. Good neighbor?

In the meantime, you would still be depending on charity and the mercy of relatives or friends. You can go that route all the way and fare just as well in the end, avoid the legal hassles, and the insurance payments. Sure, for many of you that’s probably untenable advice. But tell me, what are the odds of a total casualty loss? If truly concerned, stuff that money away in your own investment methods against such a need; self insure. Some states have Self Insure laws which make it easier to do that effectively and safely, a bit like being Bonded.

Auto insurance is another problem. In many states, you cannot get a license or buy a car without it. So, perhaps you should not own a car, or have a license. If you choose to drive without and get caught without a license or insurance, the vehicle will probably be impounded or even permanently confiscated depending on local law, so the risk may be great. Or, you could just drive a junker and abandon it to the system in such a case.

But if your identification does not well track to you (per the earlier suggestions), you may care little about the fines and courtroom proceedings demanded by traffic tickets and fines which result. If your car was a $200 beater, as suggested, you may consider it expendable and cheaper to have lost it than paying the insurance and tickets over time.

On the other hand, remember that part of auto insurance is liability, and you probably don’t want to wind up being responsible for another citizen’s financial woes because you did not have insurance. Of course, one can buy just liability insurance and minimally be in the system. But if you are in a ‘no fault’ state, the other fellow’s insurance would cover it, and if he was uninsured, like you, then that was by his choice, making you de facto partners in suffering.

Doing without a car altogether may be the best bet — relying instead on public transportation. In fact, overloading public transportation will tax the system greatly and hasten good results, because it is inordinately expensive infrastructure which never quite pays its own way. Convenience isn’t everything. A Monthly Pass, $40. Watching the transportation system go bankrupt, Priceless. Moreso because they CAN’T shut it down, but will instead ‘bail it out,’ and that will cause more people to join with you, in the end.

Don’t feed the system: Avoid paying taxes where possible, always vote taxes down if given a chance (unless something you just can’t resist supporting), and always demand more services which require tax funding. If enough people did this, the system would be forced to raise taxes to cover the need against the will of the people; more and more citizens will come to realize the system is not working, or not working to meet their needs. The movement grows.

There are many ways to avoid paying taxes, and most all of them are legal, though they represent a significant exposure to harassment and punitive response. It only takes courage to use them. I won’t waste the reader’s time with the details, because there is a wealth of material on the Web about the tax protest movement. Here are a few to get you started, including some eye openers which addresses the tax protest movement in historical and practical terms, as well as religious — many of them (those critical of ‘schemes to avoid taxes’) being created by the system to protect the system (use a grain of salt). On the flip side, some advice is just plain wrong, even fraudulent or criminal (take care).

http://archive.adl.org/learn/Ext_US/TPM.asp?xpicked%20=4&item=21%3E%20%3Chttp://www.visi.com/~contra_m/cm/features2/cm%2099_jk_tax.html

http://www.ehow.com/how_5666700_avoid-paying-taxes.html

http://www.bizfilings.com/toolkit/sbg/tax-info/fed-taxes/tax-avoidance-and-tax-evasion.aspx
One can simply decide they are not going to pay taxes, and opt out of the IRS’ system. This is fraught with danger despite claims in some quarters that there are legal ways to do so, per several of the links found in the pages cited above, so I’m not suggesting it is a great idea for everyone. One could further rely on multiple IDs and poor tracking to addresses, and frequent change of jobs (if we had a better job market), declaring tax exempt status each time. You get to keep more of your pay until such time as you feel you are being closed in upon by the system demanding you comply or account for yourself, and then move on, and reinvent yourself once more.

Taken to the extreme, one could obtain false ID under the Social Security number of a deceased person. This would be illegal, and is not being advised — but CIA agents do this all the time, even multiple times for a given assignment. At some point, if a shooting revolution begins, this would be a more logical step, one we should all consider for personal safety. But by then there may be a National ID and chipping in place, rendering it an unworkable alternative. Preemptive moves may be wisest of all.

But if you can seek income from self employment or be legally considered a ‘contractor,’ you become responsible for your own taxation, and that offers opportunities to deal with taxes in a more useful manner. But it would take a book to discuss all of the many strategies involved in a good tax game plan. The Web links provided mention more than I’ve covered, here, including such books. And, of course, it is always true that you should seek every legal deduction or tool you can to simply reduce the taxes actually owed. You shouldn’t need to be a disenfranchised activist to see the value.

Know what the system knows and help them unlearn it: Make a list of every business and governmental agency that likely has information on you. Contact each of them and ask for a complete hard copy of what they hold on you. Invoke FOIA if you must with agencies, and rely upon various consumer laws for the business sources. Force them to expend the hundreds of hours (in many cases) and other resources it takes to comply. If enough people did this often enough, their cost of doing business would skyrocket.

Take the care and time to review information carefully, and fight to have errors corrected. Demand that businesses do not share information about you with others (specifically forbid them to sell your name or information to others). If possible, ask to be expunged entirely from their electronic records. Many laws or corporate policies require them to comply, unless you are talking about data on contractual or financial obligations, or other legal histories of like importance.

Don’t bank with the system: Avoid checkbooks and savings accounts. If possible, arrange to sign over your paycheck to a relative who does bank and have them cash you out. Of course, you can also go to the check cashing services, but they will demand ID and charge a hefty fee. The less paperwork, the better, but if dealing with a relative, have a written understanding between you so that the IRS won’t claim all your money is income they have not paid taxes upon.

The best arrangement would be an employer or work situation where cash payrolls were involved, ideally with no reporting to the IRS. Illegal migrant workers are often paid under the table and don’t get taxed, and thus working for less than ‘minimum wage’ may mean you still have almost the same spending power as if getting the minimum. So, perhaps joining them is better than fighting them for service jobs. That would truly take you off the grid.

Consider Bankruptcy as a tool and a weapon: Do not fear bankruptcy, but do not blindly embrace it, either. Study and know the full ramifications of a bankruptcy as it would play in your specific circumstances, before deciding on its use. For many people, it is a valuable tool for exiting the system. Not only does it allow a fairly clean exit, but it can do harm to the system in the process where the creditors are of the MIIM variety.

I know of some people who deliberately build up large debt with MIIM institutions and firms, and then go bankrupt. Even though they may have hundreds of thousands of dollars in such debts, this is actually only a minor inconvenience and a drop in the bucket to most MIIM players. Still, I suppose, if enough people used this approach, immoral though I rank it, it could add up rather quickly. It is a dirty war forced upon us, and thus such immorality is not mine to judge, but yours and God’s.

Just know that while bankruptcy provides certain protections and allows the complete elimination of commercial and private debt, it does not protect against taxes and may not prevent repossession of some goods. The exception can be one’s home, car, and tools, but laws vary from state to state and even case to case — and the government is trying to make it so hard, it is almost impossible. A lawyer should likely be involved, and that is yet another expense to consider. Even a simple bankruptcy will mean many hundreds of dollars out of pocket up front.

Don’t Educate Within The System: Take your kids out of public school and put them into private school or home school programs. The quality of education will rise (as will the cost, because you will still be paying taxes for schools unless you have dropped off the property tax roles). The moral teachings and principles of leadership and responsibility will once more be included as part of education. If you remain in the system, don’t be shocked when you learn your underage daughter has an abortion without your knowledge, or if your kids start being put on Prozac or similar psychotropic drugs without your consent. They will certainly be dumbed down politically, and have no useful grasp of history for preservation of America’s true heritage and core beliefs.

This ends the overt or outward steps one can take to drop out of the System. There are many other good ideas out there. I’ve tried to focus on the mainmost effective steps to start you thinking outside the box. In the next section, we will look at COVERT steps you can take, thinks not outward in nature, things which will increase your defensive posture should things turn nasty, even to include a shooting war. They remain none-the-less critical to your ability to well live off the grid, in or out of a shooting war, as they leverage your personal abilities by allying with others of like interest.

That will be Step Three, the final step: Establish and underground network

Network and establish an underground: There is already a large network of ‘underground’ players which you may choose to rely upon. For a more trusting relationship, it is easier to start your own. Find like-minded people in your area and establish relationships based on keeping to as many of the below advised procedures as can be achieved. You will find that you can help one another in immeasurable ways.

One of the most valuable may prove to be bartering amongst networked peers, and learning from one another what works and what does not, or how best to apply a given tactic. My wisdom is miniscule compared to someone who is in your exact situation and who has already tried and discarded, or tried and refined a tactic. Make their experience work for you.

One place to look for established networks is public access television and radio, and underground newspapers. You can also find allies through bulletin boards at local colleges and places frequented by modern society’s ‘les miserables,’ such as head shops, book stores, music stores, secondhand stores, and so forth. Political rallies, especially for more Constitutional issues or controversies, is also a good place. While it is preferred that your network be closely aligned politically, remember thaty the enemy of your enemy is your friend, even if they be an Anarchist or Communist at heart.

Start up conversations and be friendly. Find common bonds (music, books, news topics) and get started just like any other attempt to make new friends. Then pose a question or offer a sentence which suggests you are dropping out of the system for political cause, and state your concerns. If they don’t know what you mean, educate them. If they do know, or after hearing your explanation, you will know almost immediately if they are kindred spirits. Develop such relationships with appropriate caution and reasonable paranoia towards possible betrayal. With a little time and patience, you will find some real gems. Discard the losers, and attempt to rehabilitate fence sitters.
Another way to network is to directly use Public Access radio and television resources, or the underground presses, yourself. You can (for free) learn to use broadcast equipment and create and present your own public access programs, or simply be a guest or participant in someone else’s show. Such shows are a wealth of information relevant to a broad array of social injustice and crimes or other victimization, and how to fight back. You will find allies, and you will make converts. In short, you will become an activist if not one already. That is what the system fears most — someone that pricks them, and they can’t reach out and correctively scratch back.

Establish a Personal Network: Within the broader network, set up your own, smaller core underground support group using methodology similar to that used by the intelligence community when setting up an organization or project. This raises several sub topics, to include information as well as personnel issues. First, figure out who is the primary authority for the group (group leader). It need not be you if you don’t have a head for leadership or a desire for the tremendous responsibility it can represent.

Compartmentalization is a key intelligence community tool, and it would serve organizers to read up on that methodology, as well as other methods intelligence spooks employ. A hint of these methodologies is offered in these general guidelines or ‘talking points.’ As you seek to establish your group, these should indeed be discussed among you as issues to be addressed and decided upon.

Terms like covert, secret, and sensitive as used herein could be misconstrued to imply the purpose of such a group is clandestine or illegal in nature. That need not be true, but could be so, to a degree, yet still not be dark in purpose. For instance, you may wish to barter or trade services or goods privately in deference to what the system would prefer or considers legal. You will need a network of people with like interests in order to do this at will, safely. You will want to protect that network from discovery or the system will move to squash it (and you).

Of course, if a shooting war erupts, you will then have everything in place to escalate to darker needs as you see appropriate in defense of your family, country, and the Constitution. Everything will be illegal, then, but the true criminals are the ones judging it so. A network can easily be adapted for true intelligence gathering and black ops against any usurper of power, or formed into underground combat units, were that to become your collective wish. That is the real reason they won’t like the existence of networks. Here are some basic covert network guidelines:

Categorize information: Identify material as being either sensitive (controlled) or public, (uncontrolled) and determine who has both a right to know (authority), and need to know (required to do their job/assignment) for access to controlled information.

Establish a formal means for controlling (restricting) and tracking (recording) both access and the ability to make copies. Never give both access and the ability to copy unless the copies and the process that generates them are also controlled and tracked. You need to be able to reconstruct any possible leak of sensitive information based on who accessed it, when, and how. Eject from your group any violators of protocols, even if accidental or seemingly innocent. The Network’s integrity is more important than risking it further to an uncertain loyalty.

Safeguard information: Where possible, insert dummy information into sensitive information as a further tool for tracking leaks. Dummy information should be ‘detectible’ in terms of identifying the nature of the leak and ‘neutral’ in terms of impact on those accessing it (it should not cause them to alter their legitimate use of the information). It should be unique to a given or limited person or group of persons in terms of access, to better identify the leak source; a given person knows a given thing no one else knows, something which seems important and rightfully sensitive, but which is not, and something which would be easy to detect if leaked (cause visible actions as result). Establish ways to test such loyalties and detect any betrayal.

Control access to information: Organizational members (family, fellow dropouts, and trusted friends or coworkers who support you in any way) should be categorized as protected or visible in terms of identities and operations. Protected individuals will be given and referred to only by code names, and only their operators or handlers (i.e., group leader) will know who they are and how to contact them. A protected person may assume a cover as a visible person, or may prefer to be seen as completely unaffiliated with the group. A good example would be a liaison with another group. A visible person might be a spokesperson, or a Lawyer, etc.

Likewise with operations: Things you plan to do should be categorized as sensitive (covert) or open (overt) in nature. Only team leaders assigned a given operation will know all details. Even the assigning authority (team leader) might not need to know all details, though they will need to know those required to accomplish the goal and the general plan, that they might pick the best team members, and properly monitor the outcome or status of the effort.

Team members (operatives) may or may not need not know precise plans, timetables, operatives, lead-in event details, actual objectives, and so forth. Individual operatives will know only their individual assignments, restrictions or other parameters, and goal, but not have an understanding of the nature of the project or the identities of others involved unless part of the same interim goal.

Form network alliances: The primary authority (group leader) will likely wish to establish special relationships as part of an ‘intelligence’ network for seeking out and sharing of critical information useful to the needs of the group. This should likely include counterparts in similar groups located elsewhere, where such trades of information can be mutually useful. But it might include ‘insiders’ positioned within non underground businesses, agencies, or groups able to provide useful information, persons considered friendly to your cause for whatever reason.

The usual formal first-contact means is a simple presentation of needs/interests and possibly the exchange of bona fides (proof of identity, purpose, and sincerity of beliefs based on prior accomplishments). It is better to rely upon gradual building of trust and bonds. Don’t show all your cards up front; it can backfire and get you into trouble, or scare them away.

You will want to establish simple tests of fidelity for the alliance partners, too, and conduct these with a subtle degree of covert manipulation, being careful to insure you can demonstrate, if caught, any deceit was not intended to be harmful to the other side and was necessary for your satisfaction of their integrity. Restated, give them something which seems like it could be used against you but which would backfire if they do (a trip wire, of sorts), and yet, which you can explain as such should they detect the deceit.

Protect alliances: This creates a network of networks and amplifies the power base and resources for each group. It is acceptable to define limits of operation, mutual goals, etc., each group is willing or interested in working on. It would be dangerous to assume anything about another group, as there can be ‘guilt by association’ complications if something they do causes too much attention. Likewise, whatever you do can cause problems for others, so be sincere and honest when presenting your beliefs and intents, or you may find yourself cast to the wolves by an angry cadre. In essence, you live or die as a group by what you say as well as what you do, so live up to your own stated expectations, and hold everyone accountable for failures so there are no mysteries as to why they failed.

Establish a Recon Team: The primary authority should find persons with skills and real-World resources, contacts, etc., suitable to establish conduits of reliable covert collection of information (intelligence gathering) about key strategic matters relating to persons or groups deemed a threat or activism target of the group. All group members should participate to the extent possible in overtly safe ways, but some individuals would excel in covert application, and their assignment to duties in this regard should not be known to the group. Special skills such as investigative or research skills, photography, locksmithing, communications technology, and computers are good starting points for considering who to assign.

This function is critical in a shooting war, but even if just trying to survive as an underground community, there will be threats which will require attention, and activism toward preferred reforms will need to continue in ways which do not threaten group integrity of operation. To fail to have such team in place as an underground group could be a significant risk if matters evolved to a shooting war.

Additionally, omnipresence in the greater community is desired with respect to information access. Therefore, project leaders and even group members may be asked to separately recruit ‘operatives’ who will contribute to the project or goals of the group without necessarily having allegiance to it, or even be aware of its existence. This is ‘recruitment’ which may involve any of the inducement methods used by the intelligence community itself, provided such methods have been approved by the group leader (some might be seen as illegal or immoral, such as bribes or blackmail). Not everyone will be good at recruitment, but those who are become good candidates for inclusion in the Recon Team.

Establish a security team: The primary authority will also wish to establish a small team of persons who covertly address internal security — counterintelligence. They should be active in various projects as if ordinary team members, but would additional focus on internal security matters (watching for security leaks, infiltrators, etc.) Only the most trusted of persons should be members of this group, but all members should share the responsibility of watching for and reporting signs of security threats, external and internal.

Use a consistent model: Each project leader will wish to mirror the organization of the group in small scale with respect to networking policies and layout, but bona fides will not be an issue, nor will they need their own security team, but rather, one individual would be assigned internal security matters. They will likewise wish to mirror the group leader with respect to operatives who will report directly to the project leader, only.

Be discrete with all communications: Communications between various covert components must be established such that contact, sharing of instructions, information, and reporting, can be undertaken without anyone within or outside of the group being the wiser. The use of code names, code words or phrases, and flag actions (i.e., placing an object in a certain place or position), covert meetings, blind drops, and so forth, will be called for in almost every instance.

Delegate where possible: These operational guidelines create a certain project management overhead which should be delegated downward so that a higher level is not overly involved in the operational details of a lower level. Upward/downward reports or downward group- or team-wide presentations keep leaders and group members informed as appropriate. The group leader should not worry about how the project leader communicates with his operatives, etc. Everyone with a special skill should seek to clone themselves by training a possible replacement so that the loss of any person’s would not seriously harm the group’s operational integrity, and delegate tasks to trainees to test their abilities and grow their confidence.

Weapons of war: Early in the formation of the group, a consensus should be sought regarding definition of what weapons of war are deemed acceptable or required to meet group goals and maintain operational integrity. It is presumed and hoped that such weapons will be limited to the same weapons as used by any activist outside of an underground group (words, public protest, etc.). But given that Homeland Security has placed bid requests for 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition for use outside of the military, it seems clear that someone intends or expects there to be a shooting war, soon.

Therefore, a ‘policy’ should be calculated to everyone’s satisfaction regarding actual weapons and munitions which may be needed if a shooting war erupts, be they intended for self defense or for offensive operations against forces of oppression, be it on an individual or group basis. Considerations should include: a) access — will there money available to purchase, will there be a market in tact which can sell? If not, get them while you still can and stockpile for future need — you won’t want to wait until your only option is a criminal black market under Martial Law; b) choice — is there someone in the group who knows what weapons are good for what uses? If not, assign someone to find out; c) training — is anyone able to shoot a weapon or even comfortable doing so? If not, they should take courses while they still can; d) storage — where will they be kept until needed, stowed by individuals or the group? A secure place safe from deliberate detection efforts will be required.

Thus ends our review on how to drop out of the system and form your own underground. These are fairly basic in nature, and yet may simply be too much for most readers to contemplate. But sooner or later, the way MIIM is heading, we are all going to have to make a tough choice: do we stay within the system and be controlled by it, or do we break away from the system and seek its destruction, or at least be ready to do so at some strategic point before it is too late to do so?

Our survival as free-will individuals and citizens, and as a free nation, will likely depend on that decision. Better to make the decision sooner, than later. Better to do it methodically and with good principles of operation than by spontaneous guesswork. When MIIM makes its final moves, the warning may be mere hours before they start going door-to-door and results in shooting, and it will be too late for decisions, much less planning, then.

 

Do I hear someone knocking at your door? Better check your political watch and peek out the window before you open it.

How to War with the New World Order (a Primer)


If you are no fan of the notion of a fascist, satanic World government ruling a depopulated World with all the power of the Antichrist, you may want to know there is one simple weapon we hold that the NWO fears we will discover and use, one more dangerous than guns.

How to War with the New World Order (a Primer)

by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

How to war with the New World Order

 Any enemy can be defeated if you know their weaknesses

Masonic mural at Denver International Airport depicts future of New World Order

Follows is an abbreviated collection of excerpts and updates from my book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide, which includes many more such tactical advices, many being useful in any kind of war the New World Order force upon us, even a shooting war. But this post addresses a war that we can more safely bring to them, one non violent, perhaps forestalling the need for guns altogether by stopping the NWO cold.

Regardless, it also undoubtedly gets me listed officially as a ‘financial terrorist’ with evil Men in Black (or Army green, Police blue). Who cares? We are all treated as terrorists anyway, pending a moment of convenient political gain for actual ‘attention’ to our particular branding. Screw them and their paranoiac need to so label free thinkers, of whom Thomas Jefferson says government should rightly fear (for cause of making them BEHAVE RIGHTLY).

They can NDAA-vanish me at anytime, if they dare — just as they can any of YOU. That’s the whole point, isn’t it? If one man is not free because government violates its own Constitutional Law, then no one can rightly claim to be free. And so, given Homeland Security has placed bid requests for 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition for use outside of the military, the threat of an outlaw government seeking or expecting a shooting war with Constitutionalists forces me to write. If they so expect, so must we.

I must write, if for no other reason than personal self defense, which depends in turn upon the successful defense of others, give such advice. It is the collective WE, The People, who must survive, not mere individuals. Governments can come and go, can fail and be reconstituted, overnight if need be. But if freedom dies and We the People become a historical footnote, transformed into mere chattle as manageable individuals for feeding the profit grist mill of a corporate state (that’s fascism, by the way), something precious and extremely difficult to replace is lost for a long, long time.

The advice of which I speak consists of three simple steps, each with multiple topical elements, options, or ways to grasp and effect them. This post details Steps One of three. Collectively, they would allow us to be effective in the effort, and better assure individual and collective safety even if armed conflict is forced upon us.

And there are other resources online, some of which I have linked as you read. There is, for instance, fightthenwo.org, numerous sites promoting an effort called ‘global noncompliance’, and illuminati-news.com, where one finds an article somewhat like my own. Just type in the appropriate search terms to amplify your knowledge base, and your options, and to cement your confidence if daring to stand against the machine as do I.

You and I are not alone, given the broad range of topics which stir people to activisim in causes with which you should become familiar, for it makes of such persons a thing called allies. You need not agree with them all, but we all should stand together, for all such activists become targets of the NWO. I’m talking about things like Agenda 21, Canamex Highway, gun bans, Codex Alimentarius, Digital Angel, TIAO Dataveillance, RFID, NDAA, the FED, Political Control Technology, Chemtrails, Animal Rights, Occupy, Anonymous, and on and on and on.

Often, we should consider allying with both sides, perhaps one more than another if so moved — but ever mindful that the enemy loves to divide and conquer by fueling our disdain for one side over another. Fighting amongst ourselves means we don’t even see the real enemy. All these groups, save moments of manipulation, should be ally and enemy to the Globalist agenda, and not enemy, mine. To steal from another anti-NWO group’s slogan… which I essentially endorse, and again for which the operative word elected is WE…

“We are Anonymous. We are Legion. We do not forgive. We do not forget. Expect us.”

What can we learn from Anonymous? The most obvious lesson is that invisibility equates to an invulnerability to retaliation. Sure, they have losses, but the group is getting stronger and gaining in popularity in pop culture and elsewhere, and doing some real good as it goes, as some count good (no movement pleases all its supporters all the time). But by and large, their integrity as a working force against evil is unchecked because of their anonymity. They are off the Grid, beyond the Matrix (though hiding within and manipulating it), they have gone Underground.

That is were we must be to be both safe and effective in battle; underground.

So begins our review on how to drop out of the system and form your own underground — which is also to say, how to more covertly and safely defend your country from enemies foreign and domestic. These are fairly basic ideas, and yet may simply be too much for most readers to contemplate actually undertaking, at least wholesale (easing in may indeed be easier). But sooner or later, the way MIIM is heading with insane abandon, we are all going to be forced to make a tough choice: do we stay within the system and be controlled by it with no recourse, or do we break away from the system and seek its destruction through violent confrontation, or at least prepare for that eventuality? I think dropping out is a better, safer choice, one which also serves as preparation for a possible violent day; it covers all bases.

Our survival as free-will individuals and citizens, and as a free nation, will likely depend on our decision. Better to make the decision sooner, than later. Better to do it methodically under a plan and with good principles of operation than by forced into spontaneous guesswork on the fly by sudden, unexpected perils. When MIIM makes its final moves, the warning may be mere hours before they start going door-to-door and shooting erupts, and politically incorrect persons are vanished. It will be too late for decisions, much less planning, then.

What can be done to stop the New World Order?

Step 1: Understand the Problem, Know Thy Enemy

A few hundred people control the NWO

One must realize that the New World Order movement, with its roots going back to the Satanic Illuminati in, perhaps not so coincidentally, 1776, was a centuries-long plan to form a one-World government that their might be one World leader; the Antichrist. Believe it or not, we are dealing with powers and principalities, a relentless and seemingly unstoppable force which never sleeps, has countless minions of dark allies and dupes like forces to work with them unknowingly, and employs clever deceits and sinister plots to lubricate its machinations. Most of the battle is invisible, as often is also the outcome; we can loose significant ground and not even be aware until much later — the price of forgetting or pretending there is no Satan or Hell… or even a God, for too many of us.

It is not the United States Federal Government, or the United Nations, or the initialed Agencies or Department of Defense, or local law enforcement that we face. It is not globalist corporate giants, the FED and Jewish or international bankers, or the Military-Industrial Complex or the oil companies who are our enemies, nor their boards of directors, foundations, religious and charity fronts, or their political action groups. It is not the modern-day leadership of Illuminati philosophies inherent in the Power Elite round table groups such as the Bilderbergers, Club of Rome, Council on Foreign Relations, Tri Lateral Commission, Rhodes Scholar disciples, or even the infamous Skull and Bones/Thule Societies and their counterparts, or even the Freemasons from which sprang the Satanic Illuminati. Neither is it CIA, FBI, NSA, DHS, DEA, ATF, ONI, DIA, or any of the endless initialed investigative and enforcement agencies.

No. It is instead all these entities combined, and much, much more, who make up the face of our enemy. To define or limit the enemy to any one group or several, short of the whole, will miss the mark, and fail. It matters not if they participate knowingly in support of Illuminati goals, or by coincidentally by coincidentally aligned or secretly guided agenda. They are the collective wall of hardened, massive stones which lay between being free in all pursuit of life, and being a slave dead to God. Those stones form the Pyramid upon which sits the All-Seeing Eye, which is the symbolism of the very Antichrist and End Times; the ‘eye’ of Lucifer taking up the key-most position (where one should instead find a stone referred to as the frustrum), thereby frustrating the placement of the capstone, the return of Christ.

The question then arises, what chance does the individual (YOU, me, all of us who prefer FREEDOM and LIFE to slavery and death) against such a vast array of forces? What chance would we have to make a difference in what essentially appears on the surface to be prophecy being fulfilled, day by day, regarding a predestined final-day battle between God and Satan? Who are we that dare intercede in such contests between Titans of Biblic proportions, and what could we possibly hope to contribute of any value or impact in a battle of such scale; that which leads to and includes the showdown at Armageddon?

The answer is, in my humble opinion, EVERYTHING.

It is not simply God vs. the Devil. It is God and the good sought and achieved by Man through God’s gift of free will vs. Satan and the evil done by Man by subversion of free will. It is about righteousness (right-use-ness) vs. evil (vile-ness), both effected by our own individual choices. I believe that to the extent that there remains sufficient good will and righteousness in Man in his time on Earth, the date of Armageddon, and those things which lead to it, are delayed. Scripture refers to this as Grace.

This whole notion is reflected manifold in scripture, for those willing to heed a rather short Bible lesson, which is an all important part of Step 1 — to fully understand the stakes involved and the true unseen mechanisms which guide outcome…

Jerimiah 5:1 regarding God’s Judgement upon Jerusalem for failing to honor God and his Commandments says “Go up and down the streets of Jerusalem, look around and consider, search through her squares. If you can find but one person who deals honestly and seeks the truth, I will forgive this city.”

Genesis 18:26 regarding Abraham’s prayers beseeching God not to destroy Sodom, God says in respose, “If I find fifty righteous people in the city of Sodom, I will spare the all the place for their sakes.” Abraham negotiates the number down to 10, an important number spiritually.

Romans 2:4 tells us why the forbearance of Grace is offered (though all-too often sadly betrayed by Man’s delight in sin) with “Or do you show contempt for the riches of his kindness, forbearance and patience, not realizing that God’s kindness is intended to lead you to repentance?”

2 Peter 3:9 is more to the point with dialog on the coming of Judgement Day, and Christ’s return. “The Lord is not slow in keeping his promise, as some understand slowness. Instead he is patient with you, not wanting anyone to perish, but everyone to come to repentance.” Being patient, he gives us time (a period of Grace) in which to work toward salvation. What we do with that time is our own choice.

But if we make no effort on behalf of good in the face of evil, no matter how overwhelming it may seem, then we deserve the fruits of evil, as spelled out in Ecclesiastes 9:3 “This is the evil in everything that happens under the sun: the same destiny overtakes all. The hearts of people, moreover, are full of evil and there is madness in their hearts while they live, and afterward they join the dead.” More such as this can be found.

So let us also heed God’s advice and enter into battle. Ephesians 6:13 tells us how: “Therefore put on the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil comes, you may be able to stand your ground, and after you have done everything, to stand.” Much more is also available on this topic, as well. But hey – this video says it in an extremely beautiful way.

The number 10 in the Bible (and elsewhere), for instance, represents fullness, full measure, fulfillment. Thus, as long as Good can be seen sufficiently ‘full,’ as in ‘full of Grace,’ which is God’s forgiveness and forbearance, there is no reason for Judgement Day to come to pass. Should Man drop below a rating of ’10,’ Judgement is enabled and will come to pass. Thus, I argue; it is all up to you and me, to decide that moment — perhaps why ‘No man knoweth the hour,’ of that day, for we cannot take self measure.

The Bible offers more and better advice, than this feeble attempt at presentation. I simply offer how you might apply it using specific strategems. Let us consider:

Short of armed revolution, and in the absence of any seeming control over our government through the traditional election processes, the alleged system of checks and balances and for obtaining redress in the courts… as illustrated by the failure of Congress and the Courts to ever address crimes of the White House, or to curb the military or intelligence communities when they go awry… and surely their failure to quash NDAA, the Patriot Act, the outrageous acts of TSA, ICE, and all such madness — is the option to undertake another kind of war with the NWO; a guerrilla war fought on our terms, not theirs. I speak of an offensive war, one which effects a defensive posture, as well.

It may be time we take the battle to them, and use their own System to ensnare them.

Let’s face it. The enemy, as it otherwise stands, holds all the cards: We must use their money, follow their laws and suffer under their court judgements (for most of us, relying upon their lawyers appointed on our behalf — unless we are wealthy, in which case, we are more likely part of the problem), are subjected to controls by their police and military, must depend on our news from sources their Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex (MIIM) controls, send our kids to schools in an educational system they manipulate, and use their insurance to visit their Doctors, hospitals, and take their drugs, etc. All the way we foot the bill for these things which define our limitations, and profit their machine.

At every turn, they hold control over our lives: we cannot get a job without identifying ourselves using their number. We cannot keep that job without giving them a huge portion of our wages as taxes, which they then frequently use against us, along with other monies they manage to extort, steal, or siphon from us through societal forces of their design. We cannot well protest our lot because they own the media by which we would have our say, and we use an Internet rife with their control, censorship, and eavesdropping (there is a better Web alternative in works, however — take a look).

We cannot ‘vote the scoundrels out’ because they control the voting process and the choices we are to be given. Ergo, Dog and Poney shows replete with hanging chads or worse, and if not that, assassination of candidates or death threats against them or their loved ones. In short, the terms ‘Republic’ and ‘Democratic Process’ have become a sham, as no matter who we vote for, the same old policies are continued toward NWO domination.

As bad, ‘redress’ is a word no longer in the American political lexicon; the System is rigged at every turn to defy it except in the most well-funded of battles, it costing millions for instance to employ media to advantage, or prosecute a case through the Courts, and the Internet is so controlled by cyberwarrior tactics that most organizational efforts there are easily derailed through infiltration and sabotage. And now they want to take the guns, which if allowed to come to pass, will mean all doors for redress can be permanently shut tight against us.

No thank you. Gunfire before gun grabbing, for me.

But the purpose of this post is to avoid the need for that eventuality. We must realize who MIIM is, and deal with them accordingly. MIIM’s arrayed forces and allies are by and large fascists and racists, and even Satanists, or some combination thereof. They tend to be psychopaths and sociopaths who wield immense wealth and power in all areas of societal and governmental structures. Their collective is hundreds of years old, and thus, they have had ample time to calculate and think ahead, to plan for every contingency, and tend to easily defeat a defense before we can think to undertake it.

But there is good news in all this.
Despite their position of dominance, it happens that there is one thing all principalities and powers fear, something which we possess… something they fear we will discover as the weakness or flaw in their plan. And it is such a simple thing, and defines Step Two. The beauty of it is, that implementing it now not only weakens their hand and strengthens ours, but if at some point the war becomes a shooting war, we will stand a much better chance of being able to either run and hide or to stand and fight. Either way, it will be harder for them to find and manipulate and destroy individuals, and thereby, the whole.

You can do neither if they collect you, first, or already control you outright in their System, what some call the Matrix. The solution? That’s the next post…

What scares the New World Order?

Step Two: Drop out of the System:

To explain that first requires that we understand what the System is. The System is two infrastructural parts; the commercial side and the government side. The commercial side sells itself to you every day. Advertising for products and services creates desire. Desire leads to purchase. Purchase yields profits against cost, and is a two-edged sword used against you. Part of the cost is payroll, which is used to pay you less than you are actually worth. They reap the GNP at your expense; you provide both the labor and the capital which drives their machine, so whatever they pay you, they get back by the resale of your fruits (you effectively work for free by giving them back their own money in exchange for very little of true value).

All along the way, taxes are levied to fund the other part of the System. They win-win, you loose-loose, but you get (something) they’ve convince you that you can’t live without, despite the fact that the World did just fine without it since the beginning of time. Everything from better deoderant to cars that talk, from perfect pills to pornographic movies through your cable company. And let us not forget GMO produce and foods so processed and full of additives that ants no longer eat anything in our kitchens but raw suger. As Dr. Phil has said, “If it wasn’t food 100 years ago, it probably isn’t food, today.”

Lucky you to have it so good, at long last. Whatever happened to happiness; the contentment that comes from simply living and enjoying nature and the company of others, and the fruits of our own labor? Who decided that these things had to be purchased in newly constituted forms, and that we should have no other choices? And, I might add, who can believe anything they tell you about what is good for you when every few years a new study reverses a previous finding, and perfect pills result in class action law suits for the harm they do?

Oh, but the System cares not for trivial details as these, because we are so dumbed down we don’t see the problem, and buy the next new thing.

Meanwhile, the government part of the system tracks and manipulates our participation in the first part in many ways. Your social security number, as mentioned, plays a major role. Your credit rating and banking numbers further track your every move financially, and government’s FINCEN (Financial Crimes Enforcement Network) and the Total Information Awareness Office (Department of Defense) are both gearing up to access every transaction from birth to death for every citizen. As the Bible has predicted, you already can hardly buy or sell without a number of some sort, a de facto Mark of the Beast by some accounts. But that yolk has not yet come to pass in its bitter fullness (Digital Angel awaits you).

The money itself also has tracking systems built into the bills (the little embedded strip you can see holding the bills up to the light can be sensed by special equipment), and FINCEN will be able to track cash as easily as credit once it is fully established and retail systems have evolved to accommodate the technology, called RFID (Radio Frequency Identification Device).

The Military AND the commercial side are partnering to establish wholesale use of RFID technology which will allow transactional tracking at points of sale to include a complete and total understanding of each and every product you purchase, effectively giving it a unique serial number. It can tell how and when you acquired it, whatever it is, right down to razor blades (already chipped). In fact, retailers have actually used cameras to track shoppers as they move through the store by zeroing in on select RFID chips in products in their cart, or already owned and in their possession (e.g., lipstick tube). You are the sum of your RFID, and once cataloged, you can be tracked anywhere.

As you read this, cash registers, inventory control systems, and security systems (doorway monitors, cameras, traffic monitors) are being designed and built which can scan RFID at a distance. Millions of credit cards, mailing labels, ID cards and driver’s licenses, and even cell phones have already been chipped with RFID, and some things, like select cell phones and cars, include GPS tracking. Security cameras and roadside or sidewalk monitors are being upgraded to track them. Unless you go naked in the World, or make your own clothes and use no manufactured objects, you can be tracked by RFID, because everything manufactured and sold will eventually have chips embedded.

We register with government for everything. We register to be born and to die. We register for school, to vote, to get driver’s licenses, to fish or hunt, to buy or rent a car or home, to have a phone or utility services, or to save a little extra money when we shop or to use credit, and so forth. At every turn we are giving out information about ourselves which is fed into computers, computers with back doors and inherent ‘links’ or leaks between databases to serve marketing and or government purposes. Hence Dataveillance.

How else do you suppose that you get so much junk mail with your name on it? One CIA front (two fronts, actually, one here and one in Europe), as I document in my book, the Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide  offer to sell information on 98% of American adults. The other two percent have already dropped out of the system. Why should government intelligence agencies be in the business of spying on you and then selling your little ones and zeros for a profit? Do something about it, and drop out. Let them sell just zeros, if they can.

If you elect to remain in the System, if and when they want to reach out and get you for some reason, they will know right where you are, that very moment. Their data will let them profile you psychologically and predict your actions (as described in the Department of Defense’s original RFP White Paper for the TIAO). Don’t answer that knock at the door… you don’t want what they are selling. And you won’t be able to run at that point, because they can freeze all your financial assets, and in some cases, can remotely disable your car, and in all cases, turn resources such as your cell phone against you. It will be too late, then.

Proactive and preemptive tactics are what you need.

To preempt, disengage yourself from the system. When someone drops out of the system, the overhead of the system is actually increased to a degree, but the funding thereof is reduced. This causes subtle instability within the system which impacts the remainder of those still within the system. By deliberately weakening the system in this way, the New World Order is forced to become less transparent, and more domineering, more visible to those who have not yet seen that particular light. It compounds like interest as more and more people figure out they should exit.

Thus, more persons will exit, recruiting others as they go; the cycle will continue to the point where the system must either fail, or seek to seize absolute control sooner than it otherwise intended, before they are ready to do so with full confidence of victory. A shift in balance of power is achieved, the stronger side left unstable and off balance, giving the weaker side a chance to make significant gains with smaller efforts. The domino effect, slow motion though it will seem, at first.

Dropping out is fairly easy — just stop playing the game. Take actions which reduce your exposure to their ever evolving control matrix, and which free you up for further actions at reduced risk. Risk tends to lessen with time as you get better at living off the grid. Most of these things are very easy to do, and have little true risk, but may represent major inconveniences or social roadblocks up front.

You may likely face serious decisions about how you execute such a plan, and to what extent you are willing to go to make it happen. Fortunately, it need not be an overnight matter, which means you can ease into it over several months time, perhaps a few years (presuming we have that much time remaining). Just know that for every cost you are willing to bear up front, the benefits to which it leads tend to be far more valuable in the final analysis. The more steps you manage to accomplish, the easier are the remaining steps.

This ends the introduction to Step Two. What follows in the next segment are a series of suggested guidelines or action options to actually be effective doing it. Some of them you simply might not care for, or accept as viable or workable with respect to their goals or your personal circumstances. Don’t feel you need to follow these suggestions any more than you need to ‘play their game.’ After all, it is about free will choice; God’s greatest gift to Man short of life itself.

And that’s exactly what we are trying to stop the New World Order from ending: Free Will.

What are the tools of the New World Order?

Next up: How to War With the New World Order (Drop Out Checklist)

Globalism’s Self-Serving Cycles of Terrorism


A reality check for citizens in every nation, democratic, communist, totalitarian, or religiously governed (e.g., Islamic); terrorism is not waged between governments or ideologies as outwardly advertised, but a covert weapon for political control used by Globalists against all peoples, especially the very members of terror groups duped into participation. More to the point, it is waged by powers and principalities, against God and Man, and serves Satan.

Globalism’s Deliberate Self-Fulfilling Cycles of Paranoiac ‘Terror Threats’

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

What you will learn reading this post…

  • Terrorism is a sham, a weapon of political control technology;
  • Terrorism never benefits terrorists in any real way, given the backlash;
  • Terrorism is never approached as a problem to actually be solved because it serves the ‘target’ government’s interests as long as it exists;
  • Terrorism is about control of the masses through fears designed to sponsor a willingness to subjugate ourselves to the New World Order;
  • Therein is the real secret; the NWO is Satan’s Illuminati plan to seat the Antichrist, terrorism being a mere tool.

Who benefits from terrorism?

Reality Check Time for citizens of all nations

Image: Agence France-Presse Getty Images; India Ink blog post      on lessons learned on terrorism in India (click)

Rewind the clock and review the last few decades or so — the time frame of the alleged ‘War against Terrorism.’ If you consider cause and effect relationships with much care, you quickly see that there would be no terrorism of true consequence except for government’s need to both instill fear in you as a form of Political Control Technology (behavior and thought control through deciet), and as a generator of ‘fuel’ for that very mechanism.

Look more closely, however, and we find even the governments are not the true benefactors. That would be Globalists, which put in other terms, is the modern-day Illuminati; the New World Order movement for a one-World government. This is governments run by the power elite, also called Fascism in some circles. Such rule is required if the Antichrist is ever to come to power. That is what I hope to illustrate in this post, along with some other eye openers of like nature:

Case Study; Control Group

But before we do that, we should first establish and consider, in the method of good scientific study, a ‘control group.’ We can then hold up the control group for comparison to the ‘terror group’ of events we will consider to make our final findings. Any differences should be for us valuable clues. For this purpose, let’s use something entirely unrelated which, like terrorism, represents a deadly threat to lives and the wellbeing of any nation; traffic accidents. Rewind the last decade or two in your mind and replay as you consider…

At regional and local levels, mostly, and to somewhat lesser degree at national levels, the high death toll and financial cost to the nation inherent in traffic crashes, including GNP impact, typically sparks ongoing efforts to improve highway and auto safety. This consists of an endless series of changes in rules, laws, and regulations, as well as advertising campaigns to educate drivers.

Specific examples over the years would include improving crash safety standards for auto makers, improved highway lighting, signage, and general design considerations, mandating seat belt use, ‘Don’t drink and drive,’ and other safety ad campaigns, tougher traffic laws and fines, more enforcement, and so forth.

In replay of that history, can you uncover recollection of ANY instance where a given governmentally sponsored approach significantly resulted in an INCREASE of traffic accidents or fatalities? I think not. The point is, in this control group review, we see that a problem which is seriously addressed for its own sake tends to evolve improvements, rather than degradation, over time. Restated, a legitimate problem genuinely and sincerely addressed in this way can always be made better by a cure, or an ineffective cure can be discarded in favor of a renewed attempt.

We must also ask, for reasons which should become apparent, who benefits thereby? The answer is, essentially, everyone. Drivers live longer and suffer less as a class, costs of accidents go down, though costs of ownership of vehicles tends to increase somewhat due to more expense in manufacturing and, for some, higher fines or fees associated with use of their vehicles, and taxes for improvements in highways. Most of us are content with these offsetting costs, and do not complain too much. The nation’s quality of life and GNP are enhanced.

More to the point, there are no significant losses of freedom or increases in political control by government, though new laws addressing safety issues may impose changes in procedures and provide for penalties; no one is unduly oppressed or repressed thereby, and basic rights remain unscathed.

Hmm… that seems to fit rather well with Titus 2:7 “In all things shewing thyself a pattern of good works: in doctrine shewing uncorruptness, gravity, sincerity.”

The Comparison Group; Terrorism

Osama bin Bushadine

Rewinding and replaying the same period of time, but this time looking at Terrorism, let us compare to the Control Group. One difference we see almost immediately is that virtually all of the effort to combat ‘the problem’ stems from national government responses, rather than regional and local levels. They, alone, by and large, have defined the problem and ‘solutions offered.’ That, alone, might be a significant clue; a small handful of Men, all of like nature and purpose within the power elite, control all aspects related to the issue.

Indeed, no one else’s opinions are even allowed to hold sway, regardless of their quality of logic or popularity among the People. In almost every case we find, in reverse to the Control Group, that their actions have stimulated, rather than abated, the problem of terrorism. Indeed, if we go back far enough, we find that the problem did not even exist except for the causality of their actions. To make the point, let us look at several ‘models’ of terrorism. Start with the European model:

Go back to the time prior to the European Community, and you find that terrorism essentially was non existent in the early years of Post War Europe. But it came to be, based on the nature of groups formed to foment terrorism, because of ‘Cold War tensions,’ if we believe the political rhetoric of the day. Based on the rest of this presentation, I’m thinking you will rightly conclude that assumption a sham, and the true cause lay elsewhere: false flag psychological operations. And should you not naturally so conclude, we will see there is proof it is so.

In point of fact, the processes which will be described, next (in the American model), apply to quite well to the European model. Terror attacks in Europe enabled the same exact processes, and in Europe, I assert, directly helped and led to the formation of the European Community, itself, a key Globalist early goal. Remember that notion as we near the end of looking at the American model, which will bring the point home in unexpected ways, and fully relate the Globalist aspect.

I only thought to bring up European model because it underscores and echoes in reenforcement the discoveries we will find in the American model. Any nation which has in the past or currently experiences terrorism should find these same factors in play, as well; they are portable concepts useful in any governmental environment. But in all cases, they serve only one special interest group, a group present in every governmental environment; Globalists. Allow me to make the case…

In America, terrorism was not even in the American lexicon until CIA began funding, training, and arming radical Muslims as part of their meddling in the affairs of Islamic nations rich with natural resources. Such meddling is a sure-fire way to generate resentment and hatred given their religious beliefs, beliefs which impact political actions in ways perhaps uncommon elsewhere.

I remember, in fact, one of the early newspaper articles (and later, others) on topic having to actually DEFINE the basic terminologies of terrorism in order to write about terror events. The point is, however, that we can lay terrorism at the feet of CIA and American foreign policy (on the one hand closest to our observation), and, as we will see, on Globalism, on the other, less visible hand.

If I were willing to make this blog longer than you would wish it in reading time, I could detail that for you to a level which showed CIA and the Department of Defense, often in alliance with military contractors and Globalist firms, actually imported most terrorists we have heard about acting on US soil (and elsewhere), often aiding in their visitation, training, and financing up to the moment of their terror acts, and even in their escape and any subsequent reentry into country. This I do in my four volume bookset, Fatal Rebirth, with over 1,500 footnotes of factual evidence. Want a free ebook of volume one?

So we see right away that the very problem was created by government. In defense, or rather concealment of the fuller truth, they claimed it unintended, even coincidental or unavoidable, and most of us believed them. But the footnotes I speak of show otherwise, especially in terms of lesser known ‘smoking gun’ events. One test of the sincerity of the claim is the question, does government move to ‘address’ this new terrorism problem as they did in our Control Group? Well, sort of…

The very first effort in response of note was the Patriot Act, a major assault on Constitutionally guaranteed liberties which, they promised, would be repealed as soon as they got a handle on the problem. Tyrannical governments which have evolved throughout history have always got their start with that very argument in justification of repressive actions, creating for themselves that slippery slope of no return. So many times have they had the chance to repeal the Patriot Act and instead elected to extend it, if not add to it, that I’ve lost count. Full grease ahead, downard, Ho!

Virtually all Congressional and White House actions aimed at combating terrorism have followed this self-same pattern: repressive responses which reduce Liberty in exchange for alleged security, a formula known to leave the people with neither, and which instead leads to a totalitarian police state. That’s how the Communist revolution in Russia led to something Karl Marx never intended for his movement. That’s how South American dictators grew their power. That’s how Hitler came to be, and so forth. But it is not how you combat terrorism, for it has not abated, though one may argue there is a current lull. So again, I ask, who profits?

To be sure, not the terrorists, who are guaranteed to generate a backlash against their own homelands. Examine all of history, and it is rare to find an example of the use of terror which resulted in good outcome for the nation from whence attacks originated, and on whose behalf their acts were supposedly committed. Their people suffered, typically through military response, worse casualties and consequence, than did the nation targeted with terrorism. It is a loose-loose situation for terrorists. There is but one exception, to be noted shortly.

Indeed, it is instead the nations targeted by terrorism who benefit. Not the citizens thereof, who bear the brunt of attacks at a personal level, but the men and political forces in power. Terrorism, in fact, gives power to the national government and its leaders, big time. Always; Hitler the perfect example. In international terrorism, the real loosers are the citizens of both nations, and more importantly, all religions who worsiph the God of Abraham; the Jewish, Christian, and Islamic faiths for whom terrorism is a great tool for Globalist (Satanic Illuminati) divide and conquer tactics.

But it is a double whammy for citizens of the target nation, because they not only suffer the casualties of attacks, but the loss of freedoms and rights usurped by a government become more tyrannical. Such benefits are why false flag terrorism is often the tool of one’s own government. Hitler used it, and many Americans are convinced George Bush used it in Sept. 11, and so forth. Fatal Rebirth offers much evidence in support of that belief. Such powers and principalities go out of their way to foment or fake terror acts, even if they have to supply and fund the ‘leadership’ of the terrorists and grow them into a local power — the only terrorists to benefit being those paid and empowered at leadership levels.

Proof, in Fatal Rebirth, shows the number two man of al Quaeda, in fact, to be a double or triple agent working for CIA and the Department of Defense. That’s right, the man who not only planned, but helped execute the attacks on American Embassies, the USS Cole, and the bombing of the World Trade Center, the man who managed to put bin Laden into power and unify other terror groups under his command… was one of our own. And if that were not enough, he held a job with a major defense contractor when not employed by the United States Army.

Is terrorism false flag?

Terror culture growth in a petri dish

The macro illustrates further. Government actions to combat terror actually stimulate it, rather than fighting it. Every action in the Middle East has tended to angrify Muslims even more, making it easier for them to recruit combatants to use against us. Middle East policy continues to be based on previous failures, with no learning curve in evidence. Even those things we would outwardly see as ‘good acts,’ were often deliberate betrayals.

For example, an American company providing schoolbooks for use in the Middle East for very young children used pictures of bombs, grenades, and guns for counting exercises… early enough that by the time CIA was training Osama bin Laden, those children were old enough to be recruited into al Quaeda. Now, once we have invaded and seized control of Afghanistan, the same publisher is providing books with butterflies and Poppy blooms. So now, instead of growing terrorists, Afghanistani youth will grow up thinking it perfectly normal to grow and sell the crops used to make Heroine, those fields guarded by American soldiers as you read.

We continually arm radical groups for use against their own local regimes we conveniently deem ‘repressive’ after decades of working with them as allies and arming them to the teeth in many cases. And then wonder why the radicals soon enough turn those weapons on us, irrespective of if a new regime was put in place, or not. Moreover, any new regime is more dangerous than the old, outwardly, though I maintain it is an intended consequence. This is indeed on purpose of our terror and foreign policies, as reflected by the fact that we keep repeating these mistakes as if oblivious to their cause and effect relationships. There is proof.

Fatal Rebirth, recounts a specific PowerPoint presentation at the Pentagon by Defense Policy Board kingpin, Richard Perle, part of the PNAC (Project for a New American Century) plans to take control of the Middle East, and by capture of the bulk of remaining Oil repositories therein, to control the World. It is all based on concepts espoused by the Council on Foreign Relations and other Globalists, and Zionist interests via a partnership with a joint US-Israeli think tank. It laid out a multi-year, multi-war/revolution plan for takeover of the major Middle East nations in domino fashion, specifically with the intent of giving control over to radicals, specific persons controlled by or partnering with Globalists. Every war in the Middle East, including the more current revolts, was in the Power Point, with more such to come.

For example, Fatal Rebirth shows you that the top two people now running the Afghani government were both former CIA employees who also did work for the Oil Industry, and both were directly involved in trying to get the Taliban to grant oil and gas pipeline rights to American oil companies. Do you honestly think citizens at large in Afghanistan would benefit by and approve of covert CIA/oil industry control of their nation in the guise of a new democracy? This is what I mean when I say outwardly, new regimes may seem less than friendly, but secretly, they remain Globalist puppets to perpetuate control mechanisms there, as well as elsewhere.

Make no mistake. This is not an American plot so much as an international plot by Globalists, the modern Illuminati.

This is also revealed in the referenced PowerPoint, where even darker aspects tie directly to Mysticism, Satanism, and Illuminati principles, matters requiring too much detail to explain in this venue. But I will add that Perle himself has his own CIA front-like operation which works directly with Arms smugglers for the purpose. Stability in the Middle East is NOT a goal, and never was. Such political machinations foster a kind of hidden control of the Middle East through secret alliances with terrorist leadership in exchange for quid-pro quo cooperation (attacks). There is no usefulness for political control plots found in peace and stability.

This covert alliance betrays the very reasons rank and file membership of terror groups join, as well as the greater citizenry and governments of their homelands, not to mention putting at risk the long-term welfare of religious doctrine which often guides their nation and political movements. If the people joining terror groups fully understood this, they would behead their leaders as traitors, and rethink their strategies in realization that terrorism is political control weapon being used against their own people as well is those of the target nation(s). Only the Globalists and their proxies in the involved governments and terror groups, can possibly win.

It deserves restating of who benefits, and how: in funding, arming, and aiding in terror attacks against the U.S. and other nations where Globalism runs rampant, the target nation governmentals (and the Globalist movement) gain two things, and the leaders of terror groups gain prestige and power over their own people for their ‘successes,’ and loyalty and devotion in anger evolving out of backlash-sponsored ‘failures.’ The two things the Globalist proxies gain are an empowerment to further restrict freedoms and wax oppressive through legislative response to terror event ‘successes,’ and validating police state mentality by offering minimal proofs of effectiveness at the few terror attack-sponsord ‘failures.’ Perfect quid-quo pro.

So we see that regardless of if a terror even is effective, or fails, there is win-win for the Globalist and their terrorist cohorts, but only loose-loose for citizens and terror participants, who are mere pawns in a grand deceit.

Ergo, in our comparison, Luke 6:43-44 seem quite appropriate; “For a good tree bringeth not forth corrupt fruit; neither doth a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. For every tree is known by its own fruit. Figs aren’t gathered from thornbushes, or grapes picked from a bramble bush.”

A need to shift gears: homegrown terror

A kind of proof that such terror is artificially generated and outcome is controlled lays in the fact that if it were NOT so, the focus would remain on the foreign sponsored terrorism, and changes or experimentation in solutions would evolve to some eventual gaining of ground. But, if one is intending a Police State, one realizes that eventually, there will be internal resistance and insurrection forces to be dealt with at some point — given that the only solutions applied are repressive to freedom in nature. There is only so far one can go in oppressive reduction of personal freedoms without sparking resistance.

What is domestic state sponsored terrorism?

The answer? Raise the stakes and ‘broaden the war.’

Image: secretsofthefed.com (click)

Therefore, almost immediately on the heels of the Truther movement, we here in America started to hear about homegrown terrorism, a thing which caused most of us to respond with ‘???’ And from this has evolved a whole new series of staged events to justify the next waves of repressive acts and moves which, like those for Islamic terror, actually tend to foment and generate the very terrorism they would pretend to combat.

These also served to empower the TSA and other repressive acts designed to train us to be obedient to Police State social controls (and the basest of personal insults and groping to which we dare not protest.) This additionally causes us to realize we need to fear and respect our government, despite the fact that our whole form of government is based on the notion that they should fear displeasure of We, the People. Once we have it upside down in our head, it is easier for them to advance with less meaningful resistance.

But then, they had yet to meet the 99%.

But the general strategy creats self-fulfilling harbingers. To worry about and act to ‘prevent’ or ‘combat’ terrorism will eventually spawn it. At some point, you no longer need false flag or even entrapment provocateurs. Fascists want and need internal civil unrest in order to justify further tightening of their power grip, and the unraveling of and discarding of the Constitution (esp. 2nd Amendment) that they may evolve into a truly Globalist entity. Specifically, in America, as I frequently detail in other posts, the establishment of the NAU; the North American Union. An exact replay of Europe, and why that model was briefly examined.

We see signs this is so by the fact that there are separate non terror-related actions which are preparing for acceptance of Globalist programs which can only function if there is a new Constitution under an NAU construct. Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius, the CANAMEX Highway, United Nations Small Arms Treaty and other U.N. sponsored mandates such as Biospheres, all clue us in to this fact. Our Constitution and, more directly, the Second Amendment make these things almost impossible under our present form of government. They need Martial Law, suspension of the Constitution, seizure of firearms, and a new Constitution with more leeway.

They are easing us into the mentality of Globalist control by selling us on grandiose benefits which seem lofty, but which are truly unworkable and intended to conceal the truth: total control is not freedom, but slavery, and a one World government sponsored by the New World Order is nothing but a mechanism to seat the Antichrist as World Leader — the whole point of the Satanic Illuminati plan to create the NWO in the first place.

So they push for gun control legislation guaranteed to make more militant the mindset of gun owners. Then we conveniently have a wave of gun violence worthy of sparking demands for gun control, a matter deeply tied psychotropic drugs evolved out of CIA mind control research. I don’t even own a gun and yet they make me want to stockpile weapons and ammunition to protect the Second Amendment from panic-driven, unthinking gun grabbers and their Globalist sponsors.

I can only imagine that militia members are waxing paranoid and actively planning for and training for combat with government or United Nations forces. Eventually, someone from such a group will undertake an act of violence to ‘strike a blow for freedom,’ but it will most likely be a false flag event intended to justify efforts to enact gun confiscation. It will, in point of fact, be labeled as ‘terrorism.’ No right thinking group of gun owners would effect a first strike policy, knowing this would be the result, though a paranoidal schizophrenic individual, may, with entrapment encouragements.

They passed the NDAA and the DOD embarked on reckless and provocative mock raids of American cities in violation of Posse Commitatus to make us fear government to levels that may spark shooting of federal agents, soldiers, or cops in perceived self defense, as examined in an earlier post. Again, if some truly paranoid person does not eventually do so, I fear a false flag series of events will be staged. It is absolutely critical that government be able to vilify gun owners if the NAU is to come to pass, lest there be a full-scale armed revolt.

They passed the Monsanto Protection Act, which protects Monsanto from liability and enables their forcing of dangerous genetically modified crops into the food chain (to include meat supplies since corn and soy are fed to animals as well as to humans). This will most surely make militant a number of the millions of farmers who have sued Monsanto, and tens of millions more who realize GMO foods KILL livestock, cause birth defects or sterility, and even cause hair to grow through the digestive tract from tongue to intestines.

Eventually, again as I have posted earlier in full review, someone will get the idea in their head to act out in a violently against Monsanto, perhaps an arson or a bombing, or worse.  When you take away the right of redress through the courts, you guarantee revolt in some violent form. False flag efforts will hardly be needed, IMO, but entrapment encouragements will likely be involved. Fascists NEED such violence to come to power, and once more, they will call it ‘terrorism:’

We must have terror and internal chaos if we are to have a New World Order. In fact, it would seem it is forecast by God to follow a period of great upheaval. 2 Thessalonians 2:3 “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition;” In the text of King James, ‘falling away’ means ‘rebellion,’ and the day spoken of is the End Days, the ‘son of perdition’ the Antichrist. Be not deceived by your leaders.

How is terrorism a tool for political control?

Findings

In summary, we see the pattern is complete in all instances, following the path of cause and effect which is opposite the model of the Control Group. There is no effort to combat terror, but instead, to generate it.  It is a political control technology, a kind of mind control; it generates fear to enable tighter security control at the expense of liberty, generates resentment to foment new terror threats and, thereby, to repeat the cycle even well after any foreign threats might be abated through takeover of their governments (per the PowerPoint).

There is a great falling away taking place in the Muslim World, as they war amongst themselves for radical supremecy. In the non Muslim World, where radical Islam conducts terror strikes, populations loose freedoms which will steadily lead them toward having no other choice but armed revolt. My prior blogs are full of this warning, and show how perilously close it may be right here, in America. But this is a World-wide phenomenon, as the Occupy movement has shown. We are ripe. We have been deceived by a cyclic strategy which brings us ever closer to boil over.

Such cyclic strategy worked in the Middle East flavor, it worked in the European flavor, and the South American flavor, and it will work in the homegrown flavor (if we allow it). Dumbed-down Sheeple comply with little true objection in the false belief it is perfectly logical to so evolve, not realizing, like the frog in pot of water on the stove, that the political control temperature will soon be fatal and leave them with no way to escape a terrible unwanted and unforeseen fate; rule by a totalitarian police state, and even the Antichrist. Got 666? Almost.

In Fatal rebirth, the cover of the first volume expresses it all this way: Terrorism creates Nationalism (obedience and loyalty to government ­— who’s political leaders benefit from terrorism); Nationalism fosters Capitalism (most notably, the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex — who profit from terrorism); Capitalism empowers Globalism ­­— the power elite of the round table groups, the modern Illuminati (who benefit and profit from terrorism); Globalism therefore requires Terrorism — funding it directly, and through their control mechanisms within capitalism, nationalism. In effect, it is nothing more than a cyclic machine, an engine to power control mechanisms, and made up of control mechanisms, cyclic in nature.

I call it the Armageddon Machine. I also call it treason, though that is just the outer shell at the national level. If a shooting war erupts (armed revolt), the shooting should not stop until that machine is destroyed. It will not be a revolution simply to restore the Constitution and reestablish freedom, but to delay or prevent the end of the World as we know it. The modern Illuminati, the Globalists of the World, will be the true enemy, not just some handful of govermentals and their obedient armies. It will be a war with powers and principalities, the truest source and form of terror imaginable.

They exist not just here in our own country, but in other countries, from whence they manipulate and participate in events, here. We will likely have to take that war to them, as well. Any such revolution will need to be enlarged to an internationally scope, or we will never be able to start anew with hope of long success. Emptying Freedom’s lifeboat of Illuminati water has little effect if the satanic hole from which it springs forth is not also plugged.

This is true in every nation. Fascism, the outward manifestation of Globalism, exists in every government to one degree or another. The more affluent and powerful the nation, the more it controls the nation in subversively covert or openly overt ways. It matters not if the country is socialist, communist, democratic, or religiously governed (e.g., Islamic); fascist-globalist mechanisms guide it toward Illuminati goals. As the Occupy movement has illustrated, there is hardly a nation where the people are not starting to awaken to these facts.

The next revolution will undoubtedly spread to be global — especially if it originate in the one nation thought to be ‘most’ free. As America goes, so goes Canada, and Mexico. As America and Canado goes, so goes Britain. As Mexico goes, so goes Central and South America. As Britain goes, so goes the European Community. As they go, so goes the entirety of the former Soviet Bloc. And from there it is only logical that Middle East and Asiatic, and the rest, join in.

Is the war on terrorism fake?

Epilog…

That possibility moves me to employ something from the Prolog of Fatal Rebirth as Epilog, here. Because all men seeking freedom in such a battle will become John Gault in that day. If not, or if John Gault falters and fails, the Antichrist will come to power; we suffer End Game. But if Gault prevails, as in the fictional character’s role in Atlas Shrugged (Ayn Rand), the World will come to a screeching halt on its current course to Hell, and get a second chance, a reprieve, and an extension to our lease on the Planet, though at great cost. From Fatal Rebirth:

Truth cannot live on a diet of secrets, withering within a web of entangled lies. Freedom cannot live on a diet of lies, in the end surrendering to the veil of their oppression. The human spirit cannot live on a diet of oppression, being subservient against the will to that unchecked evil. God, as truth incarnate, will not long let stand a world devoted to such evils. Therefore, let us have the truth and freedom our spirits require… or let us die seeking these things, for without them, we shall surely and justly perish in an evil world.

And yet, in final note for this post, I am also moved to write… as the Bible text indicates, that to so revolt may play directly into their hands. The answer is found in the nature and outcome of any such revolt, especially if Global. The key, I am convinced, is where the revolt starts, when and why, and how it concludes. That, however, will be another blog post. Here, I will simply say this: God has our back, either way — provided we make no foolish mistakes and act without right-use-ness of Free Will (righteousness). Subscribe to learn more.

Dear Government: I will not Comply w Internet Tax Bill; Go Fish!


Sometimes a citizen has to think Boston Tea Party. My time has come. Neither will I be forced into indentured servitude as involuntary tax collector, nor will I allow government to tax the sweat of my brow creating the goods I sell. There is more I will not, as well.

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

The Senate passed the Marketplace Fairness Bill (Internet Tax)

from Facebook post by The Anti-Media

Just say no!

This is in point of fact sweetheart legislation to benefit Amazon.com and select other firms, though they claim instead that it will benefit local retailers who ‘suffer’ because people can buy goods for less at times on the Web. So what is this, really, a tax on savings? Where do they get the nerve to steal from us yet one more time? And how do they get the nerve to call Federal Price fixing against select businesses the ‘Marketplace Fairness Act.’

If you really want to level the playing field among sellers, pass a law eliminating sales tax that States might join with Alaska, Delaware, Montana, New Hampshire, and Oregon, who have no sales tax. Take Oregon, for instance, where voters must approve any tax, and pay only income tax; NO SALES TAX. Sales tax, especially when citizens have no say over it’s levy, or no, is legalized highway robbery by the taxing authority.

If the Bill passes the House the way the it is currently written, a Web marketer would henceforth be required to collect sales tax for all federal, regional, and local taxing authorities where the purchaser resides. This creates a nightmare of calculations which can only be met by using complex point-of-sale software, software which Amazon.com has already written according to radio commentator and former newsman, Lars Larson. Amazon is the only Web firm pushing for this law, the only Web company with the nerve to charge a 2.9% service fee on tax collection, payable by the third party seller who sells through Amazon.

That’s just one reason I don’t sell anything through Amazon, who has a bad habit of running rough shod over smaller businesses. That is exactly what the tax being forced upon its lesser Web competitors will be doing.

My findings are somewhat different than Larson’s, however. The service fee is correct, but Amazon uses third-party software solutions from a company called Vertex, which is currently the new name for (by acquisition) the old Arthur Anderson Accounting firm… you know… the CIA’s preferred accounting hijinks firm to conceal money laundering from illegal arms sales, drug sales, and terrorist payoffs. See 2002 on the firm’s timeline.

The government says they will give the software away, but do you suppose Amazon (or Vertex) will give it to them, for free? And what about firms like PayPal, where Web transactions are already complicated, and where Amazon/Vertex software will not likely fit nor be well adapted? Important, because a lot of Web marketers work out of simple Web sites which rely exclusively on PayPal for payment transactions, and have no site processing capabilities, even if handed the software, having no means of implementation short of paying someone to re-engineer their Web site.

The Supreme Court has already ruled that you cannot force a business without a physical presence in a State to collect tax for products or services paid for from persons within that State. But Congress is being asked (by Governors of Sales Tax States, naturally) to write such a law, anyway. That’s highwaymen writing laws to make highway robbery legal without even having to visit themselves upon highway travelers. Automatic holdups.

I refuse, thank you

And that notion brings us to the bottom line. Take me. I sell books. Books I wrote and self publish. This is the sweat of my brow and I will not have anyone charge a tax on one when I sell it. Nor will I do the job of tax collectors without being paid for the trouble, and certainly will not pay someone else for the trouble ‘on my behalf.’

You cannot force someone to do a job for free, that is called slavery.  So instead of the highwaymen at least confronting the travelers and demanding taxes under threat of punishment, themselves, they instead intend to force others to do so on their behalf, and or to pay a third party (i.e., Amazon/Vertex) for the privelege; this is clearly indentured servitude, and forced contractual agreements with no say so in the terms, thereof.

Hmm… sounds a lot like Obamacare, doesn’t it. Funny, that was called a tax bill, too, once the Supreme Court told them forced contractual obligations were unconstitutional. Making it a tax made it legal, somehow.

Bottom line: If you want me to collect and pay such taxes, use someone’s software or services, or see me pay a sales tax on anything I purchase from another State via the Internet, then bring your guns that you can stand over me at every transaction. Bring lots of bullets, too; say all 1.4 billion of them, because I, and perhaps many others, will probably be forcing you to duck for cover in the effort.

Else go to Hell.

O.K.  I’m calmer, now, having got that out of my system. And sure, the law only applies to businesses doing over $1M annually, and that is not (yet), me. But if anyone wishes to place an order for $1M or more in books, I WILL NOT TAX the sale, nor pay such a tax upon demand. That’s my promise… and THERE IS a harbor close enough for me to dump… well… in the absence of any bales of tea… the taxman who cometh. I’d even throw in a Congressman or two for good measure, except I can’t throw them any farther than I trust them.

 

 

 

N. Korea EMP Attack Next False Flag per Wag-The-Dog Evidence


If a military coupe planner needed an excuse for Martial Law in a hurry, what better way than to EMP the country and blame N. Korea? Such an attack from N. K. is impossible, and yet Sheeple wallow in the wag-the-dog Sheep Dip in a daze.

North Korea EMP Attack Next False Flag per Wag-The-Dog Evidence

by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

How will North Korea attack America?

What you will learn reading this post…

  • A review of signs that a false flag EMP nuclear detonation in our atmosphere will be staged;
  • A review of what such an event enables and sponsors of value to the NWO traitors;
  • What you can do to preempt and deal with consequences if it happens;
  • How you can help prevent it from happening.

Is an EMP attack against America possible?

Why I write and you should read…

Daytime EMP burst; end times headlines blog (click)

On April 3rd someone advised me that Google showed there were almost 200,000 Web sites claiming doom and gloom in the form of a North Korean EMP attack on the U.S. While many of these were the usual conspiracy theory resources (some with good reputations, some questionable, and some known disinfo organs such as federaljack.com.), unlike many conspiracy matters, there were also some mainstream news sorces carrying the story.

That, alone, made me sit up, but two days later, it had jumped to over 309,000, and is now nearly 900,000 (Korea + EMP attack.)

Even many mainstream outlets (e.g., Newsmax, Investors Business Daily, Washington Times) normally quite conservative were forecasting the darkest of all possible outcomes, some claiming up to 9 out of 10 Americans would die as result. I smelled, as did the person sending me the information, a big federal disinformation rat. Ever hear of Wag-The-Dog? Remember WMD in Iraq? That was really WTD.

If not, go rent or otherwise watch the Dustin Hofman, Robert De Niro movie with the same name, Wag The Dog. It will give you a hilarious review of EXACTLY what it is, and how it works, in a tongue-in-cheek presentation of real-World disinformation tactics employed by the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex. It’s all about manipulating people so they won’t question government crimes.

This EMP attack story is particularly disconcerting because it smacks of portending a false flag attack by our own government for reasons explained herein. Shades of the hit TV series Revolution, in fact, where there is sudden loss of power and political chaos results, almost as if the TV show was to prep us for what is to come that we might be easier to subdue in appreciation to military ‘rescue.’

What is an EMP attack?

What is an EMP attack?

When a nuclear bomb is set off, huge bursts of radiation of all manner are released in an unstoppable flood. Everything from heat and light to atomic radiation. Normally such bombs are used for their physical destruction capability, eviscerating a core area and causing blast and fire damage over a much broader area, and radioactively poisoning and rendering unsafe an even greater area. But there is another, more tactical use.

It is widely known but little spoken of, untill late (wag-the-dog tactic: foster massive dialogs in support of false story point), that if such a device is detonated high in the atmosphere over an enemy territory, the sudden burst of gamma rays creates  a massive electromagnetic pulse (EMP.)  So massive, in fact, that it destroys or interferes with most anything electronic. Motors, generators, and many digital and non digital components are, in fact, destroyed if in operation at the time, and some items will be harmed even if not in use, unless sufficiently shielded. The entire power grid would, in fact, fail and be extremely difficult to repair for a long, long time.

The result in such an attack on a modern society is total and instantaneous transportation into the Stone Age (more correctly, perhaps, the 18th Century, the agricultural age). But given that modern societies have no infrastructures in place which rely upon 18th Century technology, it might as well be the Stone Age. The ONLY defense against EMP attacks is to destroy the warhead in flight to destination, one of the reasons America has stubbornly tried to develop anti-ballistic missile systems since the time of Reagan and, truth be known, before.

But I note that wag-the-dog disinformation tends not to mention this factuality. Better if we think we are defenseless, where the only benefit to such a belief exists if one intends a false flag event.

Note: most of what is written from this point forward is covered, along with other related topics, in great detail in my four volume book set, Fatal Rebirth, including copies of the Constitutions mentioned below, with analysis. Want a free ebook of volume one? The book literally predicted 9-11 and resulting Middle East wars, and much, much more. It also predicted false flag attacks would be used to justify the Martial Law and subsequent events discussed herein, and what can be done about it.

What is a false flag event?

The nature of False Flag attacks

When a country wishes to start a war or enact some terribly repressive changes in political/governmental paradigms, it is historically common to stage a fake attack by some designated group or country as fall-guy. The people become enraged and demand retaliation, enabling a war, and wax super-patriotic and tolerant of any losses of freedoms or dramatic shifts in the structure of government to ‘better assure victory.’ Wag-the-dog rhetoric is required well before the event to paint the would-be source of the attack as a very dangerous opponent, vile and full of unchecked hatred — but the real purpose is to build fear and hatred of the ‘enemy.’

Internationally, the country employing false flag is seen as innocent victim, and may bash away at their new enemy freely, perhaps even recruiting ally nations. In some cases, even the people in the target country think their own country guilty as charged, which can foster an underground or more overt revolt which further helps assure victory. Only their leaders know the truth, but who will believe their claims?

Not very many beyond the most loyal, not many that count. Wag-the-dog efforts must, therefore, include ‘evidences’ after the fact, but one clue is that such evidences may seem just a little too convenient and quick to be located — such as the old reliable and oft used ‘found wallet’ belonging to the terrorits. Sheeple really are stupid to fall for that time and again. It has been used about six times, now.

All that is required is to stage a single, large-scale or politically sensitive event (e.g., assassination), or several smaller events which can be tied together at the desired time, all ‘evidence’ pointing to the same (false) source, also a job for the wag-the-dog folks. Hitler used the Reichstag Fire, burning of the beloved national library and many rare books, which was blamed on the Communists to justify changes in governmental structure which altered Germany from a Republic to a one-man show controlled by the fascist Nazi party. It launched the World down the path to WWII.

How can you spot false flag events?

Detecting false flag operations

Robert Dinero as spooky government disinformationalist Brean in Wag the Dog; “Why do people go to war?”          “The War of the future will be nuclear terrorism…              and there ain’t no war but ours.”

The Truther movement can offer a great deal of evidence that Sept. 11 was such an operation, and in fact, as I will offer in another post (and detail in Fatal Rebirth), most, if not all, terrorism against America and elsewhere, is demonstrably false flag in nature. All that is needed to establish or illustrate a false flag event is to use one’s brain in review of the basic facts, which, of course, Sheeple don’t know how to do because they’ve been dumbed down by psyops TV programming technology, rich with wag-the-dog. False flags look like this:

a) there is an abundance of early, pre-event wag-the-dog negative media coverage painting the bad guys as evil and out of control, building them up as a huge threat — perhaps even a specific threat;

(e.g. pre 9-11, Osama bin Laden was not exactly a household word, not even amongst the many radical Muslim terror groups, but he had an excellent PR firm, called CIA, who was fond of trotting out videos of him making threats, and listing him as prime suspect in prior attacks — while a CIA station chief pays him a visit in a Saudi hospital.)

b) the event takes place and immediate evidence is produced;

(e.g., within mere hours of 9-11, a terrorist’s wallet was found ‘laying in the street amid debris’, and other evidence sufficient to allow President Bush to provide the full names of all 19 alleged participants.)

c) the official story and available facts conflict, often in spades;

(e.g. 9-11 hijack flight passengers used cell phones to call relatives; cell phones did not work in flight in those days)

d) it contains nonsensical or illogical, impossible facts, or ‘magic bullet’ explanations;

(e.g. the nose of the South Tower plane passes completely through the building in tact, but nothing larger than a shard is found of it on the ground — no plane blown up by missile, by bomb, or fuel tank explosion has ever had the nose section destroyed so utterly, large sections of it should have been found.)

e) there are signs of a cover up regarding evidence: vanishing, altering, or manufacturing of evidence;

(e.g. Flight 993 cratered into a field, again with only shards remaining, and yet the crater is shown by earlier satellite images to have existed as a geographic feature well before 9-11. No FAA investigations looking at serial numbers of parts, either.)

f) there is a wag-the-dog disinformation effort evident; a cover up;

(e.g., American media refused to report what international media had already reported: that the date of the Afghan invasion was set, and allies arranged for prior to the 9-11 event, and that the Defense Policy Board had presented a PowerPoint presentation at DOD which, in fact, laid out a series of domino wars and revolutions in the Middle East to put radical Muslims into power as puppet governments — the Hashemites. It also failed to tell you that the top two men in the new Afghani government are ex CIA/DOD employees who also worked with Chevron Oil with Condaleeza Rice trying to get the Taliban to agree to an oil/gas pipeline deal pre 9-11. This is meticulously detailed in Fatal Rebirth, which has over 1,500 footnotes.)

g) there is an attempt to discredit anyone who questions the official story, and offer lame excuses for conflicting facts;

(e.g., Truthers are constantly ridiculed and labeled in casual remarks by media and governmentals as mere ‘conspiracy theorists,’ called traitors, insane, and even terrorists — more wag-the-dog disinfo. In ‘debunking’ various Truther claims, almost every one of the 25 Rules of Disinformation have been employed.)

h) an official investigative body (i.e., special ‘independent’ prosecutor, Grand Jury, panel, commission) is established to ‘find the truth, no matter where it leads,’ but they selectively examine evidence, alter, vanish, or falsify evidence, and are generally made up of people who benefit;

(e.g., the 9-11 “Independent Commission” was entirely, save one, made up of Bush cronies, each of which had previously bailed him out or were in his debt. Some had ties to the very institutions and technologies used in the attacks. And as Truthers easily point out, their efforts were white wash in nature with respect to manipulating, hiding evidence. All but two of the 12 had intelligence community ties. See table of cronyism toward bottom of this Noilwar! page.)

i) there is evidence of prior knowledge and/or media complicity.

(e.g., the Pentagon was making plans for emergency response in event of aircraft crashing into the Pentagon — photo of models planes and firetrucks and Pentagon with military brass in Fatal Rebirth… – or – BBC news in a live report announced that Building 7 of the WTC collapsed while it was still standing in the background… and then it collapsed on air, later, causing the Reporter to ad, “Oh, there it goes, now.” Google removes the vid, and BBC claims they lost the footage.)

Collectively, even individually, such wag-the-dog tactics are nothing more than a cover up. Whenever a cover up is in play, it is proof of a conspiracy, because if for no other reason, than to effect a cover up REQUIRES a conspiracy of players. Further, as there is no reason for a cover up unless there is an original criminal act, that, too, is part of the conspiracy.

Why would happen in an EMP attack?

What is the value in an EMP attack to Globalists here, and abroad?

As I have written of in many prior posts, there is an existing intent, in response to a perceived cause, to declare Martial Law and suspend the Constitution, and establish a new military government. This is out of the mouth of one of the nation’s top military leaders. You can bet that door-to-door searches and seizure of guns will follow, as was done in Katrina.

We next start to see mainstream media actually cover the fact that the military is practicing raids on American cities, in some cases with helicopter gattling guns blazing, and troops repelling, doors being blown off of buildings. They have never covered such events this way, before, indirectly indicating it is wag-the-dog psyops, again prepping citizens for future events. But of late, the quantity and intensity of such violations of Posse Comitatus has skyrocketed to include many major cities, indicating something big is on the horizon.

There is further the general intent by Globalists to establish a new Constitution for the NewStates of America, and the World Constitution, both documents already written (and both reproduced and analyzed in Fatal Rebirth), which makes rights more like a privileges, and provides an endless array of reasons, methods, and governmental authorities who can rescind them at any time, even retroactively, for individuals, groups, or all citizens.

Moreover, it enables the formation of the North American Union, and makes easier the acceptance of U.N. Treaties without ‘violation’ of ‘national sovereignty’ or the (new) Constitution. End Game ensues; the one-World government is formed (the World Constitution is ratified (already ratified in some countries), and the Antichrist can be seated.

Can you predict a false flag attack?

What are the signs EMP false flag may be afoot?

To answer this, we go back to our signs from above. I suspect that CIA types have infiltrated the N. Korean government to act as agent provocateurs assigned to stir up the young leader to his current state of rhetoric and provocative acts. The true likelihood of them launching an attack is nill, as indicated, below. But for a false flag event to enjoy any plausibility, there must be a seed basis for blaming another party.

a) there is an abundance of early wag-the-dog negative media coverage painting the bad guys as evil and out of control, building them up as a huge threat — perhaps even a specific threat;

(N. K. stories started weeks ago, and then suddenly the web was awash with EMP stories, both mainstream and Web.)

b) the event takes place;

c) the official story and available facts conflict, often in spades;

(Such conflicts are already known: an EMP attack requires an intercontinental ballistic missile and a large hydrogen bomb, both technologies at much lower states of development in N. Korea than required for the job — according to an insider analysts who should know  — but who cannot say so publicly because it would blow his security clearance.)

d) it contains nonsensical or illogical, impossible facts, or ‘magic bullet’ explanations;

(This would only become apparent after the event, explanations forced to address any major holes in the official story — they might claim it was a high-altitude weather ballon-delivered device that escaped detection.)

e) there are signs of a cover up regarding evidence: vanishing, altering, or manufacturing of evidence;

(also post event)

f) there is a wag-the-dog disinformation effort evident;

(We have a taste: there are currently nearly 900 thousand Web articles forecasting EMP attack on the U.S. by N. Korea, some of which are mainstream, but most of which stem from a select few sources associated with government disinfo sources such as Sorcha Faal, who is often used by DHS and State Department. These, in turn, are replicated and virally spread as if trustworthy, typically enlisting the aid of those conspiracy theorists prone to not well checking sources or examining the basic facts; fear mongering.)

g) there is an attempt to discredit anyone who questions the official story;

(Currently, there is hardly anyone in this category to discredit. I knew of only know seven of us when writing this, who consider EMP a false flag scenario. But we are ahead of the curve: this is normally a post event phenomenon, and until and unless naysayers abound or have a major following and are widely believed, there is no reason to bother labeling us insane, etc. Worse, an EMP event negates the need as there will be no media/Web platform for dissenting views and swaying anyone in the first place.)

h) An official investigation;

(Also a post event item, and again in this case, no need, as there is no way to get the ‘report’ out to anyone.)

i) prior knowledge.

(also post event.)

I will add one more thing, also from my reluctant resource. Any such actual detonation of a device will leave a fingerprint. Nuclear devices put out radiation signatures which can identify the maker of the device. In like manner, it is impossible to launch a missile from that part of the World without it being detected, and tracked. Indeed, a false flag missile would be detected. Many countries around the globe have the technical ability to monitor these fingerprints.

However, ONLY those in power (and their agents who run the equipment employed) in those countries are the ones who would know the truth. You would think it represents a de facto attack on their country to one degree or another, given the release of radiation. Regardless, given that most such countries are Globalist controlled (e.g., the European Community) or otherwise U.S. allies, even to include Russia — you cannot depend on their honesty.

They will likely say ‘Yup, N. Korea did it!’  Others, like China, may say ‘Not possible! It was a U.S. device.’ The number and nature of opposing nations will determine the degree of plausible deniability at home and abroad. A few dissenting nations known to be less than friendly toward America will be dismissed easily. But if any neutral (watch South America) countries concur, then you will see a magic bullet explantion offered to counter; scientific mumbo jumbo to discredit or counter such claims. But here, no one will hear any of those arguments, so who cares what others are saying?

How to prepare for EMP attack?

What can you do to preempt, or prepare?

Preempting such a false flag event is easy: just spread the word. Share this post, replicate it, make it viral, and so forth. Kick Sheeple in the butt and wake them up, teach them to use their brain, and make disciple activist of them if you can. If we can get 200,000 posts revealing it a false flag out there, they are less likely to feel safe in fostering it.

Preparation is easy enough, but tactically difficult in many cases, and costly. There are several areas of concern, most of which can be usefully addressed with some effort and or money, but some defy good solution for many of us:

There will be total loss of electrical power, and it will be long-term.  A good portable gasoline-driven generator will become worth its weight in Gold. But because gas stations will not be able to pump gas until they can establish their own generators, you will also need a goodly supply. Because it is not particularly safe to store a lot of gasoline in the garage, an Oil furnace tank becomes the better solution. The generator should be stored in a well shielded location, or covered with a metallic ‘blanket,’ or grounded mesh. You should have spare fuses and circuit breakers for every such item in your home.

There will be serious interruptions in the flow of food, water, and all goods. Even when goods can be found, most key items will be seized by FEMA. The price will be sky high an anything you can find as it will all revert to black markets, though FEMA and authorities will eventually use deadly force to attempt remedy. The first interruption could last for many months. So a good Emergency Kit of critical items and supplies is very valuable. The ability to quickly become self reliant (e.g., like a farmer) may make a significant difference in the ability to long survive. Rainwater collection may be appropriate, and despite alarmist concerns about radiation levels, it will remain safe. Regardless, plan on distilling all water prior to consumption, because water can only be stored for so long before things tend to start growing in the containers.

Transportation will be almost non existent. Any vehicle in operation at the time of the attack, and many newer (computerized) vehicles not in operation may no longer run, requiring replacement of many components before they will run (generators, alternators, various computer components, sensors, controls, switches, etc.) So now you know what spare parts to stockpile in a heavily shielded storage. Those few that do run will quickly become highly sought targets for theft. Vehicle security will take on a whole new definition and importance.

No single existing security scheme will seem adequate, and one may need to be willing to run over or shoot people trying to hijack you when traveling. Having at least one vehicle at all times not in operation, and of older technology with lots of spare parts in hand. Don’t forget windshield wiper and heater fan motors, and multiple sets of spare tires, as well, because tires will become targets for disabling a working vehicle. Have bicycles, scooters, and other alternatives available, too — but travel only in the case of dire need, or be prepared to defend yourself in the effort.

Computers, radio gear, and other digital systems not shielded from EMP are at significant risk. Those in operation will surely die, those not in operation and not well shielded may die. Walkie talkies, short wave radios, and computers, digital cameras, infrared goggles, and other critical devices should be placed in an Emergency Kit and the kit should be well shielded. A Farady cage (e.g., chicken coup wire mesh, or better), with a grounding wire, is best, but even just wrapping in aluminum foil may be sufficient, especially if stored beneath layers of buildig structure, such as in a basement. Of course, a TON of rechargeable batteries are in order with rechargers for use with the gas generator.

There will be rampant criminality: those caught without preparation will not see relief from FEMA or the Military early enough to prevent a ‘survival of the fittest’ mentality from taking over. If you have food, water, a generator, or a working vehicle, YOU BECOME A TARGET. You will need to be well armed and have security provisions in place against assaults on your home or your person when you travel. It will be in the best interests of the military to let things go crazy… to let people use up their ammunition and grow desperate for survival goods so that when they do come to help, we will be willing to cooperate in any way they demand, including forfeiture of our guns and other properties, accepting a new Constitution, and so forth.

No immediate help, not even from the military. Even if they wanted to help, they will be quite preoccupied in a war with N. Korea, and likely, Red China. We will hear only rumors, of course, because radio, TV, and the WWW will be none existent. That’s why helping to establish Web Walker, now NNN OSP (the Nodular Netizen Network Open Source Project — a 100% citizen-owned and operated wireless network which is operable even in disaster) may be of great value. NNN will also be useful against Web 2.0. When Internet services are reestablished (outside of Web Walker), they will be VERY government friendly; no politically correct sites will be found, only government approved information and globalist firms, and all Web data will be transparent and readable by the intelligence agencies at will. Support NNN OSP!

This is a bleak picture. Ask yourself, if FEMA was really there to prevent disaster and help in times of disaster, would there not be some such advice as this coming from them? No. The Globalists need a catalyst to propel them into power. It is not in their best interests to protect you from such chaos, or warn you of the risks and protections you can effect yourself.

They need to destroy the country if they are to advance to the next stage… and to insure you are without guns when they do — or at least out of ammunition. I hope you noticed there is a shortage of ammunition right now, in part because DHS has ordered 1.4 billion rounds in Satanic quantities for (?).

I’ve Defrauded and Deluded Myself, I Am Not Me, But I AM


We go through life thinking we know who we are and why we do what we do, but like Actors who start believing they are the sum of their Press Clippings and the heroic characters they play, we are frauds. It took a simple but powerful video to teach me the truth, something I once knew, but lost sight of.

I once was lost, but now am found.

by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

What you will learn reading this post…

  • I’m a fool, and have been offering knowledge as if expert and wise, when in fact, I fall short;
  • While my advice and opinions are based on truth and logic, I should have offered a better, more useful message;
  • That message does not betray my beliefs and life experiences, but instead, explains them, and gives them meaning;
  • That it should be the same for you as it was for me, if you will but open your heart and consider it;

Whre can I get help when no one believes my story?

A note of apology: a technical glitch with wordpress refuses to let me format the document correctly, making it a little difficult to separate paragraphs. No matter what I do, it displays as intended in preview mode, but not in actual URL access. I regret any inconvenience.

Introspection: the most valuable tool an investigative author could possibly have (examine yourself, first). From heartofaleaer blog (click)

I’m talking about me, H. Michael Sweeney, aka the Professional Paranoid, activist author, and consultant on privacy/security, and abuse of power topics. People come to me for help all the time, and I’ve started to believe in the value of my advice as much as they hope it to be of value in their desperation. Well, my advice may be good some of the time (more often than not, I have always thought, based on feedback), but even so, I’ve not quite been offering the best advice, in the best possible way.

This self examination also translates to my abuse of power issues of which I so frequently write, as everything I tend to blog about is so much in parallel to the basic aspects of things now clearly revealed to me because of simple but powerful video, that I’m hoping those who read my blog posts as activists, will see that parallel as well. It’s not just about me, its about everything in the World and how we deal with it. Let me explain by first going back in time. Some of you who have read my material before may know some of this, but as Paul Harvey used to say, its time “For the rest of the story…”

I doubt you’ve ever had to go up against dirty cops, bounty hunters, and CIA/FBI types, some of whom wanted to kill you (e.g., gun in folded newspaper, sniper’s nest carved out of branches high in a hillside tree outside your bedroom window through which came a targeting laser at night, being chased by up to eight cars in a high speed chases). This is the kind of high adventure we all enjoy seeing in action movies and television, but its an entirely different perspective when you are the hopeful hero, and your opponents are not acting under legal authority, and there is no acting, but actual intent to harm.
I’m rather certain that you, as lone individual, could not well square off against an enemy that has dozens of players to help them, such that their war against you as their target unfolds 24/7, but you are only able to devote but a few hours of tactics each day. More so the problem when they have an unlimited budget and the best technical toys money can buy — and you have only what you own around the home, and a modest income and savings, which they also target and erode.
I doubt you have ever had to come home to find men with walkie-talkies fleeing your house, or find it had been broken into and every computer and every disk in the house upon which could be stored data, even those secreted away in storage areas, had been stolen — or discover that the neighbor across the street, a Forward Marine Observer retired for wounds acquired in service in Iraq, upon returning home across the street with his Mother… was, as casually and (unwisely) revealed in bragging by his Mother, approached by CIA Agents who asked him to work for them… and later, learning from a professional investigator retired from the State Police in another state that Infrared Night Goggle vision surveillance of your home was being conducted from that neighbor’s home, and further confirmed that all phones in your home and select other devices were ‘bugged’.
I doubt you’ve had your mail regularly pilfered, learning time and again that people trying to reach your home-based business had sent you mail you never received, some of it being orders for product, and like interference of inbound telephone calls where your phone is never answered, when at your end, it never rang at all, or that harassment telephone calls to family at all hours, and other calls known to be from your opponents — magically did not appear on telephone company call records. I doubt you’ve ever had the Consulate in another country literally beg you to provide them with copies of your business Newsletter to distribute to potential clients, only to then have the U.S. State Department suddenly, out of the blue, declare your Newsletter ‘Illegal’ under the laws in that country, but refusing to cite the law, or answer further questions.
I doubt you’ve had to suffer nightly assaults on your home, attempted break ins within moments of retiring for the night… night after night. Or, upon calling the Police, have them ignore evidence offered of the break in, ignore the fact that your spouse agreed with your descriptions of events, and instead elected in their Police Report to say only things which made the whole affair seem imagined, implying you a Paranoidal Schizophrenic, even suggesting County Mental Health should be contacted.
Imagine how you would feel, realizing it odd that this Officer responded within mere seconds of dialing 9-11, and later, would try to kill you. Such events, for me, were one reason I based the title theme of my first book upon the topic of Paranoia; for I quickly learned that someone who reports such things is quickly labeled paranoid, because no one wants to believe in the Boogyman, least of all people who are part of the System from within which he seems to come.
Ergo, there was no one to turn to for help. No authorities would listen. Even friends and relatives find such stories hard to believe, and tend turn away with denial of any truly useful help. And yet help came.
And even when it was clearly the help of other Men, it was also clear their help originated from God, typically quite unexpected and coincidental, or a highly unlikely source, such as a total stranger offering $250 and saying, “Something tells me you need this more than I do,” at a time when I was trying to find a way to afford a high quality audio tape recording system as defensive tool. And when things seemed bleakest, an old competitor in a prior business called me up  after ten years of no contact, and offered me a significant position in a new business enterprise, one which would lead to more such helps in time, and become a safe haven of sorts.
I lived such a life for nearly five years, and in almost EVERY battle, enjoyed victory, or was at least protected from more serious losses than intended. The James Bondian nightmare was at long last ended by literally discovering the truth about why I was targeted. I had, it seems, accidentally learned of illegal crimes which they feared I might expose. They wanted to know what I really knew, who else knew, and who was ‘helping me’ to best them, that they might destroy us all and be safe. But there were none others, not any they could find or believe existent.
They could not believe me acting alone, because time and again I detected those who covertly worked against me and exposed them such that they were embarrassed to their superiors, and set aside for someone I could not recognize on sight, next time. I eventually identified every player, where they lived and worked, and discovered the truth of their varied criminal enterprises, and those dark things they were hoping to protect by targeting me. In short, they themsleves led me to understand the very thing they feared: knowledge of their sins.
Phone numbers, license plates, public and, in some cases, private records, etc., were gained on key persons and firms not just locally, but nationally, all the way to Washington, D.C. and beyond. I even had covert White House, NSA, World Bank, and like phone numbers before it was said and done, and access to logbooks within Federal offices and even entire roll-a-dex and index card systems from the desk of one of my main opponent’s managers. And I never had to violate a law to do it. God was my key to their secretive locks.
I even managed frequent access to their innermost places without detection. I laugh, recalling walking into one of their covert offices, and the man seated there, a recognized opponent, falling out of his chair to the floor in surprise! In another example, a truly high-security area was discovered in a way that caused three people encountered there to scurry from my eyesight like cockroaches, placing folders to their faces, doing about faces, closing doors, and so forth. Evil cannot hide its face quickly enough, it seems.
I think their disbelief was largely because they also did not believe in God. Why I so believe is the where we are headed in the telling.
In the end, I won the war, thought the net cost to me was personally quite high. Forced into bankruptcy, forced to sell our wonderful hillside dream home, loss of the very computers used in my work and an insurance claim thwarted by enemy tactics so they could not be replaced, a foster daughter who asked to be taken out of our home because she did not feel safe, and in time, severe blows to the bonds between other family members. I rank my financial loss at about a quarter million, but it appears they spent that much to destroy me in a single month. Their money bought them little, diluted by God, as were their endless man-hours of effort against me.
It’s absolutely true. In the end, I indeed did win, but not of my own cleverness or determination. I had reluctantly entered into that battle with no special skills or training of their caliber, and throughout the battle had no weapons as they might count weapons. Yet from the very first day of their presence in my life, almost every skirmish of true importance would be mine. It was, at times, turning out to be such a comedy of errors to my favor, that it literally became fun to do battle.
All this I did, and yet, not I. There was indeed another.
You see, my chief weapons were mere words, and a belief in Good over Evil. The words were the Word of God, and were the heart and meat of Good, as well as other core beliefs, and an abiding Faith. I was only a few years earlier caught up in a cult, and knew not what I believed, and understood not the truth of God and Man, and Satan’s role in my life. And yet I was saved, and I grew daily in the Word such that the Truth was at last mine, and I was set FREE! So free, in fact, that NO MAN, no matter their abilities and resources, could truly harm me without God’s permission. That belief was my armor against all-powerful opponents and impossible odds of survival.
It was proven almost daily each and every year of battle. Also provided for during the darkest of financial threats fostered by my enemy, was our daily bread. A source of income sufficient, sometimes even exactly equal to the cost of minimal foodstuffs required for the day — would become available that day, or the day before — or at other times, it might be on a weekly or other basis. Other magical moments also addressed such needs in ways not involving money, at all. We lived by Matthew 6:25-27, alone for long periods of time.
That’s all behind me now by more than a decade, and though I have written seven books which generally assault the face of my old enemy and his newer counterparts, those responsible for dark bumps in the night of recent American history, my opponents largely leave me alone, now. The worst I’ve gotten is hate mail from a sitting President for exposing ties to CIA for both him and his wife. I’m still protected by what I learned, and they fear me, or more correctly, what I know and might reveal if harmed.
What a shame that any citizen of any land should need to blackmail their way to safety. But I traded one dark set of secrets which I keep safe, to keep me and family safe, and to allow me to now speak openly of other things without reprisal. It became the basis of a new livelihood as activist author, lecturer, and consultant on privacy and security, and abuse of power. It redefined me and gave me new purpose, to help others who have been called ‘paranoid,’ but who are not, people who can get help no where else.
What can we learn by humbling ourselves?

The Revelation

And so, in sensing a kind of invulnerability, I find myself becoming, like many Hollywood actors, a little bit too self assured. Like them, I now realize, I’ve started to believe my own public image; a false perception. I am not the hero of my life people presume by the outcome of exploits, and certainly not the Knight who comes to save them from Men in Black or other dark threats.
I am nothing without God, can do nothing without Him. Oh, sure, I give little credits to Faith and quotes of scripture when I hand out advice and recount my victories, but in my innermost view of self, I’ve wandered from full reliance upon the true power of the Word, and become conceited as if I really were a mighty warrior, wisened and ever alert, that person my enemies imagined me to be.
I had fallen back asleep, succumbed by the misty aura of public attention and pleas for help, a kind of sad fan mail. I have become pretender, forgetful of things learned of great value.
Today, however, one of the ‘sheep’ who comes to me seeking help reminded me of one of my own slogans, something I used to employ when I was an instructor. I used to say, that one reason I liked to teach was, that no matter how much one knew as a teacher, and how little a student might know, if the teacher did their job right, both would learn something from one another. This young woman, now experiencing targeting somewhat like my own, in seeking me out from afar to ask advice, helped knock me off my pedestal of self promotion, and bring me back to Earth in a grounded way. She reawakened me, and taught me that which I had forgotten.
She sent me a simple but very powerful video, thinking I would like it because, as I tell all my clients, you must “Put on the Armor of God,” to be victorious against evil; Ephesians 6:10-18.
Well, I must tell you I was completely unprepared, and the video was indeed irresistible, and it was VERY powerful. Though I was pressed for time, I took the time, and watched it not once, but three times. Every time I got to the part which actually involved Putting on the Armor of God, I broke into tears. Even so now just writing of it, this very moment, my eyes water in remembrance.
You see, in the video, the truth was graphically shown. It was not ME… IT NEVER WAS. It could not possibly be me, nor even YOU, no matter your true strength or resources… IT CAN NEVER BE.
WE do not put on the Armor of God, or do any of the things we think we do in Christ’s name. Nor, for the matter, can we do anything to be saved in the first place. It is HE who does the work. He calls us to salvation. He works in our hearts to draw us unto him, and redemption. He then arms us with what we need to do battle. The only thing he asks us to do, is to be willing to do battle, a willingness born of belief in Him and his Word, and out of love for Him and his Word.
He asks only that we allow him to enter into us to be our inner strength of body and mind, and to cloth us with his white raiments that we are Justifed and pure, enfolded in his Grace, the impenetrable and almighty Armor of God. His Holy Spirit fills us, and thus filled, our sinful nature yields, and is fled.
But as I have learned from my young friend and her thoughtfully provided video. We slip. We forget. We build up the sinful Man yet again, and again, bits at a time, and even in leaps and bounds. But the beauty of God’s Armor is that it is not tarnished, but renewed and polished. All it takes for this renewal is to once more acknowledge the Word, and truly contemplate it, embrace it, believe it, and most of all, LIVE IT, once more.
Forgive the length of this missive. A writer cannot stop typing so easily as to simply say, ‘Please watch this video.’ I’m going to watch it every morning for a week, and I’m betting I will have one of the best weeks of my life doing so. Join me, please, and remember from whence life and Free Will comes. Why would we ever choose to live a life without acknowledging and honoring the source of it?
Know also, if you click the Youtube user’s link you will find more videos of such quality and Meat as this, from someone previously unknown to me, the Ellerslie Mission Society  who has a Website where the same videos, and more such bounty is found.
Pleas consider to share, reblog, etc. It is more important and valuable than any other helps or advice I’ve ever given elsewhere in my books, Web offerings, radio interviews, and consultancy, etc.
For I am not that I think I am; I become what truly I AM when the Holy Spirit works through me.
I AM, for those who don’t quite get my drift, is the actual name of God given to Moses. You can do nothing except by IAM, because every small thing you do is, in your mind, preceded with the thought… “I am going to change the channel… get a drink of water… go to bed, etc.”  Acts born of evil temptation, on the other hand, start with conclusive edicts “Grab it while no one is looking… kill him… make up a lie, etc.”
But these are mere suggestions introduced by Satan, and have no power at all except by the individual’s own Free Will, which is also God’s gift to use. That’s what it means when you forecast an act; “I will call you tomorrow,” is you stating you Will it should be so, doing so FREELY. Why would we ever choose to use it for anything but right-use-ness?
I will be better in serving you in future blogs, more mindful of who I AM, really. Our battles with the New World Order as a group, We the People, and micro battles between targeted individuals with Men in Black… these are no different than Christ vs. Satan on the Day of Armedgeddon, or lesser battles, such as a small boy tempted to steal a piece of candy. In all such cases, if those on the side of Good fight wearing the Armor of God, they will prevail. We do ourselves and our cause disservice when we forget that point and fight purely with our own strength in bitterness.
Forgive my bitterness. It was born of forgetfulness.

Has NDAA Made Shooting Federal Agents, Soldiers, and Cops Legal?


No court should ever find one guilty of murder or manslaughter if defending their own lives from murder or kidnapping. For many people, NDAA, and violations of Posse Comitatus by military represents such a threat, and more recently, the Monsanto Protection Act. Therefore, we all might ought to so consider their reasoning; if one man should so fear the tyrannical act of their government, so then should we all.

by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

Reading this post you will learn…

  • That self defense is a right, perhaps even when facing authorities acting legally;
  • That NDAA threatens EVERYONE’s life and liberty if it threatens even ONE;
  • That NDAA may just have let loose the Dogs of War, one confrontation at a time.

 Can you shoot a lawman or soldier lawfully exercising his duty and still claim self defense?

Are Molotov Cocktails ever self defense? (click) From interesting art collection feedtacoma.com

In a casual conversation with some friends, an interesting dialog evolved which led to some serious debate and troubling afterthought at the implications of what had been said. It started simply. The topic of NDAA, having come up, someone replied, “Given that the government can simply haul someone away without any form of due process, and vanish them to some hell hole in Cuba or elsewhere for torture, endless imprisonment, I’m wondering…”

He was invited to continue. “Suppose some activist feels targeted by government in heavy-handed ways… someone who has been forced to a paranoiac defensive posture as result… and some Federal agents decide to show up for some reason.  What happens if he figures they are there to vanish him like some South American dictatorship?  What if he acts in self defense and pops the agents before they can do much more than flash their badges. Would that be reasonable self defense? Even if they were only there for some more innocent reason?”

“Or…” added another, “suppose someone started shooting at soldiers or Cops when they engage in these so-called ‘mock drills’ with Police in urban settings… thinking that the soldiers were coming after them or their guns. I’m surprised that pop shots haven’t already been fired.”

And I would have added, if the conversation were taking place today, the day Barry Sorento signed the Monsanto Protection Act… “Suppose someone burns down a Monsanto factory and ends up killing company employees in the process, trying to prevent the company from poisoning everyone with GMO crops, knowing that now, it is illegal to seek redress in the courts for cause? Would that be self defense?”

I know. You are probably thinking what I was thinking. Absurd questions. No one could convince a jury the FBI or the Army was there to kill them, or that the mere appearance of Agents or soldiers was logically a threat, right? Or arson and resulting deaths? And that is what caused the conversation to get interesting, because that very doubt sparked a lot of verbal wrestling in anecdotal exchanges.  We eventually pinned the issue to the mat with a chain of logic which indeed deserves further consideration, here.

“There was this case I saw in the news,” another started, and he proceeded to describe something I myself recalled seeing, once he got out the details — which actually hit a little close to home, as will be explained shortly. “This Black guy, a known felon, used an illegal machine pistol to gun down a bunch of cops who had just busted down his door to serve a warrant. He went to jail, but not for their murder. It was ruled self defense. Imagine. A Black kills White cops in New York, and gets away with it?”

“How is that possible?” asked another.

“I saw a reenactment on TV,” I offered. “He was seated with his back to the door, watching TV in the dark with the volume up. Seven Cops entered the front door after a knock with guns drawn, and shouted for him. He had a fully automatic Ingram there on his armrest with 30 rounds, because some bad cops had already threatened his life. So he instinctively grabbed the gun and emptied it on full-auto and dove for cover, and then made good an escape. All but one of the cops died, despite wearing vests. He feared for his life, and once apprehended, the Defense was able to prove in court a reasonable basis for that fear. They got him on weapons charges, but not murder.”

Then I told them how easily I could identify with that. I recounted true events about a time when my first brush with ‘spooks,’ where some of those arrayed against me were in-place assets within five different local law enforcement agencies. When my investigations got close to unraveling their criminal enterprises, several of them apparently felt their offices gave them cart blanch to ‘get away with murder’ to protect their part in matters. They unilaterally sought to eliminate me, it seems:

a)  a County Sheriff from a distant County threatened me with a gun in a folded newspaper, but was turned away due to a security camera’s presence after I pointed it out to him;
b) a local cop, with a possible helper as getaway driver, carved out a sniper’s nest in a tree on a hill outside my bedroom, from which a laser beam shown through my window as I retired in the dark one night — but I saw the beam drawing down the wall and rolled out of bed to avoid it;
c)  that same cop later used a patrol car as a weapon. He zoomed onto the empty freeway from an entrance as I passed it, no lights or siren (not even headlights, until after he fled the scene). He crossed six lanes at about a 45 degree angle to force me to run me off the road on the far side at a bridge abutment, himself swerving into the parking meridian to avoid crashing himself, because I had managed to successfully evaded a side-swipe and retained control without ending up in the river;
d) two patrol cars pulled me over at an underpass at two AM in the morning, joined by several more pairs of cars both ahead of and behind me; County, local Police, and unmarked units. It was an ambush. But my wife turned out to be present, so they ‘explained’ their stop: “You have a burned out tail light.”  Uh huh.

There were other incidents not quite as scary, too, involving high-speed chases with up to six vehicles, and a series of break ins by men with walkie talkies. So I had every reason to be paranoid about cops in those times. If you want to know how I ended these problems, read my book set, Fatal Rebirth, which also explains why I had become targeted in the first place. But here is the part which directly relates, also in the book: you can imagine my surprise when, after all those threats, two local Sheriffs walked in my front door without so much as knocking.

Had I had a gun sitting on my sofa arm, I would likely have at the least leveled it on them and demand their hands up. Fortunately, there were extenuating circumstances and their purpose was no true threat, and I had no such gun to risk any undue complications. But I would certainly have considered my actions to have been in self defense had it been so. I surely could relate to the story being cited.

With that realization, the dialog between us started to examine the questions asked more carefully. What follows are some additional observations and conclusions which illuminate the matter more thoughtfully, some of which include references to appropriate quotes. Some were offered at the time, others are added here, by me.

1) The Bill of Rights has as its sole purpose the intent, beyond cementing the integrity of government’s covenant with We, The People, that all citizens should be able to pursue happiness, and enjoy life and liberty, and carefully spells out a series of interlocking safeguarding Amendments to insure it so. One has no liberty if kidnappable on demand, and no assurance to life when torture and murder are part of the kidnapper’s tools. While it does not specifically addresses self defense as topic, it was concluded that “the Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Amendments specifically assure us that the Man who would be King’s portion of NDAA has no force of Constitutional law behind it”, as it tramples on these rights in the worst possible ways. Me.

2)  Seven people felt so terrorized by NDAA’s threat upon their lives as activists and journalists reporting on sins of government that they went to Court. These included Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Chris Hedges, MIT Professor Noam Chomsky, and Daniel Ellsberg who was a focal point in the Pentagon Papers and Watergate debacles in the 60s, both exposing the Federal government’s abuses of the day. Supporters of Wikileaks were also party to the suit. A lawyer for the group said “There’s a lot of activists who understand how serious this is, but it’s less well known to the general public.”

3) We concurred in commentary on the case that, “Because the ‘war on terror’ is a war on a tactic, not on a state, it has no parameters or timetable. Consequently, this law can be used by authorities to detain (forever) anyone the government considers a threat to national security and stability – potentially even demonstrators and protesters exercising their First Amendment rights.” Journalist, Brian J. Trautman.

4) A Federal Judge in the case ruled those provisions in NDAA of concern are indeed unconstitutional and issued an injunction against their use. However, there has been no acknowledgement or sign from any quarters in government that they will abide by the findings, and there is every indication that the Obama Administration intends to ignore the ruling in further lawless ‘off the books’ application of NDAA. In appealing the case, it was revealed in arguments by government Lawyer’s that government had been utilizing such methods all along. Indeed, the government refuses to discuss if it is being used or will be used on Citizens in the United States, and it is known for a fact it has already killed three American Citizens abroad, including a 16 year old, with a Drone Strike.

5) Worse, at request of Justice (per the above link), another Federal Judge has granted a ‘Emergency Stay’ against the former rendering it moot and the Justice Department has argued that NDAA is not even necessary, because the Authorization for Use of Military Force Act of 2001, as interpreted already for use in permanent detention in Guantanamo, already gives government like powers. Eric Holder, U.S. Attorney General, told Congress it would be legal to kill an American in America with a drone. Oh, what slippery slope…

6) An almost endless series of Acts from the Patriot Act forward have spelled out an almost unlimited list of ‘reasons’ which can be used to ‘define’ a given act as ‘terrorism,’ all such reasons generally described in nebulous and sweeping terms deliberately vague so as to allow the broadest possible interpretation to suit the needs of government at any given moment in time with any given individual. You can even be deemed a terrorist for illegally downloading or copying a song or movie — an ‘act of financial terrorism’ which de facto enjoins the teenager ripping a song in an imagined conspiracy to topple the music industry and harm American free enterprise. A Mother was recently jailed under the Patriot Act as a terrorist for spanking her children on an airline, and detained for three months before she could even enter a plea.

7) The rhetoric out of Washington and media spin doctors is all-too often such that almost anyone who disagrees with the official point of view is demonized and described as a mix of ‘dangerous,’ ‘mentally ill,’ and/or even (especially) as ‘terrorist,’ all in the name of political expedience. FBI has recently circulated to Police Departments and Community groups (a Hitler-like attempt at recruiting citizens to spy on citizens) a series of official lists of ‘indicators’ that a person is a potential terrorist to specifically include persons ‘overly concerned with the Constitution,’ or who ‘buy coffee with cash,’ or ‘use a hot spot.’ Ron Paul supporters are potential terrorists, according to FBI, which shows just how easily the label can be applied for political convenience. These lists actually ask you to call and report such persons to DHS/FBI. Indeed, not one person present in the conversation leading to this post remained free of such wholesale classifications. Such labeling establishes in the minds of the outspoken, real or imagined, an air of viable threat of loss of life and liberty and, thereby, sways the minds and mood of the public against them closer to becoming potential reality. It is, in my opinion, a form of calculated psyops mind control. “In a government bottomed on the will of all, the liberty of every individual citizen becomes interesting to all.” Thomas Jefferson.

8) All the talk of banning guns, and the U.N. Treaty which would, if signed by the man claiming to be President, and ratified, would force the end of the Second Amendment and the disarming of America, came into play simultaneous to a series of violations of Posse Comitatus so brazen as to make news in mainstream media. It has seemed in the minds of some as if these mock invasions of U.S. cities by military was in preparation for coming after the guns. Add to that the military’s ‘Shoot Americans’ questionnaire to troops, General Tommy Frank’s admission that we are headed for a military government, revelations of military manuals which dictate that protestors should be shot, the ordering of 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition by Homeland Security, the refusal of Obama’s candidate to head and actual atrocities already committed (Ruby Ridge, Waco, The Liebe Street Raid, Katrina, ICE ‘border stops’ checkpoints nowhere near the border, and similar TSA abuses, etc.), there is little reason for an informed thinker to see such fears as wholly baseless.

9) Every State in the Union recognizes exercise of deadly force in self-defense as a right, provided the acts were undertaken with a demonstrable reason to fear for their life or liberty (e.g., kidnapping, vanishing, torture, or murder, and in many cases, simply serious harm or significant casualty loss).

So, if someone ‘deemed’ a terrorist by loose rhetoric of manipulative minds or secret edicts of government machines because of unpopular political views… should such a person be approached by Men in Black, or Blue, or Army Green, the question remains valid: has Obama created a situation where even one such person might reasonably fear for their lives sufficient to arm themselves and proactively defend against the possibility?

We pray not, and yet, it is likely unavoidable that such will eventually come to pass one way or another, in time. It may indeed already have come to pass but simply not have made the news beyond statements that (the party) was ‘killed resisting arrest.’ What reason would authorities have to broadcast details suggesting otherwise?

When government embarks on a tyrannical course against its own citizens, some such confrontation is ABSOLUTELY ASSURED. How it turns out is a matter of happenstance no one can predict for certain, though it must result in a bad end for someone, or multiple someone’s. In truth, it is bad for us all, as it ratchets up the tension and increases the likelihood of a repeat scenario. In time, if we study history, we learn it must lead to armed rebellion. Thus we should be mindful to the tenth point we had concluded in our conversation:

10)  If just one person’s rights can be trampled upon by government at will, than the rights of no one is respected and do not remain valid; they become mere political rhetoric, a lip service. If one of us lives in fear for cause, then we all ought be mindful; the fear is truly a threat to us all. If one of us must act in self defense, then ultimately, we might all be better off acting in mutual defense sooner than later. “Freedom and justice cannot be parceled out in pieces to suit political convenience. I don’t believe you can stand for freedom for one group of people and deny it to others.” — Coretta Scott King. “The rights of every man are diminished when the rights of one man are threatened.” ― John F. Kennedy

 When is it a greater crime: to kill in self defense of others, or to allow others to die for lack of preempting their murder?

So, each of us must ask ourselves the following question: “Do I fear my government enough to consider the possibility that a confrontation may represent a kidnapping and life or death situation for me, if not at that moment, then as result of events which follow the moment? How can I, in good conscience, not consider to defend myself?

Indeed, for me, merely writing this makes me even more likely the target of NDAA. And I freely admit to qualifying to no fewer than a dozen ‘traits’ of a terrorist according to FBI’s little snitch lists. And, you know, with 85 terror tactics like ‘paying with cash’ on that list, SO ARE YOU. That’s exactly what I’m saying. If one of us… all of us.

And just as important, who has the most ultimate power: the individual with rights under just Law of the Land, or an unjust and illegal law in the hands of the corporate state? The answers SHOULD be, the former, especially when there is no individual, but a united collective of individuals with the same intent.

The United States of Sorento Corporation

My ultimatum to the Sorento Corporation:

So I’m putting government on notice: Dear U.S. Sorento Corporation, fictitious holding company DBA United States, as listed in Dun and Bradstreet, and now a wholly owned subsidiary of Monsanto Corporation: I have a reasonable fear for my safety by YOUR own assigned definitions under your illegal corporate bylaws, which relegate me to the class of client termed therein as a terrorist. This terrorist therefore reserves the right of self defense, by any available means, up to and including your discorporation, and that of your parent and holding company. This I do under the authority granted my by the Constitution of the United States, the Bill of Rights, and the license of being a Free Sovereign Man, and not your personal property or chattel.

Moreover, the weapons I have and will use in my defense are beyond your ability to overcome by drone, by stealthy assassins, or by overpowering forces. They are ideas, and you cannot kill an idea. It is truth, and you cannot imprisson a truth once it is revealed. It is a willingness to die for my country, and you cannot kidnap that fact. You may, in fact, only martyr me, at best — a thing more to my advantage than to yours.

Take your best shot, if you dare, for I am everyman, and what you do to one of us you do to all of us. And frankly, I don’t think you can afford very many more martyrs before you spark a revolution. Which leads me to the notion, with apologies to friends Anonymous…

 Does Anonymous act in self defense given they fight tyranny?

We are all everyman. We are Legion. We do not forgive. We do not forget. Expect us!

Monsanto Protection Act Lights Fuse of Armed Insurrection


Self Defense is the right of all Men regardless of any Law. When an illegal law deems to both make redress and self defense illegal, many will see it as time for a revolution. The Monsanto are coming. To Arms! To Arms!
 
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
Will Monsanto GMO spark a revolution?

Reading this post and its links, you will learn…

 
• Things so terrible that I will not bullet list them, lest you flee this page in fear of dark things;
• Things which may mean life or death to you, your family, and America as you know it;
• Things which, in the best of outcomes will undoubtedly mean thousands of lives taken by violence and/or a biowar intending depopulation.
Why does Monsanto have its own Police Force?

They keep perfecting mass murder. (click) From an interesting beforeitsnews.com piece

Many of us ‘prepers’ and ‘conspiracy buffs’  have warned for some time that government wants a showdown with YOU in their gunsights. Now we start to see proof there is a price to be paid for failing to heed, for those not prepared to face what apathy and inaction leads us all toward at speed. Got Bushmaster? No? Gave it up to Feinstan, Bloomberg, Sorento, et. al? Better put your affairs in order, then.

This latest tyrannical atrocity, The Farmer Assurance Provision Act of 2013, also dubbed the Monsanto Protection Act to reflect fascist provisions burried deep within it, is one line in the sand many will not likely let be crossed without a gunfight, or similar violence. Understand this: a fuse has been lit, and while the length of its burn is not known, the bang at the end could very well turn into a repeat of 1776.

Frankly, I don’t know whether to pray it does, or does not; it’s THAT SERIOUS a line in the sand, to me.

But it is not my opinion which matters as much as does YOURS. But do you even have one? If you do not, or don’t even know of and understand the nature of the threat from GMO corn, soy, and other bioengineered seed programs, and matters closely related, you will be happy to know Mother nature has a special place for you. It is called survival of the fittest, and destruction of the weakest, you being the latter in the equation; those who die from eating genocidal foods, a very real possibility in almost any proper review of facts.

We are talking about crops genetically modified to have built-in pesticide powers based on Monsanto’s Roundup, a known poisonous substance, and other ‘properties’ which make it even more dangerous. The Act gives Monsanto the power of life and death decisions with zero responsibility (impunity), and takes away the ONE THING which is designed by our Forefathers to PREVENT armed revolution; the means of the People to seek redress of grievances with government through the courts.

OK, then, if that’s how they want it… get ready to ‘pass the ammunition,’ instead.

Because why? Because there is so much resistance to labeling such foods at every turn, and because they are used to feed animals you eat in other foods, there is no way currently to avoid eating them, or know if you are or are not, save perhaps eating only organic produce. Even then, contamination is not impossible. The only solution left would be to stop Monsanto and friends DEAD in their tracks, and unfortunately, it appears they wish for force matters such that the only option available for us to do so may be to seek it in literal terms.

We would rather it be figurative. But if YOU otherwise make no collective effort to stop them peacefully, you will deserve your fate for being a dumbed-downed mind-controlled Sheeple. Your apathy and non participation will be causal to any escalation toward violence forced on those unable to make headway peacefully. Their failure will be because of your lack of support.

If you don’t get that, stop reading this until you’ve visited Oz to find some brain matter to replace the straw in your head. It’s all over the Internet, and from many, many viable sources (even the disinformation deliberately put out as a straw man tactic is based on ‘kernels’ of fearsome truth — and efforts to debunk this particular ‘conspiracy theory’ themselves lack credibility and tend to follow the 25 Rules of Disinformation, such as employing straw men, vanishing evidence, and so forth).

Is self defense justified if GMO threatens the lives of you and your family?

Things to know for your survival:

GMO is tied to the Doomsday Vault, Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius, depopulation

Doomsday Vault, Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius, = depopulation

If the above still does not convince you, ask yourself why GMO crop makers, Bill Gates, and Rockefeller have funded, along with Bilderberger leaders, a ‘Doomsday Seed Vault’ protected by the highest of security on a private Island in frozen wastelands owned by a Bilderberger. There, non GMO seeds are being stored for some future use, accessible ONLY by the Globalist Elite — while at the same time we see from the above that these same people are taking steps to insure non GMO seed cannot even be purchased, much less used, without violating law. We are talking about billionaires who have private chefs, often having them travel with them on trips, and NEVER eat anything we eat, except on a rare lark.

Part of that story requires us to add to this complex mix of topics some equally scary things outside of, but tangent to GMO: Agenda 21 and Codex Alimentarius, for instance, and the concept of depopulation, long a known goal of Globalists to reduce us to a half million souls. Consider all these things collectively, and you realize that violence may be the only recourse, sooner or later, unless we can unify and find a quick way to avoid it. But the fuse, having been lit, makes sooner more urgent, and later less tenable.

Now, Sorento and Congress show their true colors as traitors to all Americans and the American way of life… even life itself, in fact, the hallmark of Satanic thinking in the Illuminati Plan to create a one-World government that they might seat the Antichrist. It’s O.K. if you don’t want to subscribe to that ‘theory,’ but I’ve written books with over 1,500 footnotes to make that very case.

But it is just a Congressional Bill we are talking about, and, after all, Congressmen will simply excuse themselves, saying they ‘didn’t read the Bill’ before they voted it. Sorry, but if things erupt with violence (and to a lesser degree if it does not), they will still be held accountable if they voted for it, as will the Great Pretender who signed it. Consider the full measure of risk they undertake by their crime against humanity, which is also treasonous. There can be no greater penalty than those common in such crimes, especially if during a war (revolution).

And for the matter, therein (Sorento’s signature) lies the problem for Monsanto. Even if Monsanto is not razed to the ground by angry citizens… even if their poisonous ‘product,’  which is nothing more than a tool designed to give them a global monopoly on farming and to depopulate the World with a soft kill is not destroyed in grain stores and warehouses before it is planted… even if they survive attacks against them and their evil seed… the Act does not afford the protection they presume by its signing into ‘law’. It is a fictional belief… not Law at all, but a fictional ‘law’ which is at best temporarily useful while government pretends it legitimate.

Any Bill signed by Mr. Sorento under a false identity will eventually be ruled null and void as will be all ‘law’ of the last four plus years of his charade; his pretense cannot long last, even if it requires a number of years after his final term in office expires to force the Courts to admit it. He has no power, and neither does anything he signs. There has been zero Law enacted since he took Office. He, and all who helped in the charade will be jailed or worse, and of no power whatsoever to help Monsanto (Oh, happy day!)

There will be no protections if the ‘law’ thought affording them was found illegal. Nor if collusion between Monsanto and politicians writing the Bill, and the White House are established as criminal in nature (as is already seeming to be the case in the links above). Even if the Courts were so foolish as to overlook such reasons for nullification, perhaps due to bribes or threats, or the influence of Clarence Thomas, the court of Public Opinion and a little thing called self defense will still afford a final ruling which will be enforced.

Can self defense ever be peaceful?

PEOPLE HAVE THE RIGHT TO DEFEND THEMSELVES FROM HARM

This ACT, I fear, is the final spark which has at last lit a fuse which cannot easily be put out; a fuse leading to armed insurrection. I’ve tried to warn government and citizens in my earlier posts that every time politicians elect a criminal or unconstitutional choice, they put a gun to their own heads in a game of Russian Roulette, a game which decides if armed revolt breaks out.

Given the levels of frustration that I feel in this matter, I can only imagine how famers feel, and picture them raiding grain stores and destroying Monsanto product wholesale, if not marching on Monsanto properties with guns and torches to level them and drag corporate bosses into the streets. I fear hanging in effigy may not be seen sufficient. Hopefully I am wrong, and mere alarmist. But if I thought it would actually end the matter usefully, I’d be tempted myself. But would it be useful, really?

I wonder. I wonder because I also fear this is exactly the situation intended by Globalist leaders who seem to control our government. I fear it why DHS has placed bid requests for 1.4 billion rounds of munitions, including 9 million sniper rounds, none of it for normal military operations. In fact, I fear it related to a long list of other curious purchases and moves by government over the last few years, especially those since Sorento took office.

They collectively point to an intent to light such a fuse, I fear. Such pointers include, for instance, a steady stream of military mock raids on American cities with armed helicopters discharging gattling guns, soldiers repelling from or landed from the choppers to blow the doors off of buildings and engage in combat with ‘resistance,’ of some imagined sort.

Who will stop GMO crops from killing you or your family?

WE ARE THAT RESISTANCE

Confrontation is exactly what I and many others have feared all along was intended at some point in the future, and now, with the Act — it seems absolutely unavoidable and on the near horizon. Now that they see they cannot arrange to ban guns which approximate military grade, thereby effecting a de facto gun seizure, indications are now that they are going to instead foment a wave of violence in the heartlands and cities to justify labeling gun owners as a threat to national security, and come after them by force.

I even worry they may even foment that violence themselves and blame it on us (false flag operations) to justify their heavy hand to passive onlookers, the Sheeple at large. For this Act will undoubtedly result in such outrage and frustration as to move those most concerned to violence, even if it takes some entrapment or priming of the pump of anger and concern. If not shooting, then arson or bombing, from which must eventually evolve shooting by on side or the other. The fuse has been lit.

While there are only a few million rural persons who’s livelihoods still depend on farming success, almost all are quite well armed. There are tens of millions more who truly understand GMA enough to side with Farmers, a large number of them also armed, and some number of them are surely angry enough to say, “Pass the ammunition!”

But even if only 1% of farmers dared take a militant stand and resist with forceful action to protect their way of life, and the lives of all us… to save us from domination and ruination by Monsanto and a truly insane and clearly fascist government (defined, in part, as a government which makes oppressive laws to the benefit of corporate profits and the power elite to the detriment of the citizens)… even 1/tenth that number is  more than enough people to start a full-scale armed revolution (statistically proven through history).

The mechanics of revolution, as I have pointed out in above linked post, clearly require only two things: a handful of angry people willing to do something which cannot be ignored by government, something which is seen to strike a blow for freedom; and a government willing to use a heavy hand to quash them for their trouble. In every instance, instead of quashing them, they make martyrs and fuel the anger in those previously asleep in their inaction. As result, those who survived the start of matters are joined by many millions more, and a full-scale revolution is born. “Pass the ammunition!”

This time, I fear government has indeed gone to far, and I urge everyone who is angered and moved to action to please stop, think, and act responsibly. Do not react carelessly out of emotion. Violence on your part is likely expected, and desired. Do not give in. Instead, organize and resist in every legal way you can muster (there are ways to do that). As part of the protest, I beg you make clear, as this post attempts to warn, that escalation will be the consequence of inaction by government and the criminal corporations.

They must be shown we will not let them continue to consider humans as mere objects they may move about on a financial and political chessboards, and knock off the board as pawns to suffer death or a life of misery or servitude. We will not idly stand by and let them win the game in which only they, Globalists all, deem to be onlyplayers with any chance at winning. We pawns must become our own self-guided army, and change the rule of the game so that we… we mere avatars of their avarice, are the ones who win.

How can GMO crops be stopped?

WE DARE NOT LET THE GAME CONTINUE AS IS

The fuse is lit. Who will help extinguish it by right action? Who will fan it to burn faster? Only YOU can decide. YOU are what you’ve been waiting for. Either way, I’m looking forward to ruining their game. But I can do nothing without YOU, be it words or bullets that eventually do the talking.

Enough talking. It’s all made me hungry. Let’s get something to eat…

On second thought, I’m not so sure there’s anything good to eat any more. Perhaps I’ll just share this post with some friends, instead, and start a dialog about what we might be able to do change that little problem.

What can we do to stop Monsanto madness?\\\\\\\\\\\

Related articles

Don’t Ban Guns, Ban Magic Bullets


Whenever you get a magic bullet explanation, you know there is a cover up. A cover up is proof of a conspiracy; a hidden agenda or dark plot. Why is that so hard for most of us to grasp that we accept without question the claim that it is, instead, mere conspiracy theory?

by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
What is a magic bullet explanation?
 
What you will learn reading this post:
 
•  Magic Bullet explanations are commonly used as a cover up tool;
•  Such explanations do not always involve bullets, but use the same methodology;
•  To make explanations stick, it is necessary for media or government to label any who question as ‘conspiracy theorists;’
•  Magic bullets, when unquestioned and excused by labeling, are themselves proof a conspiracy exists;
•  There are many dark bumps-in-the-night in our recent history which so illustrate (several included).
 
 

Promo artwork for Play, The Magic Bullet Theory,                         which perfectly addresses the problem (click)

Despite the fact that there is a dramatic and continual reduction in gun violence in America over many decades… part of the national experience involves an increase in traumatic mass shootings which are seemingly random and without cause… and we have media to point out every shooting event as though it somehow relates directly to the mass shooting madness, presumably in hopes we will say, ‘Please, won’t someone take our guns away?’

If everything were as it is presented on the surface, I might not be so upset with those who so conclude. The idiocy of a Piers Morgan and others suffering from Feinsteinian mental incapacitation would seem tolerable and understandable. But is everything as it is presented on the surface? Cleary it is not, if you pay the least bit of attention and are not dumbed down by TV Psyops News technology.  I speak of magic bullets being used in the guns they want to ban, and similar use of failed logic in ‘factual presentations’.

I’m talking about JFK assassination quality explanations and related tactics employed in cover ups, even beyond shooting events.

Where do we get the expression, “magic bullet”?

What is a Magic Bullet?

The first Magic Bullet, the definitive illustration, arose out of the conspiracy to conceal the truth behind the murder of President, John Kennedy. In review, the Warren Commission investigating the matter had a big problem in two parts. The first was, the number of shots fired in a narrow interval of time from an obsolete bolt-action rifle in poor repair could not possibly account for the number of wounds of the two men the shots struck — unless there were two or more shooters… or unless there was some magic involved. FBI’s best sharpshooters could not duplicate the number of shots and hits fired in the space of time allotted and came nowhere close to the magical performance alleged of the designated patsy, Lee Harvy Oswald.

The second problem was that they dare not rule a conspiracy of multiple shooters.

In fact, Supreme Court Justice, Earl Warren had privately been both warned and threatened by President Lyndon Johnson that it MUST be ruled a ‘lone gunman,’ because there was a significant fear that the truth would require the U.S. go to war with either Cuba and/or Russia, as there was anecdotal (staged) evidence pointing in those directions. Too, there were early conspiracy theories evolving putting the blame on, variously, the Department of Defense, the CIA, and the Mob. But the later (Mob) included ties yet again to the former (CIA and elements of Defense), and so there could certainly be no conspiracy allowed if one were to skillfully avoid detection of skeletons in the national closet.

In the end, the conspiracy theorists would be proven right, of course — but even today, no one in media or government will so admit. It HAS been proven by sworn courtroom testimony of CIA agents involved (Marita Lorenz, E. Howard Hunt; Hunt vs. Liberty Lobby), and more recently, a Mob shooter involved , and additional evidences over time, all of which has been addressed in earlier blog posts and most of which was covered in detail in my book set, Fatal Rebirth. The Warren Commission had Marita’s testimony, but chose to ignore it.

The solution to prevent any such discovery was, like the problem, in two main parts, plus a third supplemental component. The first was a lie, and the second was to seal the records to conceal the lie. The lie was in the form of a bullet which defied multiple laws of physics and over 100 years of ballistics forensic science. It was first dubbed the ‘Magic Bullet,’ by New Orleans District Attorney, Jim Garrison in the trial for murder of JFK of CIA operative, Clay Bertrand Shaw… who indeed also had significant ties to the military and the Mob, not to mention an international assassination ring using both military and CIA resources (what Lyndon Johnson later calledMurder Inc.’), to include persons involved in the Dallas shooting.

From Jim Garrison’s trial of Clay Shaw

The Magic Bullet did the impossible: it inflicted two non-fatal wounds in Kennedy (entrance/exit), and four wounds in Texas Governor, John Connally, hardly any two of which lay in a straight path with a former point of origin. It traversed through 15 layers of clothing as well as the knot in the President’s tie (say, another 8 dense layers), 7 layers of skin, 15 inches of body tissue, destroyed 4 inches of a rib bone, shattered a radius bone, and came to rest in the Governor’s thigh, whereupon it elected to fall out onto his stretcher so it could be discovered at Parkland Hospital.

There it was found in near pristine condition with no signs whatsoever of having struck anything other than, say, a swimming pool filled with Jello. Such a bullet, copper jacketed, should have not only been significantly deformed by impact with the bodies, but also, shattered or splintered by the bones. But this was indeed a bullet with magical properties…

To have done as claimed, the bullet would have had to changed directions in mid air multiple times, and, according to Garrison, paused briefly in flight if to match the wound reactions in Conally seen in the Zapruder film. You can see why Garrison called it a magic bullet. So problematic was the conclusion, that the Warren Commission arranged for (bought) the testimony of a physics professor that all of the above was possible through a series of incredulous existential explanations using scientific theory (techno-babble). The cover up was begun, and much of America knew it, but could do nothing about it.

And if that were not bad enough… to make the Magic Bullet theory stick, Walter Cronkite, ex military intelligence turned CBS news anchor, thought to be acting under CIA’s Operation Mockingbird (media infiltration and manipulation), effected the supplemental component and coined the term: ‘Conspiracy Theorist.’ This he used skillfully to make anyone who dared question the Warren Commission’s findings seem ‘crazy,’ and ‘unpatriotic.’ That tactic (labeling) is one of the 25 Rules of disinformation, and dovetails nicely with the Official Formula for Conspiracy Coverups. It was so successful that it is still used, today, and in Spades.

Who uses magic bullet explanations, and why?

More Magic Bullets…

Not all magic bullet explanations are directly tied to shooting bullets, though some, as used in Sandy Hook and Aurora, do — as we see, below. They can instead be any key evidencial matter which simply does not make sense, but which is fully embraced and remains unquestioned by government and media, as if nothing were amiss. So let us go down the Rabbit Hole of our more immediate history and find some more magic bullets.

Oklahoma City domestic state sponsored (false flag) home-grown terrorist bombing: there are many magic bullet explanations we might discuss regarding the devastating blast at the Murrah Building that took 168 lives, including 19 young children at a day care facility on site. The most glaring is the nature of the bomb, itself. The official explanation is the use of a traditional home-made ANSFO (oil and fertilizer) explosive. The problem with that explanation is that the blast damage was such that ANSFO was impossible, a matter which forced FBI to continually upgrade the estimated size of (number of containers) the explosives used until they were forced to stop because they would exceed the capacity of the truck used.

The real problem was that the forensic evidence did not quite properly match ANSFO with respect to explosive residue, and, in point of fact, included pointers to a new type of explosive developed at a CIA proprietary which had earlier reported the equipment used to make the devices as having been ‘stolen.’ Additionally, the specific damage to the structure and nearby objects were unique and in opposition to the nature of the relatively low pressure blast waves associated with ANSFO, but sympathetic to the high pressure blast waves created by the CIA device, called METC, which produced forces of nuclear blast caliber on a small scale using an incredibly small bomb construct.

This is fully documented at my Web site, which, unfortunately, the IRS has effectively shut down as I can no longer afford to operate Web sites pending payment of an unexpected tax claim arising out of loosing our home in the Mortgage crunch (contributions via paypal using proparanoid at century link net would help get me back online). But I was not alone in this realization.

Brigadere General, Ben Partin, Ret, was the military’s foremost authority on explosives, and he essentially said much the same thing, and so, while I can’t link to my own Web site, you can hear him explain it in his own words, here. I’d rather you go to my Web site because it additionally contains condemning evidence that the bomb factory, complete with the appropriate Ryder truck used to deliver and detonate the bomb, had been photographed from the air by a hang glider pilot. He appears to have been shot down for the effort… at a secret facility constructed by the National Guard and protected on the roads by Marines with machine gun-mounted jeeps and in the surrounding woods by Men in Black — identically dressed in suits, sunglasses, and sporting shoulder-holstered weapons. You know… your typical National Guard facility built in a STATE PARK, complete with a cover story they were ‘testing Humvees’.

True to the above magic bullet explanation in multiple parts, even Partin was labeled a mere ‘conspiracy theorist,’ despite his credentials — or media failed to tell you he even existed. However, both he and I, among others, were invited by Willis Carto, former Editor of The Spotlight, a defunct Washington, D.C. newspaper — to participate in a round table review of OKC and Flight 800. That event, which I was unable to attend, also failed to make the news despite Carto’s best efforts to insure it.

Robert Kennedy’s murder by CIA’s Thane Ceasar and patsy Sirhan Sirhan: OK, just because a CIA mind control shrink was murdered after bragging to a prostitute that he programmed Sirhan… and because the woman in the Polka Dot dress that shouted ‘We killed Kennedy!’ in glee was seen with Sirhan, earlier… and because the cop in command on the radio that day told the cop that overheard the woman not to investigate because ‘We don’t want any conspiracy theories,’ was himself ex CIA… or because the man that ordered all RFK murder evidence relating to bullets fired destroyed was ex CIA, too…

That does not mean CIA had anything to do with RFK’s death, unless you are a wild conspiracy theorist. But there were some actual magic bullets to deal with, like the ones found in the woodwork destroyed as evidence, which exceeded the number of bullets in Sirhan’s gun… and the fact that the only shots which hit RFK were from immediately behind and fired upward (Sirhan was an appreciable distance in front of Kennedy). These bullets sound pretty magical, to me.

Thane Ceasar, an armed security guard on loan from a CIA proprietary was the person standing immediately behind Robert, that day, but of course, Police never thought to check his gun, lest THEY become conspiracy theorists. Amen.

The Vince Foster murder suicide: A key staff member of the Bill Clinton Whitehouse, Vince Foster, was found dead in a park at a precise location known in some circles for frequent use by spys in clandestine meets (e.g., a KGB meet with CIA). There was a conspiracy coverup at the time suspected (first revealed in The Spotlight) in the Clinton Administration, a matter in which Foster was a key player, and there were expectations he might spill the beans. No chance of that.

Instead, the official story is that he used an antique gun to shoot himself in the mouth at the park. Only problem was, it was indeed a magic bullet; in addition to the gun being inoperable, there was magically an absence of a pool of blood and splatterings at the scene, where his body was neatly laid out completely prone as if falling backward while remaining perfectly rigid. There were also no powder burns, another magical property. Charges of conspiracy theorists would abound at the slightest questioning of these inconsistencies.

Flight 800 friendly fire shoot down fuel tank explosion: Again, the best evidence I would normally point you to exists at my own Web site, where I reveal use the actual information from the official NTSB Crash Report to prove the NTSB altered, concealed, and manufactured evidence in support of the their conclusion that frayed wiring caused the center wing fuel tank to explode, killing 230 persons. Again, there are many magic bullets, but the primary fuel tank explanation is the most glaring — never mind many confirming eye witness reports (including military observers), radar tracks, and other proofs that a missile fired from a warship participating in war games brought down the plane.

There were many magic bullet issues with the fuel tank, the most glaring of which was the absence of soot on the appropriate surfaces of the fuel tank components, sooting which instead existed on surfaces inconsistent with the explanation (sooting on the outside, but not the inside where the explosion was claimed to have initiated). In like manner, the sequence of destruction described did not account for select (ignored) damages, specifically including two holes in the fuselage which were claimed not to exist, but which are visible in photographs if knowing where to look — which if taken as an entrance and exit point for a non exploding (war game) missile, would perfectly account for the sequence of destruction, both cited and ignored. Thirdly, the flight recorder data itself clearly reflected the effects of the missile strike and was sympathetic to the fuller destruction sequence, but was ignored and simply dismissed as ‘faulty data’ by NTSB.

But we who opposed the official story were mere conspiracy theorists, right? Never mind I have some experience in crash investigations while in the USAF, even reporting to Congress as part of a Weapon Systems Acceptance and Evaluation Team where crashes were reviewed and analyzed. Having credentials just means you are extra crazy to disbelieve the official line, it seems.

The Aurora theater false flag shooting team lone gunman event: once more, there are many magic bullets. Here, I’ve already outlined 25 key questions, thankfully NOT at my Web site, but in blog form. Most of these, or at least in combinations, represent magic bullet issues. So many questions, in fact, it took three blog posts to review them all, the last perhaps being key-most. Just a few to pique your interest in summary:

‘Who opened the OUTER door for James Holmes?’
 
‘Who were the two people who entered the adjacent theaters on either side to warn patrons not to use the exits to the parking lots, and why did they do so, since there was no possible way anyone inside the theater could have known it unwise, and the only logical thing making it unwise would be preventing witnesses from seeing something in the parking lot they could not be allowed to report.’
 
‘How was it that patrons in the adjacent theater saw flashes of light and heard associated bangs from their theater entrances (the hallway/lobby area) unless someone ALSO threw flash-bang devices there while James threw ONE inside the theater while all doors were closed?’

I’m a damn conspiracy theorist, that’s how!

Sandy Hook false flag lone shooter event: I would hope by now it would not be required to point out that you can’t claim there were only four pistols found inside the school plus a rifle locked in the trunk and then claim the rifle was used to shoot everyone. But it is equally important to question how it would be possible for nearly every bullet to find its mark and to stay inside the bodies of a child as claimed if it was indeed the rifle that was used. Never mind that the Police audio transcripts would seem to describe someone taking an AR-15 out of inventory (“shorting” is the word they use), perhaps that it could be claimed to have been ‘found.’

Surely don’t disbelieve or question the ever changing stories about kids and a bus driver who escaped the shooting by walking past a Fire Station where they could have both taken true safe shelter and reported the shooting to first responders immediately, and instead walked another two blocks to sit on the grass and await discovery by a strange little man with a Masonic emblem cut into the lawn in his back yard. There is more you might ought ignore, but to pay attention and object would make you, too, a conspiracy therorist.

Collection of politically incorrect comic artwork (click)

The election of foreign-born CIA operative Barry Sorento President Obama: I really have to laugh if you don’t already know this one, and won’t even waste my time explaining another crazy conspiracy theory to you. Just go watch that new TV series, The Bible, instead, and you will feel better almost immediately… at least by the time you get to the scene where Christ is tempted by the Devil. LOL.

Sept. 11 false flag precision-crafted terror attack by a man living in a cave: Ditto.

Why are magic bullet explanations used?

Guns or magic bullets?

So, in conclusion, I’d prefer we don’t ban guns, but instead pray we ban magic bullet explanations, and banish news sources that never quite seem to notice their existence or address them, but are quick to label anyone who does. Use your brain, pay attention, and avoid accepting on faith the content of dumbing down TV news shows and, especially, spin-control talking-head commentaries; those sources with mottos like ‘fair and balanced,’ and ‘spin-free zone’ are clear warning signs.

Think for yourself. Question government, question media, question inconsistencies, and be vocal about it, loud and frequently. And simply don’t give a damn if someone calls you a conspiracy theorist for your trouble; you can’t confuse them with the facts, their mind has already been made up for them.

Me, I take the label as a badge of honor. I rather imagine Diogenese would be proud of all who quest for truth over lies. Got lamp?

Does mainstream media tell the truth?

Psyops TV: How They Dumb You Down to Set You Up


You are being indoctrinated and conditioned to accept the Orwellian nightmare. Cancel that. You have been, and here is how.

by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.

How can you spot psyops on television? Easy. Just turn it on!

Update: April 20, 2013 Made correction to heading numbering, and to add this commentary based on media coverage of the Boston Marathon bombing:

Hillary Clinton’s worries about loosing the information war to the Internet were most clearly mandated in the Sandy Hook matter when manipulated media was never more obvious. They made so many mistakes in presenting ‘facts’ that it is no wonder that conspiracy theories were popping up faster than for JFK’s murder.

Then came the Boston attack by two Brothers, and it is suddenly a 180 degree shift, almost as if CBS, the only network I was able to observe (but perhaps others) had actually read this blog page and fixed everything I’ve cited, as well as repaired the flawed methods employed in Sandy Hook for getting out the official falsehoods. No more conflicting facts, replaced instead on continual source checking and self correction, and plenty of differentiation between solid sources and conjecture.

They also dumped the psyops special viewing effects described herein, making it very possible for the most dumbed down of us to follow along and not get confused. It was 1950’s quality newscasts, all over again, but in living color. If all of media would follow this model, and do their job to question questionable government reports, there would be no reason for we conspiracy theorists (their term for questioning contradictions in what we are told) to worry the likes of Clinton.

This does not, of course, prove there was no false flag event involved, or a broader conspiracy yet to be uncovered, but the point is, there is no set of conflicting statements to fuel speculation of any such conspiracy. I don’t see conspiracy being the case, though there are some things which bother me about the affair which I’ll save for another blog well after the dust has settled.

I’d like to offer three cheers to all of law enforcement at all levels for a hard-won effort, and to media for doing their job the way they are supposed to, per the best tenants of Journalism. Keep it up, and you can put people like me out of business, and me happier for it! End of update.

Was the Boston Marathon bombing false flag?

What you will learn reading this blog:

• Documented CIA and similar covert media psyops programs have been run on us as far back as 1914, and likely, before;
• Media disinfo and conditioning is a form of Political Control Technology, a polite term for mind control;
• TV programming is designed to make us fearful enough to accept military rule and violation of Constitutional rights;
• TV news employs psyops science in visual presentation as a key tool for dumbing down;
• TV ‘entertainment’ is often a dumbing down tool and/or conditions us for dark things to come;
• One small group controls and insures that school textbooks jump-start young people toward the dumbed-down state.

Can TV be used in mind control? Yes!

In 1968 you got a simple, direct presentation of news. Still images in the background, moving images filled the screen replacing the reporter. Simple, informative.

In 1968 you got a simple, direct presentation of news. Still images in the background, moving images filled the screen replacing the reporter. Simple, informative.

In defense of Television executives, media moguls, and producers everywhere, they have largely been duped into cooperating in TV psyops unknowingly… well, yes there are quite a few very eager to go along, too. After all, Fascists exist in every industry sector, especially when the New World Order crowd deems media control a priority; one of the key steps in the Illuminait’s original 1776 plan to establish a New World Order (they coined the phrase); a long-term plan to establish a one-World government that they might seat the Antichrist.

But here and now in contemporary times, the tools of psyops are all powerful, and the Illuminati would seem well and alive in the Globalist ’round table’ enclaves such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderbergers, the Skull and Bones, Rhodes Scholarships, and on and on. But we are talking here about their operatives, not their leadership; the ones who effect psyops in support of such agenda.

That means we are talking about CIA, military, and military-industrial-complex infiltration and manipulation of media, which is why in my books on abuse of power by and crimes of the New World Order, I call it the Military Industrial Intelligence Media Complex (MIIM). We start this examination by going back a little bit in time, as what has come before has been in building block fashion…

Does the military industrial complex use psyops to make us want a war? Yes!

Stage 1: Operation Mockingbird

Actually, stage 1 predated Mockingbird, and yet was its archetype. It took place pre WWI, when the Powder Interests (arms industry, predecessors to the military industrial complex) bought control of 26 newspapers to change public opinion about entering into the war.

Note of whimpering: I would normally send you to a link at my own Web site with the full Congressional Record proof of the matter, but the IRS has effectively shut down my income producing sites leaving me to live on about $530 a month after paying them $150 against some $6,000 of the National Debt seemingly engineered for the purpose. So the link illustrating the matter will take you elsewhere. Any contributions via PayPal using proparanoid at century link net would help put me back online. End of whimpering, for now.

America was, at the time, quite Pacifist in view, until the bought media began reporting in unison the lie that German soldiers were regularly raping and then cutting off the breasts of Belgium women, especially Nuns. That, and like reported crimes never happened, at least not as claimed, though you still find citations that it did based on the original reports even today. Post war research verifies NO SUCH CLAIMS.

There was one oft cited incident as ‘proof’ of such. The victim was not a Nun, as reported by a Belgian soldier’s commentaries  published in a book by the American Defense Society in 1918. That group was formed in 1915 with ex military, arms merchants, and others and was quite militant, led by non other than Theodore Roosevelt, who had lost the 1912 election against Pacifist Wilson. This was AFTER media reports about the atrocities and seems an attempt to ‘prove’ the matter after the fact. They hardly needed bother, as anyone who questioned such reports was decried as un-American, unpatriotic, and a Socialist traitor. ADS believed in enforcing Sedition policies (criticizing or questioning government was treated as a crime).

Such tactics changed our mood as a nation. So when they also illegally secreted munitions aboard the cargo holds of the Luxury Liner RMS Lucitania, and then let the Germans know about it… the Germans did the predictable thing and sank the ship, sparking enough outrage that we finally went to war. Now, while we are wanting to talk TV, here, and a bit perhaps about the film industry, closely related — what they learned in 1917 would apply once TV had gotten its foothold in the American landscape.

The National Security Act of 1947 saw the birth of CIA, Department of Defence, the National Security Council, and all resulting sins, including mind control projects. The lesser known story, as revealed in my book set, Fatal Rebirth, is that the Act was sponsored by the evolving Powder Industry, as well. In fact, they threatened to establish a civilian operated equivalent of CIA if Truman did not move Congress to do so.

As it happens, a relative on my Wife’s side was right in the middle of that, serving both directly in the Truman White House as State Department liaison, and later, a like role for the Secretary of Defense. I had access to a trunk load of his papers going back to WWI, where he was Army Intelligence. ‘Uncle’ George Bernard Nobel was also a Rhodes Scholar who later helped establish Pacific Rim Globalist round table groups while professor at Reed College, to whom we donated his papers — save the WWII code books disguised as Masonic lodge codebooks (a different one every 90 days), which I retained.

One of the earliest projects undertaken by CIA, of course, was to attack United States citizenry with the same exact covert war tools it would later apply against other countries they wanted to topple: disinformation through media infiltration and control. Called Operation Mockingbird, CIA put thousands of agents to work in all forms of news media, and bribed or intimidated, blackmailed, or misled legitimate reporters, producers, and moguls to cooperate. Don’t take my word for it, it, too, is in the Congressional Record.

It continues today in many ways, though Mockingbird was ‘discontinued,’ after it was revealed in the 1970s through Congressional investigation… after nearly 30 years of disinformation damage. One early example of particular note close to my heart was the coining of the phrase ‘conspiracy theorist’ by ex Army intelligence officer, Walter Cronkite. This was used to discredit and quell the many questions arising in the public’s mind over ties between JFK’s murder and CIA and the military, and the Mob partnership behind the plot, as eventually proven in courtroom testimony by ex CIA Agents involved  (Hunt vs. Liberty Lobby).

Another close to my heart was the deliberate and methodical placement of jokes in comedy shows regarding tin foil hats (continues today there, and on the Web), implying anyone/anything relating to the possibility of mind control was ‘loony.’ In truth, the joke were sparked because a particular man in NYC entered a Police Precinct wearing a tin foil hat claiming he was being mind controlled by CIA experiments.

Totally ignored and shoved out the door with suggestions he see a shrink, his body was later found… minus tin foil hat, where there were dozens of electrodes implanted in his brain. This made the newspapers, and within weeks TV sitcoms began having jokes about tin foil hats here, there, and everywhere. There is no Web link regarding that unfortunate victim’s news accounts now that my sites are shut down, but I have also documented it in my book, MC Realities.

Here is another look at Mockingbird by one of America’s last true investigative journalists, Carl Bernstien, of Watergate fame. But the important part is that television played an important role in early Mockingbird, a role which would eventually prove key to getting Bush and Nixon into the White House, the start of the Bush Dynasty. That, and CIA ‘adapted’ software used to ‘count’ votes in America (the book Votescam, by James and Kenneth Collier, is a good place to review, the very first chapter).

How does TV dumb us down?

Stage 2: Indoctrination to set you up

50s & 60s TV: Broderick Crawford's Highway Patrol, and The Man From U.N.C.L.E. featuring Robert Vaughn and David McCallum of NCIS fame as Soviet Illya Kuryakin

50s & 60s TV: Broderick Crawford’s Highway Patrol, and The Man From U.N.C.L.E. featuring Robert Vaughn and David McCallum of NCIS fame as Soviet born Illya Kuryakin

Coincidental with Mockingbird was infiltration of Hollywood and TV programming with propaganda which continues at a heightened pace, today. I’m talking about the early use of documentary-style portrayals of real-world, and later, fictional events involving ‘white hat’ Agencies. The first of note was I Led Three Lives, a dramatization of the true-life story of an advertising executive who was actually a covert undercover FBI double agent within the Communist Party, where he was involved in aiding and yet subverting plots to overthrow the United States. It taught us to fear the Reds all over again after McCarthyism. Then came FBI, staring Efram Zimbalist, Jr., which overtly went after the Communists as well as bank robbers, kidnappers, and other nasties — in an America where the only car maker was apparently Ford, as the streets were filled with the sponsor’s product; an early product placement strategy where even the bad guys drove them.

The purpose of these shows was: a) to make you glad we had such agencies by; b) portraying evil everywhere, and c) always getting the best of the bad guys by being good guys, upright, moral, and always operating legally. It worked. I loved those shows as a kid, as did my parents. As consequence, a whole generation of young grew up wanting to join the FBI, CIA, Police, and so forth. CIA had shows like Robert Culp/Bill Cosby (in a serious role!) in I Spy and Patrick McGoohan as Secret Agent, not to mention The Man From U.N.C.L.E. (a secret United Nations version of CIA that taught us to trust the U.N. to watch out for us) and interest in law enforcement was fueled by endless Cop shows, of which there were so many over the years as to be pointless in naming, except perhaps for Jack Webb’s Dragnet, and Broderick Crawford’s Highway Patrol, two of the earliest successes.

Fast forward to recent times, and they’ve refined the tactic to condition us to military dominion. But also with a mental switch being thrown… as they now want us to think that its OK for the good guys to not be so legally upright. You know… ‘the ends justifies the means’ thinking (a Fascist’s motto). It started with shows like JAG (Judge Advocate General), where the military justice and investigation system was quite well presented that we should think it as good as civilian justice, coincidentally more or less synchronous with A Few Good Men, a major motion picture equivalent with Jack Nicholson and Tom Cruise. Well, they at least obeyed military law and procedure, but the next wave was a bit more ‘loose’ about it, spin offs from JAG, mostly.

That would be  NCIS and a flood of sister/spinoff/parent shows where you are guaranteed in each and every episode to see someone’s privacy illegally invaded at the touch of a computer or other act (but it is OK, it is the military/government, after all, and they would certainly watch out for us innocent folks who have nothing to hide, right? Besides, the bad guys don’t deserve the same treatment as we would want for ourselves, do they?) Rights should be contingent upon government’s judgment, we are to believe, and they seem pretty free to make instant judgements in these shows… “Already done, Boss,” as McGee (Sean Murry) says so frequently in NCIS.

Note: Indeed this is exactly what the Constitution of the NewStates of America spells out. The document is intended to replace the current Constitution after Martial Law and military rule, according to former Naval Intelligence Officer, William Cooper, who discovered the document had been prepared at a cost of $25 million by a NWO think tank. In Fatal Rebirth, the entire document is analyzed verse by verse to reveal that there are no guaranteed rights. All are conditional, and all are subject to retroactive cancellation, and more than one authority may so decree. Anyone may be ruled an enemy of the State at any time for any reason.

Such shows also tend to have advanced alien-caliber technological capabilities which work instantaneously to provide, in the nick of time for both the plot and the next commercial break, the critical evidence. This aspect is also present in many of the crime fighting counterparts such as Numbers (where they in each show attempt to present, but I have yet to see, a scientifically correct presentation of their questionable methodology), Profiler (gets us used to the idea that profiling, normally a negative term, is a bit like pre-crime thought police, and a good thing — we need more cops on our streets, and a few more in our heads), CSI, and so forth, proving to us Citizens that we ought be good and fully obedient, because like Santa, the cops and the Federales can always find out who’s’ naughty and nice, no matter what. Obey, or they will get you.

The truth is, though you may yet still doubt it, you are being set up for military control. More on that notion in the summary. And yet, it is a double whammy, because everything the TV moguls have learned about how TV can be used to manipulate you for the purposes outlined, can also be applied in marketing to boost advertiser sales. So while you are being dumbed down and set up, you are also being convinced you need (everything). So don’t just obey, but also, order yours today, and be sure to borrow heavily to do it! Remember, debt is the ultimate form of non violent control, and the last thing you want is to force them to resort to violence (which is inevitable, anyway, because they have to get the guns, you know – another reason for needing to stage an event worthy of Martial Law).

Does news deliberately dumb us down? Absolutely!

Stage 3: News Manipulation to dumb you down

We will talk about a number of things here, and a bit later, we will look at some specific technical methods employed. This section sets the stage. I’d send you to my Web site for the 25 Rules of Disinformation, all of which are easy to see illustrated in news in general. But I can’t (still whimpering and hoping for your kind contribution), so here is one of the many dozens of sites which have reproduced it, my most popular piece ever, with many tens of millions of downloads.  You will find that each ploy is used on you every day, either directly by media, or by those they are interviewing without doing their job of asking hard questions when things don’t make sense as result of the ploy(s) elected.

So when they tell us there were four pistols ONLY found in Sandy Hook, and the Rifle was locked in the car, but all the kids were shot with a Bushmaster, and moreover, virtually every round fired by the 3,000 foot per second high powered bullets not only hit a target (almost no misses), but also stayed in the bodies… we tend to accept it as ‘factual.’ No wonder there are so many conspiracy theories afoot about that, and other news stories of our time. And this is proof of dumbing down, because more than half the people are NOT questioning the ‘facts,’ all effectively turned into Ozzian Scarecrows in search of a brain; straw-stuffed Sheeple.

Used to be, Newsmen listened to what sources were telling them, reported that, and when finding inconsistencies, pursued them until they had an answer, and told us that, too, wether it was a good or bad answer. They also used ‘redactions’ or other correction notices to update us when things became clearer. Now you get the official line, and on to the next story before you think something was amiss. Heaven forbid we should dare ask about the man behind the curtain.

Got a war? Imbed the journalists with psyops media warriors to insure news cameras see only what they are supposed to see, and report what is allowed to be reported (patriotic pro war). Those not willing to be embedded, get shot up by helicopter gunships and tanks just to make sure they might ought prefer to be embedded. And yet, there is even disinfo and psyops taking place in such friendly fire incidents…

Who is most often central to those reports? Reuters, an original CIA Operation Mockingbird front which was (at one time, at) owned outright by CIA, though you won’t find that in a Google Search (you used to be able to do so). It is listed in my books, and of course, at my sites (whimper). My favorite photograph (also at my Web site) is a news crew in Africa interviewing some Nigerians about terrorist activities in the region, and the guy holding the sound boom has a T-shirt which reads, “NOT CIA.”  Really?

Which brings us to some more dumbing down/setting up. Remember that series of ‘bin Laden’ videos we kept seeing after 9-11 ‘obtained’ with messages for the World? If you are not afraid of terrorists, you won’t put up with oppressive Constitutionally neutering laws and atrocities by TSA, unconstitutional border checks 60 miles inland on highways not even going to the Border, and military gunships letting go  with their Gattlings near your kid’s school.  Internationally (but not in America), experts on bin Laden, on the Arabic language, and in governments far and wide were stating publicly on THEIR news that the videos were fake (eventually admitted to by CIA), not bin Laden, but a look-alike, and not saying what was claimed, at all.

Keep in mind every news outlet in America of any clout ALWAYS keeps tabs on what other nation’s media are talking about. That’s one way they learn about newsworthy events around the World, and about how other nation’s see events in America, which is often an element of the ongoing story, here. So it isn’t just experts in America they were deliberately ignoring, they were also pretending no one else in the World was talking about it. Deliberate psyops by concealment. That’s willful malfeasance, and as such disinformation has effectively cost American lives, makes them complicit in murder,should anyone wish to file a lawsuit.

But, thanks to the Internet, we eventually as a collective consciousness began to realize the tapes were phony, and we also began picking up on stories which revealed that the Iraqi troops bayonetting of babies in Kuwaiti hospitals in order to steal their incubators was, like the Belgium women’s breast story… an official CIA hoax. Now here is where we see yet another manipulation of media, this time the Internet. As recent as two years ago (last time I did it, anyway), you could find mainstream coverage on the Web of the revelation that this was a lie fostered by a Public Relations firm that is listed as a CIA front. Not now. Now you can only find blogger, Youtube, my closed Web site, and foreign media reports. One of the Rules of Disinformation is, after all, ‘If you don’t print it (or hide it, later), it didn’t happen.’

It was roughly in this time frame, in my opinion, that America began to realize that we hardly EVER got the truth from Washington, or for the matter, the Washington Post, New York Times, Time Magazine, CNN, MSNBC, ABC, et. al. The led to…

What is the information war? Disinformation at its finest.

Stage 4: The Information War

The information war was officially on between the Internet via outspoken activists, investigative writers, and indeed, conspiracy theorists who sought only the truth, and the MIIM complex and their minions of control, mainstream media. This was recently officially acknowledged in a recent remark to Congress by Hillary Clinton as Head of the U.S. State Department, obliquely referencing the Internet in and among a larger collective of ‘alternative media’:

“We are in an information war and we are loosing that war.”

Of course, you only got the sanitized version from the Washington Post and other mainstream outlets. They would have you believe she was only worried about foreign news networks such as Al Jazeera, and RT (Russian Television) News. Both of these outlets offer English speaking versions and are enjoying American viewing attention at up to 100 times greater than failing american media giants. And where are they getting all the attention? Not via TV sets, but the Internet, a little detail omitted in the telling of her story by those media giants.

But who can blame us for wanting to hear what other countries say when we find out our own country is lying to us? And I mean BIG TIME. Did you know the Pentagon knew the date of the Afghan invasion and was sending Colin Powel and top US Generals around to our allies to arrange for multinational support well before Sept. 11 attacks? What? You thought we only went to war when there was a just cause? Would it help you to know that Australian, Indian, UK, and Russian news sources were talking about this before Sept. 11 and wondering how we were going to justify war with a backward non technological country rich with oil, gas, and illegal drug growing operations?

Clearly, someone in the military knew in advance there was going to be a ‘Big Wedding’ (al Qaeda’s alleged codename for 9-11) event, and was sending out guest invitations. But American media dare not report that fact before the event, or you would realize 9-11 was an inside job. Truthers exist everywhere, as result of the endless conflicting facts, but are belittled by media in self defense; if they admitted the truth, they would be confessing complicity to a conspiracy to mass murder.

And yet they continue to loose ground, making it an urgent matter for the Globalsist to more quickly move toward Martial Law, because THAT will also enable…

Stage 5: Internet 3.0, the Kill Switch, and political censorship

Congress has repeatedly attempted to redefine the Internet towards political censorship, a matter which deserves its own blog, and indeed, many good articles already abound. Take a look at SOPA, PIPA, and CISPA, for instance (Congressional Bill nicknames). But if there is a Martial Law, the Web will be shut down, as will be phones, mail service, and radio/TV as we know it. The only communications allowed will be government to you, and mostly unpleasant in nature. Moreover, it will be illegal to criticize government publicly.

Eventually, services will be restored, but at that point, you will not be able to rely upon the Web for ANYTHING short of government and corporate approved content. A total Police State will have been achieved, and we will be dealing with the NewStates of America, which will move to form (as enabled by the new Constitution) the North American Union in support of the march to a one-World government, and the Antichrist’s End Game.

Fortunately, we are not there, yet. But they are preparing us for that day, conditioning us daily in our TV news feeds. And to help us get the right message, they use clever visual tricks to go with the information they want us to come away with (and minus that they are unwilling to reveal). That brings us to the most interesting section, in my view…

How does TV dumb us down?

The psyops science behind TV News

CNN has so much going on visually you cannot possibly avoid dumbing down to the story presented

CNN has so much visual clutter you cannot possibly avoid dumbing down to the story

A seldom noticed tool for dumbing down is right in front of your eyes when watching modern network (and to a degree, local) news programs. It is the methodology (psyops science) of visual presentation. Compare today’s methods as we examine them to the image at page top from a 1968 newscast. Which one is likely to better insure your attention is focused on the words you hear and the key photos or moving images representing the actual news topic under discussion? The answer MUST be, the old way. A mind’s attention divided against itself by distractions cannot be whole in thought. It’s how accidents happen in the real World. It’s how dumbing down happens in the news world.

First Example: CNN; the sample images are divided into zones for discussion purposes. I have additionally outlined areas in red which represent special effects being applied in unique ways with respect to transparency. When things are transparent, and especially when the background is indiscernible, it allow the subconscious mind to be confused; something solid seems real and factual, that which is nebulous is less real or concrete, and more implied than factual.

Zone 1, a and b parts — is showing a moving graphical pattern promoting the news program, which in this case really is not a news program at all, but a news spin mechanism to take a select news story and make sure you get the official slant in a way that interfaces well with the greater Globalist agenda (i.e., gun control is good, OWS and Internet activists are bad, etc.). You literally see it in her eyes; ‘You have to believe me!’ There is no synchronicity in the movement of the background pattern between the zones, giving your mind a kind of subconscious mental puzzle to resolve… is it the same pattern, or isn’t it?

Zone 2 is also in two parts. The official CNN Logo (b) is animated over a separately animated background (a), to create a mental 3-D puzzle of sorts. An element of the puzzle is that the background is nebulous and hard to grasp, with just enough detail to imply there should be something there recognizable, and yet, just as you think you understand what it is, it is not. There is actually a 3rd unmarked zone I failed to note at first… the blackened rectangle at the lower-right corner. It also contains the same CNN image machinations, but the color has been removed, creating yet another puzzle for the subconscious to resolve.

Zone 3 in two parts — is yet another play on the name of the show, with things in motion. The name scrolls to the left in (a), competing with and drawing your eye away from any other text which appears, and then vanishing with transparency into part (b), which is where they want your attention to go (nothingness). So when the text changes and your eye darts to it (distracts you from the spoken word or other video present), you are additionally distracted subconsciously by the scrolling text adjacent; two tiers of distraction, one distracting you from the other.

Zone 4 in four parts — four different text sections, each able to change for various reasons, which may be synchronous as with a complete change of presentation topic, or asynchronous within a presentation to provide additional timed distractions. The worse offenders would be those texts which scroll endlessly. Your eyes dart back and forth endlessly, unless one thing seems more important momentarily. Regardless, you mind has been divided repeatedly.

What you are left with in most such shows, is no fewer than a half dozen moving images and as many textual elements, all competing for attention to subtly make it less likely that you will remember much more than the most basic of details — such that most Americans STILL TODAY, (of those who favor TV as their news source) are not even aware of the conflicting facts about guns at Sandy Hook, much less any of the other controversies. They simply were unable to absorb the needed level of detail to say “Wait a minute. Yesterday you said one thing, and now you are saying another?” Naturally, they also don’t realize they’ve been fed yet another magic bullet story (several, actually).

It is a Globalist's tactic, so we find it in news Globally

It is a Globalist’s tactic, so we find it in news Globally

Second Example: Univision; every network, indeed, every show, has to have a different ‘skin’ to make it visually identifiable. So a second example gives us a look at other ways to do the same thing within such skin changes. Here we see Zone 1 — a giant moving graphic element in four parts of the screen, all of which employs color cycling to further divide the parts. Color cycling is a psychotic technique which relaxes and subdues the conscious mind. Within it words are alive with motion, another layer of distraction. It is pervasive but cleverly segmented by other elements such that it is as if four separate, but synchronous sections, each competing for attention subconsciously.

Zone 2 in two parts — the primary (a) is the Reporter or first talking head. Multiple talking heads with their own window is a popular skin construct, one which especially becomes a great distractionary tool when you allow each person to speak over the other in heated manner which never seems to let but one side make their point fully… but the viewer, conditioned over time to side with the presenter’s viewpoint, simply sees ‘them winning the argument,’ and not them manipulating the flow of dialog. Else how do you explain ANY popularity for the likes of Torry turned ‘American Pontificator’ Piers Morgan, and the countless talking heads of like ilk?

Part (b) — is supplemental text information for labeling window content, and can change to other information for distractionary purposes. The question is, why is it important to tell us it is the Studio when we know that? Or to name the party just introduced or the newsperson we are used to seeing? We already know these things; they are simply there as a decisive distractionary tool. Every time they change, our eyes and attention are tempted to be diverted.

Zone 3 — in two parts is the second window for alternate video or added talking heads. This reduced viewing area will LIMIT the detail we are allowed in the news presentation. They might allow us the luxury of full screen video for things where they want us to absorb something (i.e., the full scope of violence by protestors), or elect the minimal viewing window when they’d rather we not so easily see something (i.e., police violence). Sure, sometimes it does not matter, and sometimes there may be no deliberate intent inherent in such changes. But the tool is there if they need it.

Zone 4 — is a replay of CNN’s, with an additional 5th part. There is no intrinsic difference in strategy or use. Again we find special effects using transparency along with motion (red outlined area near lower right corner). In this case, text is scrolling which is not quite readable without great effort, the same text (I think) as used in the main background (Zone 1), but scrolling the opposite direction. How distracting is that? It has to be intentional.

Worse, if there is any actual verbal content in all that scrolling background text, it is being absorbed by the subconscious. There is therefore the potential for subliminal programming, an early CIA developed mind control trick — but I do not know it is present, nor can I make such a determination as I do not read Spanish, and the original image is not clear enough to support translation efforts. I would defer to anyone with more direct specific analysis.

So, tell me again, Hillary, Piers, et.al, about Sandy Hook, 9-11, and why you don’t believe there is a conspiracy afoot somewhere in those engineered tragedies, and other controversies which flood the evil Internet? Oh… because people believe what you tell them to believe. I should have known better, since the public all went to school using text books approved by a handful of people in Texas appointed by George Bush to globalist standards… and most other States will not approve books unless the Texas group has first approved them.

Yes, I’m talking about the same people that insured text books sent to Afghani schools a decade before September 11 used pictures of bombs and guns and grenades for counting exercises… just in time to create a generation of terrorists… and then replaced them with pictures of wholesome things once we invaded. How could anyone believe anything else than the official message, given the running start on dumbing down such programming gives them? But you know, that’s yet another news story that’s vanished from the Web, of late, so why do I waste my time arguing with you?

Its the people who think for themselves I’m really concerned with reaching.

Who is winning the information war? YOU — if you pay attention!

1776 2.0 Cometh: What Price Treason, and Who Pays?


Gun Control Laws and other Constitutional/Bill of Rights erosions by government are TREASON. Ultimately, YOU decide who is going to pay, and how.

1776 2.0 Cometh
by H. Michael Sweeney
copyright © 2013, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this paragraph, are included.
Compare 1776 to 2012 and tell me where you live

What is the price of treason, and who pays?

Historically, the price of Treason can be unbearably high. If caught and convicted, the price can be as high as death, typically by hanging or by firing squad. In time of war, especially, and if that war be a revolution to throw off a tyranny born of such treason, the death penalty is more oft employed. Therefore, only a fool undertakes treason lightly; those who accept such risk must have great personal gains as their motive, else why the gamble?

But the cost is also high if such tyranny is not overthrown. If one is subservient to it without protest, or resistance is beaten down by it, the cost is loss of all Freedom, and often, again… the loss of life itself. For when government gives unto itself absolute power, it is corrupted absolutely, and free to deem any person at will as unworthy of life simply because they are seen as an inconvenience to whatever drives their tyrannical agenda. Yes. An example is called for:

Today, the person acting as President, through the NDAA Act, has, in conspiracy with those who voted for the Bill, usurped the power to take life and liberty with just a word; the tyrannical power of a 12th century King. When any one man establishes by manipulative means the power of life and death over fellow men in deference to all existing law, it is a crime. Treason.

Alex Jones was right, gun control means 1776 all over again

A line in the sand: when is 1776, 2.0?

http://www.earlyamerica.com/SOON, thanks to the push for gun control, when each of us must decide if we are subservient and wiling to be the ones to pay the price by  giving up our rights as well as the means to insure them… or if we will instead assert our rights and throw off the yoke of fascist rule of the New World Order by defending our guns in resolute defiance BY RULE OF LAW; the Constitution’s Second Amendment. That’s what it is there, for — it is not there for Duck hunting rights. It is that we might always have available Minutemen, and all who are able ought serve.

Heed my words, for I have been warning of this moment in time for more than ten years, starting with my bookset, Fatal Rebirth.

Note: Fatal Rebirth predicted Sept. 11 events in sponsorship of Middle East wars for oil. It predicted assassination plots against Ross Perot to kill the third party movement (indeed, mailed anthrax attack on his family would cause him to withdraw from the election the very night he would have won a place on the ballot and legitimized a third Populist political party). It predicted many things, including a series of mass shootings to enable gun control legislation.
 
It also predicted the next wave of terror attacks, including likely locations and methods, as false flag ruse to declare Martial Law, suspend the Constitution, and go door-to-door to collect ‘contraband’ and discover ‘terrorists’ (after our guns, mostly). But it also predicted how to resist and overcome such tactics, with specific advice to the Militia and others wishing to resist. You can get a free copy of volume I ebook by email to pppress at century link net.

I’ve written many posts about the coming moment, too, best described as that critical moment when each of us must decide if a line in the sand has been crossed which cannot be tolerated. Some of these posts are listed below, others are linked within this text. In one, I put it this way: government plays Russian Roulette and puts a gun to their head every time they undertake an oppressive or unconstitutional act, and pulls the trigger at its signing into law.

Eventually, they will go too far, and it will be yet another shot heard around the World; 1776, once more. It is, after all, how revolutions are started. An attempt to seize and restrict gun ownership is that line in the sand which must not be crossed, even at risk of escalation to armed rebellion. It guarantees not just one shot, but many, many, many more immediately thereafter. Only a fool would fail to realize that if any such revolution comes, those who are deemed as traitors will find it was as if there was a de facto bounty upon their head.

And from the very beginning, at the time the Constitution was penned, and the Amendments thereof brought into being, Thomas Jefferson and his patriot fellows warned this would be so: “The beauty of the second amendment is that it will not be needed until they try to take it.”

That Jeffersonian comment underscores the reason for its existence, which has NOTHING to do with the right to hunt or protect us from criminals, but everything to do with being able to protect us from government run amok. Our government runs AMOK, NOW, and has for some time. Shame on YOU for allowing it to go this far! Shame on me and you if we do not at last toe that line in the sand, standing firmly, side by side.

Are mass shootings simply false flag operations to take guns?

Let us be clear: what defines treason?

Treason defined on the fly by Mobs: Fascist Government Leaders (including Police officials) hung by the mobs when Mussolini was overthrown

Those in power define the answer, the wording of law not withstanding. I am likely now, or soon to be, like all dissenters, activists, and Constitutionalists, gun owners, and the like, as a single class targeted by a fascist coupe marching toward their New World Order, to be declared guilty of treason for daring to write these words. That’s the way Fascism works, and why no one is safe when it rules. But should 1776 revisit, and the People and Constitution win, WE will be the ones who define Treason. Here is my view of what that definition should be:

a) It is treason to swear an oath to uphold the Constitution while at the same time being a member of a New World Order institution which has their own oath to give up sovereignty in favor of a unified World government (which, ultimately, enables seating of the Antichrist). Therefore, a long list of governmentals are de facto traitors by virtue of lying when they gave their oath of office — while being members of the Tri-Lateral Commission, the Bilderbergers, the Council on Foreign Relations, Skull and Bones, or being a Rhodes Scholar, or similar.

These groups all require agreement to such contrary oaths or with stated globalist agenda, all of which is nothing less than rewording which conforms with the Illuminati formula for World domination, for which it was they who coined the term, New World Order. It is, today, very hard to find a Congressmen or other governmental who is not such a traitor, and the remainder look upon such groups as if wiser than their own ability to think for themselves, even to the point of accepting and acting upon their Globalist ‘reports’ as if Congressional findings. Treason.

b) It is treason to knowingly propose and vote for, and sign a Bill into law which is unconstitutional, or any Bill you have NOT READ and debated properly. Any act to subvert the Constitution, be it willful or by negligence, justifies the charge of treason, and let the defendant prove otherwise. Given that all such persons are educated in the law as a rule, one may safely presume there are no fools unaware of the significance, and the due seriousness with which their duties under their oaths of Office require of them to be diligent.

They undertook such acts at their own peril, and in full awareness of the responsibility to take care. So be it, when it comes time to answer for it. The list of such Bills is long, and many shall be held accountable. In fact, I can only think of two or three Congressionals who may be completely innocent, but there may, hopefully, be others. If not, perhaps the time for revolution is now.

c) To the point, here and now, today: ALL governmentals who support gun control laws which take away the right of the citizen to own military grade weapons are guilty of Treason. The Dick Act of 1902 made clear that the UNREGULATED MILITIA (that’s ANY citizen with a gun who stands to serve) shall NOT be denied the right to have military grade weapons. And yet, Congress has subverted this law time and again, by clever rewording of definitions, and the trickery of ‘dual oaths’ of service.

Therefore, all prior gun control laws which so inhibit access, or which create registration lists, are de facto null and void, and treasonous. Any attempt to collect weapons against the wishes of owners constitutes theft of private property on the one hand, and an attempted coupe on the other (treason), as does any attempt to prohibit or limit access, or to ‘register,’ anything with a Federal agency.

Personally, I want my own SAM and Apache gunship, thank you. I want all gun control laws repealed. The only law which I would approve is that to purchase a weapon, you would need be an adult of sound mind, and with no criminal record, to be determined by a blanket background check where the purpose of application was unstated, but authorized by the person being checked, as all background checks should be.
 
I only registration process should be to register guns, not owners: a registration process managed by the States which collects sample slugs from fired guns from sellers (the Registrars) for forensic comparisons in criminal matters. The State would not know who owned the gun, but if used in a crime, could obtain a warrant to get that information from the seller of the weapon. I further want colleges to offer firearms safety training courses as an alternative to ROTC, and as part of ROTC.
 
I want every State to have at least one citizen militia not subject to State control, and I want the State to provide them with access to military training facilities and expertise. I want every citizen who is qualified to own to be able to open carry or conceal carry. In short, I want to reduce the likelihood of criminal use of guns by means of practical and immediate (real and clearly visible) deterrence.
 
There are clearly other topics to be decided by law, such as matters of keeping guns away from unsupervised access by children, but I’m not taking up more space, here and now to totally define my views. If you want full details of how such a law could work, please request it directly and it will be made available by email.

d) All governmentals who supported NDAA are guilty of treason as well, for that law not only strips away whole sections of the Constitution, it even defeats the Magna Carta and gives the President the power of a 12th Century King to put citizens to death by mere say so (or torture or imprison them indefinitely without trial or evidence). Is that why DHS ordered 9,000,000 sniper rounds not for military use? That’s about how many dissidents there are in this country with a loud voice, such as myself, if I may be so bold.

e) All governmentals who support the DOD sending National Guard troops to war overseas without an Act of War and Congressional declaration of War are guilty of Treason. The Dick Act, again clearly denies the President or anyone else the power to order National Guard to active duty in any other fashion. They are NOT part of the regular Army subject to DOD. We have been fools to not be aware and hold both our STATE and Federal representatives accountable under the law their wiser forefathers set for them to follow.

f) All governmentals who support the endless spying and abuse of privacy of citizens at large in the name of fighting terrorism are guilty of treason, as are those involved in seeking the development and deployment of Political Control Technology (PCT) in like guise. Not only do they, and the 30,000 drones they want to put into our skies erode Constitutional rights and safeguards long cherished under the law, they make such protections meaningless. The very nature of PCT reveals their lust for totalitarian control.

Worse, they these things are a sham: they are not there because government fears a few thousand terrorists, but because government fears 360 million citizens, which is its RIGHTFUL state; the government is there to serve us at our pleasure, and be vanquished at our displeasure, not there to rule us at theirs, and subject to suffering their displeasure. Treason.

g) Any governmental who writes a law is also subject to the law, and thus any who violate the law and evade punishment by virtue of their power of office are guilty of treason. A government which violates its own law, as ours is so often guilty of doing, has no right to demand we obey their laws, doubly so when oppressive and unconstitutional. And doubly again when the person signing them into law cannot even prove citizenship to the simplest of standards. Such people make of The Law, something less, ‘the law,’ a mockery of no value whatsoever. I refuse to obey the law, but accept and follow only the Law of the Land (The Constitution)!

And let us not forget their oft cited caveat: we have recourse through the courts if we think a law unconstitutional. What recourse is that, really? When it can take a decade to work a suit through to the Supreme Court and cost millions of dollars, there is no recourse of practical meaning. When they can write new unconstitutional laws of like purpose ten times faster than we can negate an old one, there is is no recourse which excuses their writing them, and act of pure lust for power. Treason.

h) Media should never be allowed to be under control of the military-industrial-intelligence complex. It is so much under control, today, that I term it the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media (MIIM) Complex. When CIA puts thousands of operatives into media… when the top three TV networks are owned by military contractors (during the Flight 800 time frame, they were)… when a newspaper publishes the names of all gun owners and deliberately places their family, homes and the guns in danger… when ‘unafraid’ and ‘fair and balanced’ means ‘the truth is whatever government and globalists say happened, facts be damned,’ then those involved are guilty of Treason.

This list could be (should be) longer, but this is a blog and people don’t like them to be too long. So if they come for the guns and shooting breaks out, heaven help virtually any governmental captured, should the Constitutionalists and Patriots win out over ‘the law.’  So. Congress, and Mr. Obama, usurper King… spin the cylinder, put the gun to your head, and pull the trigger by signing that Bill. Let’s  see who pays, and what the price shall be.

You know where I live, and many more like me. You have lists of gun owners through previously written gun laws which should never have been allowed. But every citizen knows where all of you are, too. You don’t have enough Men in Black to get the 9 million activists before the rest of us come after you in numbers you can’t stop. You certainly don’t have enough to go after all 300,000,000 guns we possess… or is that why DHS also ordered 4.2 billion rounds or regular bullets?

What will you do when they come to your door to search for guns?

Who controls gun rights?

It is not lawmakers in Washington, D.C., who write illegal (unconstitutional laws) on purpose. They control only their own fascist rhetoric. The framers of the Constitution, and that document, are the ONLY authority we need obey. Even if you do not own a gun, the weapon Washington fears is in your hands; they fear a united WE, the PEOPLE.

Ergo; to lawmakers and other power usurpers and their minions of enforcers who disobey their oaths of office: I dare you  to try to take that weapon from our hands. Bring on 1776 2.0, if you must. Clint said it best. “Do you feel lucky, Punk?

Well, do you, Punk?

Note: the current proposed (Fascist Feinstein) gun law (clear analysis, here), will essentially force gun owners to give up the bulk of all pistols, rifles, and shotguns in a manner not unlike already undertaken in Australia. Those efforts resulted in a huge spike in gun violence as criminals were given a blank check knowing no citizen was protected by the likes of Mr. Smith and Wesson. We lost what? Well under 100 lives this last year to gun violence of the type the legislation claims to be defeating? Australia lost 93,000 lives to gun violence after confiscation, and their population is a mere fraction of our own. Yeah. Gun control works. It works for fascists and criminals (same thing, different levels of prowess and evil goals).
Do not obey illegal laws. Challenge authority. Stand on your rights.

 

Collateral Damage: A Web Experiment in Which You Judge and Impact Social Policy


Should a line be drawn? When the claimed benefit is thought to outweigh concern for deaths of innocents, what is the difference between a nuclear strike against a city and using a drone or a car bomb to kill everyone in a car where only one person was the target?

By H. Michael Sweeney, copyright © 2013, all rights reserved, proparanoid.wordpress.com
Permission to duplicate online hereby granted provided it is reproduced in full with all links and text colors in tact and unaltered, including this notice. 

When is collateral damage acceptable?

Is collateral damage ever acceptable?

Revealing article on Drone Attacks (more than we hear about) from Der Spiegel (CLICK).

Revealing article on Drone Attacks (more than we hear about) from Der Spiegel (CLICK).

With Obama ordering 30,000 Drones into American skies, and the military regularly conducting raids against American cities, and Police shooting at anyone on two feet to get one Cop Killer in California… we should perhaps come to a clear and concise understanding of what constitutes acceptable collateral damage, if anything at all. Perhaps “Thou shalt not kill,” is all we need to know. But…

If you could save 100 lives by killing one innocent person, would you elect their execution? If the only way you could prevent a Sept. 11 style attack threatening thousands was by shooting down a hijacked jetliner, would you so elect? Would you order someone sniped because of a significant chance they were about to kill the President, with no way to prevent it otherwise, but also no way to know for certain if they were the right person because all you had was circumstantial evidence? Where do you, personally, draw the line?

We hear those two words more and more in our news, even when there is no actual war going on. Drone diplomacy and policing has turned the taking of life into a video game, where decisions about who lives and dies is frequently being decided by a stranger in a darkened room half-way around the World. Murder is still murder, is it not? Or is it? What madness is this, that anyone ever has the authority for reasons of political expediency to decide life-or-death fate of innocent persons? Or is it silliness to even dare ask?

If a murderer deliberately sets out to kill you, or any person sets into motion events which accidentally kill you, that’s God’s domain to decide. His Will be done. But if your government or another wants to kill you simply to insure that someone else dies, or to insure some important political outcome for which you are not involved with or perhaps even aware of, who decides if the reason is good enough? I doubt they ask God before they sign off on the act. But what if YOU were the one to decide?

The answer is not simple, of course. For instance, for each unintended casualty, the blowback can be quite damaging and unexpected. Each becomes a martyred victim of US Imperialism (or something similar, depending on the target, of course) and literally strengthens the enemy. Governments and media in all nations involved, including our own, tend to roast (the President, or whomever) over a slow fire; it weakens relations with allies and foes alike internationally, and erodes political integrity at home. Collateral Damage can end up being to a tactical mission and the politics and politicians behind the mission the same as a total crash and burn, the burn often worse than the evil being attacked in the first place.

Is it OK to kill an innocent person if it will save the lives of many other people?

Where would you draw the line?

The answer may indeed be yours to decide — by means of the simple poll herein, which you are invited to use, which may very well give us a public concensus which can be used to help shape public policy by agencies, and the military, and those who empower them and wield them as political tools. Results of the poll may spark more officious study or even be cited directly in activist and legislative quarters. But only if you participate will it have such value. Answers are anonymous, and not traceable to individuals.

Lets look at a few examples in history which will give you practice for the Poll.

Deliberately sinking a passenger liner: During WWI the passenger steamship RMS Lusitania was headed for England from New York with nearly 2,000 souls on board.  Two people decided its fate, but ultimately, one was responsible, correctly predicting the other’s response to their provocation.

A torpedo was fired by a U-Boat, sinking the luxury liner, a horrific event which turned the tide of public and Congressional opinion in the United States and brought America into the war; nearly 10% of the 1,198 persons who died were Americans, many of them prominent. Who was really to blame?

It was not the U-Boat Captain, because the German High Command had already given the order that the Lusitania, if sighted, was to be considered a combatant because intelligence had revealed it was carrying munitions for England acquired from America, a violation of international law. This decision weighed 2,000 against the loss of life such munitions would inflict upon the German Army to the detriment of their war effort. But their decision it is not the one you are asked to judge.

Some other, unknown person, an American, also made a decision. Not just to illegally put munitions on a passenger ship without informing the steamship company, who would have objected and refused. No, that was by far a more innocent decision. The real decision that we are asking you to judge is this: that person also decided to deliberately allow the Germans to learn of the munition shipment specifically in hopes that they would dare sink the Liner, because that person, and their counsel, wanted the United States to go to war for political expedience.

Would you deem the Lusitania’s passengers as acceptible collateral damage for such a ‘noble political aim’ as rescuing Europe from domination by Germany, the argument they relied upon in their decision? Would it help to know that among those counseling for the move were shareholders and Board Members in the Powder Industry, makers of weapons and munitions?

This later aspect, the Powder Industry, highlights the importance of questioning such decisions. Often the decision makers have ulterior motives which are not part of the official consideration, or justification. The Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex, and the New World Order crowd (often one and the same people), are more often than not the decision makers. So choose wisely, your answers.

Dropping the Atomic Bomb: In WWII we decided to use the Atom bomb to try to force Japan to surrender. While the US Government was unwilling to cite the true facts and figures used in their decision, the argument to bomb was simple: using the bomb could speed the end of the war and save more lives on both sides than would be lost by dropping the bomb. Just like the Germans and the Lusitania.

President Truman rightly saw no difference in terms of moral choice between Atomics and fire bombing, already authorized in the bombing of Dresden, a like horrific act of war against civilian populations. Of course, we were also regularly firebombing Japan, a nation where homes were literally made of paper, burning to death up to 100,000 civilians in a single city. Indeed, we might should be arguing the bombing of any city by any kind of bomb should undergo the same scrutiny. But we need to focus on a singular incident.

In excusing the use of Atomic weapons, the military claimed they had at the time estimated it would save 500,000 to 1,000,000 lives of US military, and 1.7 to 4 million Japanese by avoiding invasion. We now know that the actual estimates were far less than the propoganda those larger numbers represent, numbers which continue to be used even today.

In like manner, the number of deaths predicted for the Japanese were minimized beyond reality. It was argued that by dropping warning leaflets ahead of the attack, citizens could be evacuated and limit their losses to mere tens of thousands, refusing the advice that such leaflets would be ignored as a scare tactic, which was indeed the case. Very few people fled the cities as result; most who could flee had already done so when non atomic bombing started taking its toll.

In all, more than a quarter million Japanese perished because of the two bombs dropped (it originally being argued a single bomb would do the job). The actual number of American lives estimated to have been saved from invasion was 60-190,000, and perhaps twice that number of Japanese. So let us presume the estimated loss by bombing was only 50,000 Japanese, and that it would save up to 200,000 combatants on each side by conventional invasion (50K vs. 400K). What would your decision be?

When the actual loss of life was later known, how would you feel? I think I would feel like confessing and suicide. Indeed, our first Secretary of Defense, James Forestall, who was one of the decision makers, may have taken that path, or he may have been assassinated for threatening to do so. He, or someone, put a cord around his neck before his body left the second story room via a window… in a government detention facility with barred windows, where he was being kept against his will after walking off the job without explanation.

Lets reduce the scale a bit — are Janitors acceptable collateral damage? Based on a real-World decision to bomb Lybia in retaliation for terrorist attacks backed by the Lybian government… dialog in the screenplay The American President (title role played by Michael Douglas) detailed what is thought to have been part of the actual decision making process by Presidents Reagan and, later, GW Bush… though in fact, the terrorism itself was seen by many as reprisal for attempts to kill Muammar Gaddafi already undertaken by America. I doubt the dialog took place in real life, but let’s use it, anyway…

The President (Shepard) is having a late-night emergency dialog with military and staff about the decision to order a B-1 Bomber attack in a ‘retaliation’ scenario. He is under intense political pressure by the other Party in a hotly contested bid for reelection against a man named Rumson (a ‘Defense Hawk’ rather a lot like Donald Rumsfeld), Shepard’s lack of military experience and seeming timidity in the face of affronts by other nations and terrorism being used against him. Keep in mind, that a large building would not have a single janitor, but a team of many, as well as the likelihood of citizens at large being on the streets nearby:

A.J.

Robin, as soon as our planes have cleared Libyan airspace, you can call the press…

LEWIS

General Rork says around O-Eight Hundred.

ROBIN

Sir, what do you think about a national address?

SHEPHERD

The last thing I want to do is put the Lybians center stage.

KODAK

I think it’s a great idea, sir. You know Rumson’s gonna be talking about your lack of military service.

SHEPHERD

This isn’t about Rumson. What I did tonight was not about political gain.

KODAK

But it can be, sir. What you did tonight was very presidential.

SHEPHERD

Leon, somewhere in Libya right now there’s a janitor working the night shift at the Libyan Intelligence Headquarters. He’s going about his job ’cause he has no idea that in about an hour he’s gonna die in a massive explosion. He’s just going about his job ’cause he has no idea that an hour ago I gave an order to have him killed. You just saw me do the least presidential thing I do.

So what would your verdict be? Would the international strategic political value of such an attack justify the collateral damage of a few janitors? On the assumption you genuinely feared the opposition would take America into an unwise war for the benefit of the military-industrial complex if they won the election, would the political gains at the voting booth change your answer?

Final example: Drone attack. It happens more than we hear about in media. I highly urge you to watch the Matt Damon/George Clooney film, Syriana (sorry for the multiple film references, but such things are part of media’s overall impact on our belief structures, and often the best ways of illustrating visually a gritty reality otherwise limited to mere words). Syriana is an insightful look at the intrigues of Middle East politics and oil-industry machinations rarely gained from the headlines. It also shows you exactly how a Drone attack is carried out in terms of command and control. But you need not see the film, or read the non fiction book it was based upon, See No Evil, by Robert Baer.

The question is, a CIA informant has provided fast-breaking intelligence that a known terrorist has, by unusual circumstances, been spotted hitchhiking and picked up by a car now driving along a deserted roadway in the desert. Presume there is a terror plot in works that will take perhaps hundreds of lives if you do not find a way to stop him. But it is also known that the other occupants, the driver, a woman and a child, do not know who their passenger is. Do you order a Drone to strike, or do you pass for a better opportunity, which are few and far between?

These are hard questions our leaders face all-too often. They do what they think is right for you, perhaps at times for political gain or for corporate profits, but always doing so in your name regardless of reason. So let’s take the poll, and see what you think should or should not be done in your name.

Poll on collateral damage

The Polls

Poll assumptions: Assume you are Commander in Chief or some other person for whom the decision is yours and yours alone. You’ve already asked advice, but it was 50-50 in weight results, and of no help, or there is no one to ask. The answers are incremental in nature, and as it is multiple choice, you only get one answer — each prior answer is considered inclusive in subsequent answers.

You should take the poll before finishing this article, because the remainder of the article might change your answers in the first section. Part of the experiment is to gauge just that: did additional considerations change your answer, as covered later.

But remember: how you answer about the value of the lives of others may impact how government thinks about the value of your life, or a loved one. A casual answer could be costly, considering the 30,000 Drones, military raids on American Cities, and trigger happy Cops in many American cities.

A poll on acceptable collateraldamage

Now that you’ve taken the first section. Lets ask the question in two more case studies. Bear in mind this time, however, how you’ve already answered on the Poll. That means you will need to weigh your answer to the following questions based on decisions you’ve already made. Its about body count, and justification. The context will be different, but it should not change your answers if your logic remains true to form.

The first regarding the Death Penalty for capital crime. We know for a fact that some percentage of persons sent to Death Row turn out to be innocent, in the end. Shockingly, there are at least 39 instances where there was overwhelming evidence of innocence but the stay of execution was refused out of fear it would cause turmoil or harm to the general function of the courts and penal system. For example, a single incident might force the verdict in hundreds of cases to be thrown out and require new trials. Is that acceptable collateral damage, or should the death penalty simply be abolished and the system be forced to clean up its own mistakes?

Take that same reasoning, now, and apply it to NDAA, the National Defense Authorization Act, which gives the President and Military the power and authority to assassinate any American merely suspected of being involved in terrorism (or simply kidnap and vanish and/or torture them). No due process. No trial. Is there any difference in the likelihood of collateral damage being present in such an act as there is in the Death Penalty scenario? That, too, is being done in your name.

Is it acceptable collateral damage to execute a death row prisoner who is really innocent?

 

The second is more complex. It will require you to suspend your current belief structure and to take on the mindset of someone quite different than you (hopefully). If you were of a political mindset that truly believed that the only good future course for the World was a one-World government… and understood that the only way such a government could exist was if, among other things, the United States, Mexico, and Canada formed the North American Union… and that the only way to establish that was to stage a military coup and suspend the Constitution that it could be replaced with a new Constitution which enables the NAU. Consider further that you believe (correctly), that the 2nd Amendment makes the outcome of such a coup highly unpredictable.

Note: the Constitution of the NewStates of America has already been written, as reproduced with analysis as such a document in my bookset, Fatal Rebirth. Please see special offer on free copy of Volume I by email.

If you believed the above to be true, and you believed that if there a one-World government was not established, dire consequences such as World-wide famine and wars over shortages of oil and food would result costing billions of lives (the kinds of arguments sometimes used to recruit for Globalists agenda)… and given HOW YOU RESPONDED TO THE POLL, could you justify in your mind a given number of innocent lives to help insure repeal of the 2nd Amendment?

Would you be willing, for instance, to authorize staging mass shootings to heat up the gun control debate, knowing that eventually, it would force a confrontation with gun owners and result in Martial Law, etc.? Would it be better to kill a few hundred people to save billions, or not? Would it matter if whole bunches of them were school kids, or wouldn’t it make it better for the purpose? Regardless of your own personal answer, look at the Poll results to see how others voted.

If just ONE person voted in the first section in a manner which implies they might also decide in favor of collateral damage in this matter, then does that change how you view of conspiracy theories regarding Comumbine, Aurora, Sandy Hook, and the many other mass shootings where such charges have been levied by critics? Does it change your previous opinion as to the likelihood or possibility that such a conspiracy might exist?

Is a false flag event ever excused as acceptable collateral damage?

How can collateral damage be anything but murder?

Summary commentary

Just asking? Just saying? No. It’s more important than curiosity, or what I believe is true. As a nation, we make public policy and law, in part, by virtue of battles between varied agenda and beliefs present in our collective body of decision makers, and prior policy and law.

Leaders make collateral damage decisions based on the limitations of law and public policy, and their willingness to violate either. But also, any willingness to violate the law or policy is, in part, determined by public outcry and expression of citizen beliefs. God save us were the no such thing as an activist, conspiracy theorist, honest and diligent reporters, or letters to the Editor and to Congressmen.

Unfortunately, where a conspiracy exists by those with an agenda, it is easy to manipulate emotions to impact that public expression. The purpose in asking these questions, was to help you reevaluate the mechanisms and basis for your viewpoints, and to stir you to express any changes in opinion or beliefs which result, or to at least be more open to considering the arguments of others that such change is warranted.

If you do not understand the reality of decisions made in your name, your opinion about them is incorrect, and the decisions are not being made correctly to your true wishes. You are de facto victim even if you are completely unaware, and by your ignorance, others suffer more seriously, including paying the ultimate price.

Those who have full understanding also know that conspiracy theories only exist when reported facts do not make sense. Conspiracies are hard to prove without proper investigation, which is all ‘conspiracy theorists’ seek to sponsor when they propose their alternative explanations or explore the evidence publicly. If enough people say “Yeah… what about that, Mr. Congressman? I want an honest investigation with no white wash,” truth stands a chance. Conspiracies cannot otherwise prove themselves except by two means, one rare, and the other all-too common, but completely ignored.

They rarely are proven by confession or smoking gun evidence, because theorists do not have the authority or means to acquire them, as a rule. But whenever there is any evidence of a cover up, or disinformation tactics used against the theories, that alone proves there is a conspiracy afoot. So when media and government responds to theories by name calling or lies instead of explaining away the charges with useful facts… you know there is fire beneath the smoke.

Please question government, always, lest you be fooled again. All governments lie, and all-too often, for reasons just as questionable as collateral damage, which is almost always part and parcel of any conspiracy. They do so in your name, and only you can prevent that deception, that collateral damage. Your mind is yours to control, not theirs to manipulate with lies, just as your life is yours to live, and not theirs to dispose of as collateral damage for political gain.

Neither is there any difference between your life or that of a loved one, and the life of some nameless person in another nation on the other side of the planet. If they deem any individual acceptable collateral damage, then every individual can be so deemed just as easily, regardless of nationality or political beliefs. If you have rights, all have rights, or non have rights. There is no insurance for you, alone, but that which you make true for all by voicing your mind.

There is no difference, so use your mind, think for yourself, and voice your opinions loudly, lest you loose your life, or someone else does in your stead… and in your name.

 

Statistics Prove Gun Control No Solution; a Political Ruse


Statistics prove gun control is no solution; gun violence is a political ruse.

Taking away guns does not stop psychiatric care-sponsored killings: pseudo science and drug industry profits are the real killer

by H. Michael Sweeney, copyright © 2012, all rights reserved. Permissions to duplicate in full with all links and credits in tact hereby granted, provided they point to proparanoid.wordpress.com and include this notice.
Was Sandy Hook Shooting a multiple shooter conspiracy?
Updated 4/10/13: Proof media and government don’t want you to know the truth and employ disinfo tactics instead, re ‘gun control.’ Changes and pointers to related material indicated with RED TEXT.

Reading this post you will learn

1)   Statistics show the worst shooters are victims of mind altering drugs given under ‘psychiatric care’ with poor or no supervision;
2)   They also show that when denied access to guns, people find more gruesome means to kill, even in mass murder;
3)   That such drugs have a history tied to CIA mind control research in a class I call mind control enabling psychotropics;
5)   That the ONLY winner in gun control is tyranny.
Who is lying about the guns used in Sandy Hook, and why?
Official portrait of George H. W. Bush, former...

Official portrait of George H. W. Bush, former President of the United States of America. (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

Portrait of DoD Mr. J. Danforth Quayle, Vice P...

USAF portrait of Vice President J. Danforth Quayle (Wikipedia photo)

Update: The mass murder attempt in Texas yesterday employing a knife and response by media proves a couple of key points regarding the validity and reasons behind gun control efforts. Additionally, Mr. Sorento, Presidential pretender, is blindsiding Congress and the public when he gives speeches on gun control.

1) There are a rash of ‘copy me’ mainstream news articles using the same exact text/images/headline claiming that mass knife attacks are RARE according to experts. Other media have at least reworded the same message, but remain parroting an official line. This is blatantly false as the statistics show, below, marked now in Red. This blog has cited more than 20 examples of mass murders or attempts using weapons other than guns, specifically to point out that taking away guns does not stop murderers.

2) Other articles and news sources (TV/Radio) are trying to spin the knife attacks in support of gun control by offhand remarks such as ‘If he had used a gun, there would have been more deaths.” Perhaps so, but who is to say his intent was to actually kill — else he would have chosen a weapon with a longer blade. More to the point, if students had been allowed to conceal carry, HE would have been dead with reduced bloodshed of innocents.

3) Sorento gives his speeches before a 100% manufactured crowd of supporters with absolutely no opposing viewpoints allowed, This gives the illusion that NO ONE in their right mind could possibly disagree. This is result of his illegal quashing of 1st Amendment Rights by signing the so-called Federal Buildings and Grounds Restrictive Act. This Law allows Police to eject, even arrest anyone who protests on government property or anywhere near events where government officials are appearing publicly. This is nothing less than subtle disinfo blind siding. End update.

Arguing to take away guns ‘that have no use to a hunter’ is to ignore the fact that the 2nd Amendment has nothing to do with hunting, and everything to do with insuring government does not abuse their power over the people. It is intended to be a form of checks and balances to tyranny, and nothing less.

We clearly need it now more than ever, given the rapid loss of freedoms to government’s paranoiac response to ‘terrorism,’ a crime of questionable attribute, at best, and one which kills fewer Americans than results from wrongful deaths at the hands of law enforcement.

My idea of gun legislation, therefore, is to give me the right to pack a government provided SAM missile launcher and Apache helicopter, not merely some bolt-action rifle I pay for at my own expense — in part because pistols and single shot rifles do little to deter soldiers able to pick you off from a distance with their sniper rifles… and DHS is spending billions to stockpile enough ammunition to kill everyone in North America, including some 9 million rounds of sniper bullets. I have to ask why, and fear the answer is the T-word.

Why does the government want to take your guns away? Martial Law is why.

Lets be clear

No one wants to take away from the legitimate concerns of victims of senseless murders of innocents as underscored so horribly in the recent rash of mass shootings. It is right to be angry and to grieve with introspective analysis and to seek a solution to prevent such heinous acts as so painfully evident in the massacre of children and adults in Connecticut. And all Americans and people elsewhere in the World are victims, too… we all are forced to suffer some lesser anguish in our compassion for those who lost family members and friends in these events.

But please, do not become yet another kind of victim by taking the bait and blaming guns, not even a particular kind of gun, especially when inconsistencies and the very nature of official statements of evidence suggest either a conspiracy of shooters is being foisted upon us as yet another ‘crazed lone gunman,’ or lies are offered in a conspiracy within government to force gun control upon us… or both.

How, for instance, in Sandy Hook, is it possible for the Coroner to cite to media with law enforcement at his side that everyone was killed by a rifle, when State and local Police had already stated that only handguns were found in the school with the shooter’s body (first, two, then four pistols), and the only rifle found was in the shooter’s locked trunk?

There are other questions, but not as many as found in Aurora’s theater shooting. These kind of nagging ‘conspiracy theory’ questions for which the public deserves to have answers are always ignored, of course, because, ‘they are merely conspiracy theorists’ doing the asking… even when persons of credentials ask. Thus the truth, including the real cause of ‘gun violence,’ is never explained.

Why are there so many ties between Sandy Hook and Aurora?

Right in front of our eyes all along

And yet, the real cause has been right before your eyes the whole time, but deliberately veiled by corporate and government forces allied for varied agenda. I first wrote about the problem in my book, Fatal Rebirth (a four volume look at crimes of the New World Order which predicted Sept. 11 attacks, an assassination attempt which took place, and mass shootings of the kind we face, now, and so much more). I also wrote about it in my books on Political Control Technology, such as MC Realities.

A ten-year research effort for these books, as well as personal family experiences, made it all-too-clear.  It is subsequently verified by statistics and other information you can easily verify for yourself: the real culprit is a thirst for power and control, both financial and political. Their weapon is disinformation, and chemicals. As such, then, it is imperative that we look both at mass shooting events as well as political assassination events; both being used to effect political change against the natural will of the people and course of governments. It is, after all, yet another form of mind control for the masses: change the mood and the will of the people with lies.

Are mass shootings sponsored by the CIA or military?

Start with the Congressional Record

If you are closed-minded about the possibility of mind control and see it as mere tin-foil hat nonsense, then you are already a victim of CIA’s Operation Mockingbird, and should skip this section because you will not wish to be confused by the facts. It might even be harmful to your psyche to learn you have been manipulated by a form of mind control called disinformation, aka propaganda. Mockingbird put thousands of CIA agents directly into media at all levels from management to reporters and anchor persons… to make sure you got all the news that’s fit to distort.

The Church and Rockefeller Commission findings of the 1970s regarding CIA mind control research further revealed all manner of inhumane MC research and non consensual testing on unwitting human subjects. It is clear that among even worse atrocities, CIA was keen to develop drugs that could control a person’s mind to the point that they would do anything commanded, even to kill themselves or others; the Manchurian Candidate, or ‘programmable person.’

There is much more I could write on this topic, but I do not wish to cause readers not open to the notion to stop reading, for there are more important things yet to discuss. I suggest Alex Constantine’s book, Psychic Dictatorship in the USA, for those wanting the gory details, and my book, MC Realities, to learn about the development of psychotropic mind altering drugs (mind control enabling drugs) by Eli Lilly under ex CIA director George Herbert Walker Bush and Dan Quayle as company executives… the very drugs we are about to see quite tied to the type of gun violence of which this article speaks.

When media controls what you think, you are a victim of mind control

Gun violence: Look at the Statistics

The first mass shooting of note in America was the Texas Tower sniper murder of 13 at the University of Texas, Austin, in 1966. From that time forward there have been countless incidents, so many, in fact, that media hardly thinks to look at the big picture, all-too preoccupied with the gory details of the most recent events. Convenient for them and government, perhaps…

…as it does not serve hidden agenda if you compare today with yesterday and learn that there is a pattern of significant relevance which is clearly being withheld from you. You make your decisions based on the colored view of blood-red tinted glasses fitted with blinders of ‘current news.’ There is a reason I call it the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex. What makes you think ‘free press’ has anything to do with American media, a media largely controlled by less than a dozen people, exactly as the Congressional Record cited to be all that was needed to control the press. The statistics will reveal it all…

SSRI medication was developed by CIA as a mind control enabling drug

What mass shootings and assassination events have in common:

It is so rare to find otherwise, that I dare say every such shooting has many, if not all, of the same key ingredients in place: a) prior psychiatric care involving the use of prescribed mind-altering drugs (pscyhotropics, generally of the SSRI variety — Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors such as Prozac, Zoloft, Paxil, and dozens of others); b) a triggering event based on emotional stress or trauma or the curtailing of or failure in treatment processes, such as failing to take medication or overdosing; and in all-too-many cases, c) the otherwise ‘coincidental’ peripheral presence in their lives of military, CIA, or other persons, firms, or organizations associated in some way with mind control technology.

Note: there is another kind of triggering event for the Machurian Candidate style of programmed shooter, the kind of person used as a disposable patsy, because they tend not to be very effective as actual killers. The best example is, perhaps, Sirhan Sirhan, who emptied his gun at Robert Kennedy but hit him, not, according to modern forensic review: Kennedy was shot from behind, and upward. Such persons are programmed in advance to do a specific thing upon hearing or reading a select unusual triggering phrase.

Such phrases are offered once to cause them to pay attention (throws a mental switch). It is then subsequently repeated twice close together to cause them to carry out the instructions (initiates a command sequence). Interesting, then, that in Sandy Hook, that a particular Web set published the following phrase three times, once as title, and twice in the text: “Sandy Hook Lingerie Party Massacre.”

This was published on the same day as the Aurora shooting, in which the film, The Dark Knight Rises, shows a map of the villain’s attack plans with Sandy Hook (a district of Gotham City renamed to Sandy Hook for the film, for some unknown reason) as the place next to be struck. And yet, it is strange things like this which get us conspiracy theorists labeled as ‘nuts’ by media that you might be more comfortable in ignoring us, instead of thinking for yourself. How comfortable are you, right now?

The rush to gun control serves the NWO agenda for a one World government

SSRI drugs cause violent thoughts and deeds as side effects

SSRI drugs are killers, both by suicide and by murderous acts committed by those taking them. There is a remarkable summary of this phenomenon at ssristories.com, a Web site which just a few years ago listed perhaps only 50 or 60 examples, but today cites about 5,000 cases which illustrate the problem. The link sorts them by the general nature of the case, but you can sort by date or location, or any other heading.

A quick review reveals some startling examples, which I shall first outline in terms of the dangerous aspects of the drug class and its propensity for sponsoring unchecked violence in patients, and then more specifically relate to mass murders and assassinations, gun violence ahead of other forms of murder.

Why do ‘scientists’ and ‘doctors’ of excellent educational qualifications fail to realize, in light of these known side effects: every physical person has a unique physiology, DNA, and dietary makeup, and thus, it is impossible to predict the results of a given infusion of chemicals into a body where, especially in the brain, the EXISTING balance of chemical makeup is not prepared to suffer alterations with kindly result. Why then, do they persist on guessing at initial dosage levels, and then upping the ante when results are not deemed adequate, until side effects make it clear the med will not help, and then switch them to another med, and start all over again? It is witchcraft-level insanity, and it is guaranteed to have negative outcome.

It is NOT science, nor is it MEDICINE.

It is important to realize even this massive list is only a tip of the iceberg. It ONLY represents reports by family members, doctors, organizations, and other select researchers who were examining and reporting purely from the medical viewpoint. Further, as many of the reports are voluntary contributions, it represents only reports from people who happened to learn of the Web site’s existence and who were moved to report, and, moreover, is limited to reports from people who came to realize the relationship of events to the drug. For this reason, you will not find mentions of assassinations of note, such as my research indicates should be included (name ANY assassination attempt in modern American history, and you will likely find it true).

Among the reports (and a couple of details from my own research) we find court rulings and law enforcement investigative findings which frequently place the blame squarely on the drugs, and not the violent person, in some cases causing the courts not to elect punishment — even for capital crimes involving death. Here is your summary of drug induced violence:

Suicides are very convenient in a conspiracy

Let’s talk suicides:

1)   Over 250 reports involve suicides only, and many times that number include suicide as aftermath to other violence, such as arson, murder, and so forth. Suicide is almost the norm after such drug-caused violence;

2)   One attorney reports he has had a total of 73 calls about suicides from just one specific SSRI;

3)   Indiana county study shows 41% of all suicides involved SSRIs

4)   Wisconsin study shows 54% of teen suicides involved SSRIs

5)   Sweden study shows 52% of women suicides involved SSRIs

6)   Report shows US military suffers 18 suicides a day, 40% on SSRIs

7)   Multiple reports of suicide pacts where all participants were on SSRIs

8)   Another 200 questionable deaths listed which may have been suicides.

9)   EVERY SSRI lists suicidal thoughts as a side effect

10) Suicide attempts often involve the most painful and horrific, and least effective means, such as blow torch, grinders, etc., or the most illogical, such as trying to jump out of an airliner, or stripping naked and wandering off into a winter wilderness.  Suicide by Cop is quite popular, as are head-on and other fatal car crashes, for which statistics are likely quite under reported.

Manchurian candidate murderers are always ruled as acting alone

Let’s talk murders:

 1)   Over 1,200 reports of murder attempts, about one fourth of them followed by suicide or attempts;

2)   Within one week of returning home, nearly a dozen soldiers on SSRIs killed their wives;

3)   Methods vary widely: when guns were not available, almost any means might be employed, including additional reports under other categories, such as vehicular homicide, arson, and so forth (roughly another 100 cases). Details follow.

 Conspiracy must exist if there is a cover up in place

Of interest (or no interest, really) to TSA and FAA:

1)   Nearly two dozen incidents involving violence on an airplane or at an airport;

2)   Individual reports of eleven private plane crashes killing 24 people blamed on SSRIs;

3)   Airline Industry study reveals 100 crash pilots using SSRIs;

4)   At least one hijacking was initiated by an SSRI user.

 No one goes ‘crazy’ without some triggering event – contrived or coincidental

How about kidnapping and hostage taking?

 1)   About twenty instances linked to SSRIs;

2)   Seven instances involve schools and students as victims.

 When you hear ‘lone shooter,’ think ‘conspiracy cover up.’

How about arson and bombing?

 1)   80 arson events, three involving schools, two events where school administrators on SSRI set fires at home;

2)   35 bombing instances, two involving schools.

 CIA lies to put their own men in post of Chief, Spokesperson, and head of Internal Affairs

Other Killing Sprees?

 1)   Remember the rash of US Postal Worker rage shootings? Most were SSRI;

2)   About two dozen instances of fast food chains, trains and busses, churches, banks and other offices, and even a country club and a nursing home;

3)   More than 30 incidents at schools, about 1/3rd of which were SSRI, including virtually every event which made national or international news;

 Gun control is a codeword for police state control

And when there is no gun available?

 1)   One 17 year old holds 20 children and teacher hostage at point of a sword. So if you take all the guns, better get all the swords, too;

2)   A Mother attacks her son with a sword. See what I mean?

3)   School day care center looses two children and an adult to a knife attack. After all, knives are just short swords, right? So, if you are going to take away larger gun clips, but not small, then we presume you would take swords, but no knives. What did you gain?

4)   A woman laughs as she uses her car to chase down three kids at an elementary school. Alright, so now no one can own a car, right?

5)   Man attacks 11 kids and 3 teachers with a machete. See what I mean?

6)   Numerous fires started with intent to kill people in apartments, stores, offices, and schools. Starting to get the idea?

7)   The johnstonsarchieve.net Web site lists these additional incidents (scroll to events with ‘criminal’ cited instead or ‘terrorism’) with no known tie to SSRI drugs, but are cited here because the killers had no guns:

    1. Bath Michigan man uses dynamite to kill 40 children, himself, and the School Superintendant over inability to pay school taxes causing foreclosure of his farm. So if you take all the guns, better also take all the materials used to make explosives;
    2. Poe Elementary playground attacked by man with bomb in suitcase killing himself, his son, the Principal, a custodian, two other students, and injuring 17 other children. See what I mean?
    3. 63 students and adults were burned to death by an angry student at a school dance in Goteborg, Sweden (gun control in Sweden is strict). So if you take all the guns, better take all the gasoline and matches;
    4. 67 teen students died from an arson attack on the dorm at Kyanguli Secondary School in Machakos, Kenya, injuring 19 others. See what I mean?
    5. The Elementary School of Ikeda, Japan, lost 8 students and another 13, including two teachers, were injured by a man with a kitchen knife (there is total gun control in Japan);
    6. 72 kindergarten students and teachers at Zhanjiang City, China, became dangerously ill from rat poison put in their salt by a competing school operator (there is total gun control in China). So now there can be no household poisons?
    7. That same year, 2002, two men upset with contract provisions with Number One High School in Changed, China, put rat poison in breakfast food making 195 children and teachers seriously ill. See what I mean?
    8. Two years later, Number Two High School in Ruzhou, China, suffers an attack by a man who kills 8 and injures 4 students with a knife while they sleep in three separate dormitories;
    9. And yet the next year, a man who had lost his job, again in Zhanjiang, attacks several Nansoon Middle School students with a kitchen knife, injuring 8;
    10. In Jikari High School, Yamaguchi, Japan, a student threw a homemade bomb made from nails and emptied firecrackers into a classroom, injuring 58 students and the teacher. Might as well do away with the 4th of July celebration, anyway, since you are getting rid of the Constitution and Bill of Rights;
    11. In 2010, a man killed three students, and a teacher, and injured 20 other children and staff at the kindergarten of Zibo, China, once more with a knife;
    12. Another machete attack took place in the 5th grade class of the Talisayan Elementary School, Xamboanga City, Philippines, killing one student, a teacher, and a grandfather of a student, and injuring 4 more students and two teachers (gun control in the Philippines is near total);
    13. If you wish more examples, there are thirty more at the bottom of this wikipedia link on list of rampage killers, including at least two alleged deliberate crashing of passenger jets. So let’s put TSA and the FAA out of work and ban aircraft. After all, you do want to protect people from violence, right? That really IS your motive for taking away guns, RIGHT? Sorry… I didn’t hear your answer.

 If you do not own a gun, you do not own your government

And what about when other citizens nearby ALSO have guns…

…the guns they want to take away from you and me? The news of such events that does not make endless headlines because it does little to support gun control wishes of those who seek total control over an unarmed public? A mention the day it happens is as good as it gets, as a rule. Thanks for much of this compilation by gunwatch.blogspot.com:

 1)   A 1995 mass murder for drug effort was spoiled in Muskegon, MI, when the store owner, despite being shot four times in the back, managed to use his own gun to scare off druggies who had planned to kill everyone in his store;

2)   A 1997 high school shooting in Pearl, Miss., was halted by the school’s vice principal after he retrieved a pistol he kept in his truck;

3)   A 1998 school dance  for Parker Middle School (Edinboro, PA) shooting saw one teacher killed, and anther teacher and two students wounded before a man living next door forced the shooter to surrender by getting the drop on him with his shotgun;

4)   A 1999 gun shop owner with concealed pistol shot a gunman to the ground who had brought 100 rounds of ammo with him to ‘go out in a blaze of glory’ at, of all places, a shooting range in California (a guarantee he would get his wish);

5)   A 2002 shooting at Appalachian School of Law in Grundy, Va., came to an abrupt conclusion after three had been killed and three more wounded —when two students, unbeknownst one to the other, ran to their cars to retrieve firearms and confront the shooter with threat of crossfire;

6)   A 2005 shooting which started at the Smith County Courthouse in Tyler, TX, and involved high-speed pursuit, was ended because of the intervention of Mark Allen Wilson, who had a legal concealed carry weapon. This one did not end as well as the others cited, herein, as Wilson was himself killed by the shooter, who was wearing a bullet-proof vest. However, the exchange of fire allowed Police who had been kept at bay to end the matter with fatal shots of their own. This was after the shooter had already killed his ex-wife and wounded his own son, and wounded three lawmen in the melee;

7)   A 2007 gunman attempting to kill parishioners of the New Life Church in Colorado Springs was only able to kill two before being shot by an armed retired Policeman who had changed his mind about going to church that day because of a previous like attack on a church in Ogden the prior week;

8)   A 2007 mall shooter in Utah, after killing five and wounding four, was shot dead by an armed off-duty police officer;

9)   A 2008 shooting in an Israeli School (the Mercaz HaRav massacre) was ended by shots from a student and off-duty policeman using personal weapons, who entered the school with such intent after hearing shots which killed 7 teens and one teacher, and wounded ten other students;

10) A 2008 Winnemucca tavern shooting was ended after two deaths when the shooter, while reloading, was shot dead by a patron with a concealed carry permit;

11) A 2009 workplace shooting in Houston, Texas, was halted by two coworkers who carried concealed handguns;

12) A 2009 College Park party was interrupted by two gunmen who counted ten guests and then counted bullets to insure they had enough. After separating the Men and Women one of them started to rape one of the women, but was ‘coitus interruptus’ by shots from her boyfriend, who killed one and drove off the other gunman;

13) A 2009 restaurant robbery attempt by two gunmen Anniston, AL, was thwarted when one of them threatened the life of a patron who was hiding, only to be shot dead by the customer, who had also prepared his concealed pistol for possible use. A few shots were then exchanged with the second gunman, who was critically wounded;

14) That same year, a convenience store in Richmond, VA, was  robbed at gunpoint, the clerk being shot and wounded, and other patrons being shot at before the robber was shot dead by a patron with concealed carry permit.

15) A 2010  Mills, N.Y., shooting incident where the gunman, an angry customer, intended to kill six employees (he had a ‘death list’ of their names) of a cell phone store was, after opening fire on his first victim, himself shot dead by an armed off duty policeman with concealed weapon.

16) A 2012 RV park shooting incident in Early, Texas, was ended by a resident with his pistol as the gunman, after killing two people and their dogs, then held Police at bay with his scope equipped rifle;

17) A 2012 church shooting in Aurora, Colo., was stopped by a member of the congregation carrying a gun.

I leave you with two things, the first being: In Australia, where total gun control has been enacted (confiscation to establish an almost completely unarmed public), in 2011 there were STILL 94,000 shootings that took 29,000 lives… with not one civilian able to defend themselves. In America, the one spot where gun violence is rated worst, oddly enough, is the District of Columbia. Let’s compare:

There, the 2011 death rate by firearms was 12 deaths per 100,000 population, and that’s in a country where gun ownership is 89 guns per 100 adults. Compare that to Australia where it is now roughly 6 guns per 100 (est. by using UK provided figures), where deaths are 131 per 100,000.  Does that sound like gun control works as proponents claim?

To get that information in media, of course, I had to go to England, because the American press won’t tell you the truth about such things. They got their information from FBI, which any US paper or news network could just as easily have done… but actual investigative reporting would not help government take away your gun, would it?

The second is this: Out of 10,650 murders by gunmen in Virginia, only 4 were by persons who had legally registered with concealed carry permits.  Criminals don’t need or seek permits, of course. These four deaths by legitimate ‘gun toters’ would seem somewhat balanced by the fact that there are about as many instances, the most recent being the Clackamas Mall shooting… where persons with concealed weapons elected NOT to use their gun to shoot at gunmen engaged in murder because they did not feel they could safely do so without risking hitting innocent persons in the line of fire, or return fire hitting such persons behind them. That is part and parcel of good gun handling safety training, which all firearms owners should be required to have: my idea of a ‘gun control law’ that might actually work some good.

But personally, I’d rather have open carry… I’d even be moved to wear a six gun and cowboy hat if the 1875 Colt .45 hadn’t been stolen from my family some years back (when I did wear it in public on occasion). Open carry is a silent and untold deterrent to gun violence. In Cuba, there is no standing army, because every capable citizen serves in the Defense Force (like the National Guard), and is issued an AK-47, side arms (many people pack), and even grenades. Result: LOW CRIME, and very few murders by these weapons. The same is true in Switzerland (different weapons, of course), so it has nothing to do with Communism, that it works.

Statistically, in the Old Wild West where wearing a gun was the norm, gun violence was also relatively low… (e.g., the murder rate per capita in Abilene was lower than any modern US city, today). There have probably been more shooting victims in TV and movie westerns than in real life in the old West. When almost everyone has a gun, politeness rules; even when confronting someone in an unpleasant situation, it was done with carefully chosen words.

SIR, I believe that Ace up your sleeve proves you are a card cheat — and the pot is therefore mine, unless you wish to object?” Given the choice, most villains would back down unless the odds were significantly in their favor… which gun control laws will surely provide them, one 2nd Amendment-eroding law at a time.

The Clackamas Town Center Shooter… me, my family, and friends


This one came closer than I’d like to those I love… and requires we make comparisons to Aurora.

Permission to repost if in entirety with all links in tact and credit to author H. Michael Sweeney, and the original blog at proparanoid.wordpress.com
Clackamas shooting compared to aurora shooting

Reading this post you will learn:

a) How the Clackamas shooting relates to me and people I love, personally

b) How it relates to the Aurora Century 21 shooting

c) That like Aurora, there are still mysteries and questions to be resolved

When the Mall finally reopened after the Police investigation, our family all went to the Mall and expressed our moral support. They had a nice Candle light vigil, and there was a group singing Christmas Carols. A lot of people had tears in their eyes, including me. We hung a Star on the tree in Memorial for victims and their families. I wrote simply, “Hope, Love, Faith, Life.”

I also recorded a music segment and sent it as a text message to a dozen people I thought would appreciate it. It ‘spoke’ volumes about coming together as a community and going forward under duress. But as it happens, this event was a bit closer to home, and some of my tears were not just for those reasons, but because of more personal details.

As an author and consultant on privacy and security matters, as well as abuse of power issues including crimes of the New World Order, I should be used to such nastiness by now. I’ve been involved with investigations or other direct confrontations resulting in capture and prosecution a whole range of bad guys, including going head-to-head with terrorists and dirty cops, with three and perhaps five attempts on my life for my trouble. Read about it.

But no. I’m not used to it.

My wife has come home to find Men in Black fleeing our home using walkie talkies. People have tried to break into our home while we slept three nights in a row, and they did eventually gain entrance while we were away and ‘did things.’ I could spend an hour telling you about one man (a Parole Officer) who, with his coworkers and Bounty Hunter friends regular followed us… followed us to a birthing class where we observed him covertly meet with a member of the class who tried to get friendly with us… later identified as a Naval Intelligence Officer.

I was investigating the Flight 800 shoot down at the time. I could go on like that for some time, actually, with endless tales of Men in Black, FBI, CiA, Secret Service, and even one confirmed NSA and MI-5/6 spook. Even today there is the odd event, because I often cross swords with client opponents, often some of those same players. Despite all that, I’m still not used to it.

Aurora shooting compared to clackamas shooting

About Clackamas Town Center

Clackamas Town Center, a few feet from where shooter entered complex (from their site – click)

One of our twins currently works at Sears at one end of the Mall, as did her husband until recently. The other twin works at Penny’s, at the opposite end of the Mall. In the center of the Mall on one side we find the Century 21 theater and its adjacent food court where the shooting is said to have taken place. Opposing this, is Macey’s. Both my Wife and I used to work there… and my Sister-in-law subsequently works there, now.

The story goes this way: on Tuesday, Dec. 11, a young man whom I will not honor by naming, hurriedly left his car in the parking lot and rushed to the Macy’s exterior entrance, dropping at least one ammunition clip as he went. He was carrying an AR-15 .223 rifle almost identical to the one used by James Holmes, and wearing a ‘white mask.’ Once inside, he ran through the store attracting much attention and causing some due concern. About four seconds after running past my Sister-in-law at the Cosmetic’s Department, he opened fire. It was 3:27 PM, according to a cash register transaction at the same instant. Police say there were easily 10,000 people in the Mall at that moment. Shudder.

At 3:27 on the day before, I had been at the Mall, myself. I was in the food court where I struck up a conversation with the young woman who ran a cupcake kiosk at the edge of the food court closest to Macy’s interior entrance… where the shooter would be appearing the next day. Had I had that conversation on Tuesday instead of Monday, I would have observed first-hand the shooter as he skid to a halt and prepared his weapon, and opened fire:

He shot a woman in the chest and killed her, likely instantly. She was Cindy Yuille, a Mother of 54 years who looks very much like my Sister-in-law, and is about the same age. I shudder. He also shot in that same instant a 15 year-old teenage girl, Kristina Chevchenko, who suffered serious injury but is thankfully now recovering. She looks like a neighbor girl, and actually lives within a healthy walk’s distance from us. I shudder. He then turned the weapon on the cupcake lady, and fired but missed. As I could have been there, and had spoken to her the day before, I shudder.

Other shots fatally took down Steven Forsythe, age 45, and Father of two. He was one of those dynamic and widely admired and loved individuals who seemed to be involved in everything good, including being a high school football coach.  He also lived a walk away, and was a personal friend and business colleague to one of my own friends and business colleagues. I shudder.

The shooter, it is estimated, fired some 60 rounds before fleeing and, perhaps at seeing Police were closing in, took his own life. Early in the shooting, just as in Colorado, his gun jammed. By the time he could clear it, most everyone had taken shelter, many into stores where employees were herding them into secure back rooms and locking everyone behind steel grates and heavy fire doors. Kudos, Clackamas TC!

Had their quick thinking and selflessness not been so…  had the gun not jammed… had the shooter been better prepared or not been wearing a mask to partially restrict his view…  had some people been confused by the echoes and run toward the shooter instead of away… I shudder.

Now, please allow me to change directions for making a couple of points. It was not that many weeks ago that one of my most popular blogs was on the Aurora shooting. I wrote it to raise 25 questions no one has asked, any one of which point to James Holmes as a patsy in a false flag terror event. I also revealed specific potential motives for outside parties to be responsible, with proofs of viability.

Aurora and Clackamas shootings compared.

Clackamas and Aurora Have Troubling Similarities

a) both alleged shooters were young troubled men with psychiatric problems (which we now hear again in the even more tragic shooting of 27 in Connecticut). This is a very tired refrain heard time and again in mass shootings, and there are reasons for concern associated with CIA’s MK Ultra and related mind control experiments;

b) both wore all black. One wore a gas mask and, sans mask, was ‘made up’ to more or less look like ‘The Joker,’ while in Clackamas, it was merely a ‘white mask.’ But there is a problem there, too: conflicting reports describe it as three distinctly different kinds of masks, and for some troubling reason, Police decline to confirm WHICH ~ a Michael Meyer’s Halloween Mask; a Jason’s style Hockey player’s mask; or a Guy Fawkes (We are Anonymous… expect us!) mask;

c) both used the same weapon, and AR-15 .223 variant. The weapon jammed and prevented more carnage;

d) both fled to no avail, which begs the question, why bother? Holmes just sat in his car and waited to be captured without resistance, while in Clackamas, the shooter took his own life. Police found him dead, sans reports of hearing or seeing him shoot himself, but why? Why wear a mask, and why run if you were going to kill yourself?

e) both incidents suffered conflicting reports as to the number of shooters seen and their whereabouts at any given point in time, implying a possible coordinated assault. In Aurora, there is considerable evidence this is so, but in Clackamas, at least thus far, we might presume it to be normal confusion causing misconception and mistaken accounts.

f) both took place in or at the virtual doorstep of a Century 21 theater. On first reports on Clackamas, I was very concerned about this particular coincidence, but am less certain it matters, now ~ because the actual shooting began in the area central to the mall at the edge of the food court, and the shooter entered from the opposite side of the complex from the theater. Had he intended to target Century 21, there was an entrance right there.

g) both enjoyed remarkably prompt Police response. In Clackamas, the shooter was not very bright. The Mall is located about one block away from the Sheriff’s Office, which also has a secondary presence right on the Mall lot with about a half dozen cars. In Aurora, the nearest facility was several miles distant and quite away from common arterials.

h) in both, Police were not terribly forthcoming with facts early on (SOP). However, mistakes made by Aurora Police in their public statements (see my post) were not present in Clackamas.

Still, with all these coincidences, I shudder. Doubly so because of the horror in Connecticut, a murderous rampage of which I cannot bring myself to write… except to say that I shudder to consider that three such shootings… four if you count the Sheik Temple shooting in Michigan… all within a window of a few weeks of the same Season… and all on the heels of a United Nations Treaty attempt to ban all firearms in civilian ownership.

Clackamas is a community of people with whom I share a happy existence in a beautiful and generally peaceful setting. Good people. So I shudder at the closeness and ‘what if’ nature of the Mall shooting as it indeed came all-too close to impacting my own family in even more personal and tragic ways. We were lucky. Others families and friends were not.

But I shudder also because all the communities where these shootings took place are like that… and in a country where government seems to be preparing itself for war with its own citizens and, in local preparation, would find any such effort a lot easier if there was some way they could ban all weapons and collect them, first. It is for my me and my family that I shudder, yes. But also, for my country and a thing called the Constitution.

Many people died when those shootings took place. But I fear the Second Ammendment may also be a casualty given the explosion of talk about gun bans as result, especially because of Connecticut… and in thinking it possible…

I do indeed shudder!

SPQR, PAX Amerikana: the Failing Roman Empire of the NWO


And why they must keep you afraid of (something) and distract you from the simple truth.

by H. Michael Sweeney
permission to reproduce granted if in full and with all links and credits in tact, and linking back to proparanoid.wordpress.com

SPQR, PAX Amerikana: the Failing Roman Empire of the NWO

SPQR. Design: Philippe Remacle.

SPQR. Design: Philippe Remacle. (Photo: Wikipedia)

At a root level, the United States governmental model is not that much different than that of the Roman Empire — especially today. Yes, I will be found to be generalizing in ways which take some liberties to make the point, but would hope the reader is intelligent enough to understand the reasoning for cause. Compare and consider:

• Both were/are based upon a Senate form of government (in Rome, they said ‘SPQR,’ which stands for Senätus Populusque Römänus — the Senate and People of Rome) headed by a supreme, all-powerful dictator with the ability to make his own laws regardless of basis in legality. We call them Executive Orders, they called them edicts from the Emperor who, in the declining years of the Empire, thought himself God. Hmm… you don’t suppose Obama…    ?

• Both were/are expansionist in nature based on superior military prowess applied in an endless series of wars to ‘insure peace.’ In Rome, they said ‘Pax Romana,’ which translates as ‘Roman Peace.’ For the Romans, conquest was early on territorial in nature and garnered slaves to build and maintain the Empire and establish a comfortable standard of living for citizens. For the U.S., early conquest was territorial in nature and garnered resources to do the same — over 140 military campaigns between 1776 and 1900, and more to come. Sure. Some were and would be righteous and just, but many were and would be contrived and questionable.

• In Rome, they declared neighboring peoples as ‘warlike’ and ‘barbarians’ to justify conflicts to subdue them. In America we declared the Indians and others in the same way, and even took land Canada had claimed by threat of war (54-40 or Fight!).

But it is the declining years where the similarities are more useful to the purpose of this missive, because America is clearly in decline, too. Let’s therefore go more slowly…

• Rome’s military was a fearsome beast which cost a lot to maintain, and which could easily overthrow the government if given a reason. For that cause, it was important to insure they were kept busy and constantly rewarded.  In America, the same is true. In point of fact, there was an early New World Order sponsored (the same powerful Fascist business elite as drive the NWO movement, today) attempt at a military Coup in 1934 which was thwarted largely by one man, Major General Smedley Buttler, USMC. More recently, four-star General Tommy Franks has stated that the next major terror event would result in a military form of government.

• Rome sponsored wars (‘Let loose the dogs of war!’) and allowed soldiers the reward of ‘Cry havoc!,’ a policy which let soldiers rape and pillage the conquered and keep a share in the spoils of war. In the U.S., the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex is rewarded by huge profits in the manufacture and sale of armaments and arms technology. The high ranking soldiers, themselves, reap their fortunes by taking seats on the Boards of Directors once they retire ‘with honors.’ Unlike the Roman military where one served until no longer able, most soldiers of today are short-term liabilities replaced every four years or so. Therefore, they reap no reward but that of medals for their valor, and perhaps a skill useful in seeking employment.

• In both cases, the taxes upon the people had/has become a great burden and the standard of living began to slip (brother, ain’t that the truth), and because money was harder to come by, less was spent in maintaining other important governmental responsibilities, the quality and operation of societal infrastructure began to decay, including the physical aspects made of stone, wood, and metal. That’s one reason why aspects of America’s transportation (bridges, mostly), water and sewer, and rail systems are in many cases on the verge of total collapse.

• In both cases, the people began to express dissatisfactions with high taxes and poor upkeep of civilization itself, and related woes, including the wars and the price of the military. Distraction was needed to keep the people happy. In Rome, they built coliseums and offered up gory gladiatorial massacres and theatrical entertainments. In America, they employed film and television technology to offer up unlimited access to pornography and artistic entertainments, and Grid Iron and other sports to replace bloodlust contests.

• And, in both cases, these distractions were not considered enough. The government saw that they needed to find a way to make the people see some outside threat as a greater threat than concerns over a failing governmental system. The only way power could be maintained was to instill a great fear, one so great as to justify a tighter Police State grip on the people. In Rome, it was the Huns of Germanic culture, and the Cicilian and Turkish Pirates of the Mediterranean. In truth, it was largely a non threat; the Huns couldn’t cross the the rivers and mountains which protected Rome, but the people weren’t told that.

Truth or Scare TV Show ‘poster’ (click)

In America, it has been a long list of like things… longer than you know (refer to this list of military actions which is from whence the counts are derived, herein):

a) In the 40’s and 50’s it was the Red Scare of McCarthyism and the Bomb which drove Nazi-style inquisitions and empowered Hoover and the FBI to become perhaps ten times as powerful as it had been before, and fostered the creation of CIA, the Department of Defense, the National Security Council, and the birth of mind control projects. We had WWII and Korea, and 24 other military actions. Television took root to keep us distracted with the likes of Lucile Ball, Bob Hope, Howdy Doody, the Mickey Mouse Club, and other mindless offerings (which I dearly miss).

b) In the 60’s and 70’s it was the Domino Theory and the Bomb (especially the Cuban Missile Crises), and ‘campus radicals’ which allowed the Military Industrial Complex to mushroom via Vietnam and 18 other military actions, plus a phony Drug War to allow CIA to profiteer, while at home the FBI and CIA ran COINTEL and COINTELPRO operations and gave us Watergate. We also learned about CIA’s infiltration and control of media via Operation Mockingbird, and how perversely they had sought after and employed mind control research. The Free Sex and drug culture kept many distracted, while the film industry began pumping out pornography to keep the less liberated distracted, and Television sold us consumerism for like cause on a scale no one would have thought possible. “Buy today, be happy (hold up box of soap next to smiling face)!”

c) In the 80’s and 90’s it was the ‘Evil Empire’ and off-shore and distant Dictators we had to fear, countered with an endless series of some 60 spats and more exotic entanglements like Iran Contra, Marcos, and Panama. The NSA made ECHELON a household word and we learned about FISA (actually a 1978 Act) secret courts that rubber stamped warrants to make political spying effectively legal — and trading of illegal political spy files by Police departments, CIA, and the Anti Defamation League/B’nai B’rith/Mossad (note: I was a victim of this!). It also brought us HAARP, the project born by a proposal ‘to control a billion minds’ by a Presidential Science advisor. Pornography escalated to video markets and strip bars are so commonplace that only live sex shows seem the unusual. But they’ve also learned they can distract us with news stories about celebrity sins such as skater knee whacking, football player knife slashing, and Royal weddings and the death of a Princess.

d) And that brings us to current history, where the idea of an endless war which can never be won was fostered; the terrorism ploy. Now this they are milking for all its worth. Police and Federal Agents are indoctrinated to the point of paranoia seeing ordinary acts as signs of terrorist behavior: you cannot take a photograph, pay for something with cash, write a school report or possess a bumper sticker which mentions Ron Paul, or cite the Constitution without being suspect of terrorism. You cannot go to the Airport (and soon, to a sporting event, theater, or public building) without being sexually molested by TSA. No remnant of the Constitution remains in tact, save perhaps the 2nd Amendment, which hangs on just enough to prevent total take over — the whole REASON it exists in the first place. And now pornography comes in over cable television, and live sex shows are becoming commonplace, and for the less prurient, reality television and the spread of lotteries and gaming casinos.

None of this makes real sense. Why should you fear a terrorist when excessive Police violence injures and kills more citizens in any given year than do terrorists in their best year (9-11 attack)? It is a bill of goods used to control you and keep you docile in order that the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex can continue on its New World Order agenda, reaping in huge profits as they usurp more and more political control over you. They want us to fear terrorists. I say, let’s show them a form of terrorism they SHOULD fear; a free people who control their own government, as the Founding Fathers intended.

Unless you believe in and support PAX Amerikana, SPQR-style (are a Fascist), just say NO! Boycott the system at every level (be a financial terrorist): avoid banks, don’t use credit, buy used instead of new, repair instead of replace, refuse and resist GMO foods and grow your own, rely upon barter and cottage industry. Actually, there is an endless list of concerns similar to GMO. It would behoove you to learn about and resist conspiratorial NWO agenda projects like Codex AlimentariusAgenda 21Carbon Tax/Carbon Credits/Carbon Currency, United Nations Biospheres (and an endless array of other UN mandates), and the Canamex Highway and the North American Union via the Security and Prosperity Partnership.

Disobey government (be a political terrorist): insist on your Constitutional rights (for many of you, you must first LEARN what your rights actually are, especially with respect to dealings with Police and investigative agencies, and the court system) and go out of your way (be an activist) to do so; video Police (even if… especially if they pass a law against); employ civil disobedience and support Occupy and similar movements; write everybody in power and speak your mind; vote for no one who is not a Constitutionalist, a Libertarian, or an Independent (kill the Democratic and Republican Party Dog and Pony Show); write every media outlet to express your views and flood them with complaints over bias reporting, and write their advertisers threatening or actually seeking to boycott.

Please deem to review the 24 Planks post which attempts to highlight the changes needed in America to restore it to the strong and free country it once was. If you agree (or disagree) with any one of them, SO COMMENT on the page, tweet, share, reblog, and rate. THAT POWER is a right you should AT ALL TIMES exercise when you see something you like or dislike anywhere along these lines. How else will those who spy on us and those who (pretend to) serve us have good meter of our pulse and realize they had better back off a notch or two? If you do not express yourself, you have not learned the one simply truth: YOU are the one you’ve been waiting for to change what is wrong. Get busy, because they have an endless supply of Obamas and Romneys to take us further down that SPQR path to destruction.

Compare 1776 to 2012, and see where you really live, and decide if you are willing to accept that, or not.

Related articles

Proof Repeal of Posse Comitatus Will Establish Police State


A victim’s first-hand accounting of an actual illegal military assault on an American neighborhood with terror and abuse of rights

THIS IS INDEED A WARNING YOU SHOULD HEED!

Updated Feb. 21, 2013  Recent events cited below reveal the incident depicted here is currently being experienced wholesale fashion around the nation. There is little difference in neighborhood impact between the events described here and those which have been routinely put into action in major cities across America. And media tells us not. Local media, yes, but national media, almost always no. Ask yourself why that is, and then see if you think your news ‘fair and balanced,’ or if it more closely resembles the propaganda we always accused Russia of using in the Cold War era?
 
The only difference is that the current events are ‘military raids,’ not ‘police raids with military help,’ (some exceptions may exist) and the raids are not targeting individuals, but whole neighborhoods, and instead of having a warrant and a crime for which the warrant was approved, they have no warrant, and simply attack because they can. Fear and panic spread from the neighborhoods all the way to City and County officials, who in almost every instance were in no way warned or notified the attacks were to take place:
 
Helicopters swept in low between hi-rise office and apartment buildings, often discharging gattling guns, troops repelled to rooftops, streets, and parking lots, and went door-to-door through target buildings engaging in gun battles and tossing grenades as needed. Mock drills using blanks and flash-bang grenades, they claimed, but tell that to the citizens who, in some cases, grabbed their guns thinking they might need them any minute… to parents and teachers who feared for the lives of their kids as they put their schools into lockdown… to the city officials who’s 911 switchboards lit up and resulted in countless cars being dispatched, only to be repelled by armed soldiers.
 
The entire city thought war had broken out, or that Obama had decided to try to take the guns by force. And though neither was the case, that did not improve the safety of citizens at large. Any of those helicopters could have crashed, it being true that there are many such crashes in training exercises, as well as when on real missions. Anyone might have fired live rounds at the soldiers misunderstanding their purpose, including any illegal drug dealers unfortunate enough to be nearby. Anyone could have crashed their car in distraction, or had a heart attack in their panic. And for what? A practice at what? Raiding a U.S. city?
 

How dare the United States Military deem us a target, even in mock!

 
How is it they have the right to bear arms against us this way? The whole purpose of the second amendment is that we bear arms to protect ourselves against them, or a government gone mad and employing them against us. The military and White House has forgotten who they are, who we are, forgotten the Law of the Land, and thereby so dare. They have forgotten their oaths of Office each and every member has sworn, and  have moved forward the date and time when the second amendment will become our duty to defend by force of arms, thereby validating our Forefather’s concerns which drove its penning.  Shame on them for allowing it to happen.
 
This scenario played out in various forms in Chicago, Houston, Miami, Boston, Minneapolis, Los Angeles, and elsewhere. So as you read this review of a real raid where people were shot, consider carefully, for your city may be next. And, regardless of any foreknowledge that such raids exist and take place, you, too, will be forced to wonder: is this merely a drill, or is the government coming for the guns. Just another reason to fear your government, another reason to cower and let them get away with oppressive laws. Shame on you if you allow it to continue.
 
End update
 
There is no copyright or author to be concerned about citing as source associated with this article. I would appreciate any reproduction include all links in tact and point back to proparanoid.wordpress.com as it was I who obtained the material as part of my investigations and interviews with victims. The original author and his neighbors rightly feared for their safety (death threats had been delivered) and thus asked that I redact things which identify any who were not already named in news stories of the event. The material, which I have also included in my book set, Fatal Rebirth,  was prepared for use as a public notice and warning posted on doors of homes and public places in a Portland, Oregon, neighborhood in August, 1993:

military police state repeal of posse comitatus

Background and relevance to today’s militarization of Police methods:

This is almost exactly what businessman Johnny Senteno saw on a Portland Oregon neighborhood street seconds before being shot point-blank twice for the unpardonable offense of lighting a cigarette in front of his company truck. No one knows if it was Police or Oregon National Guard who shot him, as they dressed identically with no front-facing identification. Portland paid him $100,000 in a settlement.

(This introduction, and inserted notes are provided by me, author H. Michael Sweeney) In August of 1993 there had already been nearly two-dozen violations of the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878 taking place in various forms around America as the Bush Administration, through Secretary of Defense Dick Cheney, were testing to see what could be gotten away with with respect to Posse Comitatus. Most such events were singular violations of a given aspect of military use in Police actions, such as outlined briefly in another of my blog posts. This post will also reveal other forms of criminality used to fund black operations such as CIA drug running in America, and political graft.

In Portland, Oregon, the Chief of Police at the time was one Charles Moose, who had a background in Military Intelligence in the National Guard, and who was being groomed to be Police Chief in Washington, D.C., where crime was so rampant that the current Mayor was pushing for legalizing military use in Police actions in the city… and he would indeed get that post in time to be boosted to international attention as the Cop in charge of hunting down the D.C. Sniper, which this author feels was part and parcel of the DOD plan called Operation Northwoods, the blueprint for fomenting our false-flag war on terrorism. This is all documented in my book set, Fatal Rebirth.

Therefore, this ‘raid’ was a building-block tool for Chief Moose and quite tied in several ways to the ‘terrorist’ events to unfold on Sept. 11, 2001. More than this, it was a training exercise in general for the intended Police State future envisioned by the Bush/Clinton/Bush/Obama regime. I state it as a single regime because Bush programs aimed at achieving a Police State were continued and augmented under Clinton, and his under Bush, and his under Obama. It matters not who you vote for if in mainstream elections, they are all the same conspiratorial NWO players pretending to have varied political agenda worthy of providing distraction from their unified hidden agenda.

Posse Comitatus is not currently repealed. This is NOT a Police state under siege by revolutionaries… not quite yet. If and when that happens, government will have ONLY ITSELF to blame. Yet the government has taken steps to establish a de facto repeal to bypass the law (this Senate link details section 1031 of the National Defense Authorization Act signed by Mr. Obama, and there are other Acts and Executive orders which play to the matter). I fear it will eventually lead to armed rebellion if things get out of hand such as exemplified herein; if you allow our outlaw government to continue to ignore the Constitution and Bill of rights to undo Posse Comitatus, this is what you can look forward to on a regular basis… if not worse:

military police state repeal of posse comitatus

Public Notice and Warning (posted on neighborhood doors)

My name is [REDACTED], and I’ve been living here since 1967. A few months ago, the Police served a warrant on our house in what they said was a drug raid. Since we don’t use drugs we thought they had the wrong house — the people across the street were known Police informants and drug users, but they were not raided.

Even worse was how the warrant was served, and the aftermath. Part of it has to do with the fact that they used the National Guard in the raid — which I am told was done illegally, and in direct violation of a judge’s ruling. The cops dressed like soldiers but had permanently sewn Police patches, and the soldiers wore temporary strap-on license plates for Police markings — making it impossible to know who you were dealing with in the confusion — especially since they didn’t announce the raid or say they were cops. Everyone in the neighborhood at first thought war had broken out, since these Police markings were only visible on their backs.

Note: Chief Moose had already used the National Guard and military APC units in several Police matters in violation of Posse Comitatus. This had prompted a judge to issue a ruling in favor of The Posse comitatus Act of 1878 (which stipulates that the US military can-not be used in law enforcement duties except by declaration of Martial Law) — unless under direct order by the Governor under Martial Law.

Chief Moose continued in violation of the Court Order to cease and desist, citing ‘public safety concerns.’ But as you read this material, the reverse is shown to be true — the military put the public safety in greater danger. I wrote Governor Barbara Roberts about this and was given a copy of a ‘blanket authorization’ issued to Charles Moose (no Martial Law involved) to use National Guard… dated AFTER they had been used, and AFTER the judges order had been violated, but claimed to authorize the prior events, as well. Moose, by the way, several times on live TV agreed to meet with me for interview but in over a half dozen attempts to do so, I was informed he was ‘on vacation’ that day. So was the City Attorney, the Mayor, the Police Public Relations Officer, and anyone else I attempted to interview in his stead.

The first thing we knew, soldiers burst into our bedroom and pulled us naked from our bed. Instead of identifying themselves or why they were there, they only cursed and called us foul names, telling us to shut up. They forced us to cower nude for a good part of an hour, not letting us ask even for our clothes or covers. Eventually, they told us they had a warrant, but they also made lewd comments about my wife’s nudity as if trying to provoke me to fight. I worried it was to justify shooting me, and held firm.

They repeatedly ran a drug dog onto the waterbed, records and electronics, and delicate items on shelving, running him back and forth to maximize damage. They trashed the house so bad you couldn’t even walk through some rooms from the overturned furniture. Even though they had access to the whole house and keys to all doors, they continued to smash windows and locks. They threw birth certificates and personal papers into the wet sink and trash, and spilled solvents and paints on expensive automotive manuals for my work. They took live ammunition out of its box, took it outside the building, and threw it into deep grass. I hate to think what could have happened if I had mowed the lawn without noticing.

They found no drugs, but they opened and took mail. They took cash from a recently cashed pay check, and an uncashed check from a relative. They took all sorts of contractual documents about our finances, as well as property titles and all of our personal ID. They didn’t even offer us a receipt. When I later tried to get our things back, they said I had to obtain a notarized statement which, because they had our ID, was impossible. When I pointed this out, they just laughed at me and said, ‘Tough luck.’

But that’s still not the worst. In serving the warrant, the soldiers surrounded the entire neighborhood and went into yards everywhere, also arriving in an armored personnel carrier and with an Army helicopter overhead. They shot my dog in the eye and fired shots over the head of a woman opening her back door to see why a neighbor child had burst into her house screaming in fear. They also fired shots at a neighbor who was simply walking in the street, and forced him to the ground and cuffed him. Another neighbor, his wife, and an infant where held at gunpoint on their own porch while their property was illegally searched — they were not listed on the warrant.

A Hispanic businessman standing by his truck with both hands already raised to light his smoke was shot twice without a word of warning. When he asked for help, they shouted racial slurs, and told him to shut up as they cuffed him. Everything described so far took place before the Police drove up to announce “Police” and “warrant.” No one mentioned thus far, except for our home, was listed on the warrant or even near property on the warrant.

Few heard the announcement of “Police” or “warrant” because of the noise from the Army helicopter and Armored tank-like vehicle. Despite many witnesses, Police denied shootings took place. It was later discovered they had used a new kind of “non-lethal” gun outlawed in Europe by every major law enforcement agency as being too dangerous for general use.

Note: The businessman, Johnny Senteno, eventually won a $100K cash settlement against Portland Police for the shooting, which was proven in court to have taken place. In my investigation, the head of the SWAT Team involved first agreed to speak with me but terminated the interview when I raised the point about the weapon involved, which fired a dense compressed pepper-spray-based compound intended to ‘disintegrate’ on impact to engulf one with pepper spray at distance. However, fired at near point-blank range, they fractured bones and left bruises which took weeks to heal.

Many people, including several bystanders having nothing to do with the raid, and a pregnant woman, were cuffed and held at gunpoint for hours but never arrested or told why they were being held. Only after the TV crews had left, were these people released. They were instead warned to “keep quiet about this” if they didn’t want any “future problems.”

Cops told media our neighborhood was a drug haven where you could get anything you want, but several independent investigators say only a Police informant ignored by the raid was ever seen dealing. One private investigator made several connections between the raid and the murder of Anthony Duane Shaw by Police — thought to be blackmailing dirty cops, as was the other person named on the raid warrant. One connection led to my house, and two to the other house raided.

Note: Myself and at least four independent filmmakers and radio or cable TV show producers spent an estimated 400 hours between us investigating the matter, resulting in more than 12 hours of radio and TV presentations. This was on the heels of a like investigation of Shaw being shot 13 times by Police (his family won a $100K wrongful death award). My part was the least of the effort, but my methods allowed me to get closer to the identity of background players and their motives, uncovering profitable leads resulting in the more interesting discoveries.

Their experience was much like ours, but there, Cops took even stranger stuff — a guitar, a video tape of an episode of a real-life Cops TV show, and absolutely everything in the yard and a garage which they promptly declared as junk and a nuisance — even though the items in the garage were neatly boxed. This was true because the occupants had just moved in — those named on the warrant no longer lived there. This was done outside of due process, and investigators believe it was not taken to the dump, but rather to a convenient place for detailed search conducted out of the eyes of all authority.

But the Police did make an arrest — despite admitting to the press that no drugs were found. In fact, they left some rooms unsearched, almost as if they had found what they were really looking for. They later said one marijuana joint was found. This was then changed to drug distribution on court documents, but by the time they went to court, it had become drug manufacturing. The person charged was the fellow with connections to Shaw, and who, like Shaw, had himself claimed to be blackmailing dirty cops to leave them out of their drug dealing. He was railroaded. He was such a dangerous felon, by the way, that he turned himself in when he learned of the raid on the news, driving back to Portland from out of town to do it.

Note: All charges were eventually dropped since there really had been no discoveries made in the raid. The entire matter seems to have been orchestrated to obtain blackmail evidence against bad cops and sanctioned CIA drug smuggling operations, a matter in which I would later witness first hand a known CIA front’s involvement.

They later did much the same to my wife, eventually arresting and prosecuting her on minor charges equally false: after the raid they followed us everywhere we went, even into restaurants; they repeatedly made awful, insulting comments in public about us; they stopped us for phony traffic violations all the time, illegally searching our car without probable cause; they eventually planted and “found” a small quantity of drugs in the car.

Should you not believe that, consider how likely you would be to carry drugs in your car knowing the Police continually followed and stopped you, and searched your car. Unbelievably, at least one person on the jury turned out to be connected to participants in the raid by virtue of real estate deals mentioned below. The State-provided lawyer did not protest an obviously rigged jury once notified, nor did he provide good defense in court, hardly opening his mouth unless the Judge spoke to him.

Note: These matters were heating up on Public TV cable shows and though the woman was found ‘guilty,’ before sentencing could take place, the matter started to unravel;  Maj. General Gene Katke, head of the Oregon National Guard resigned his post amid an investigation described as regarding financial mismanagement. I was subsequently told the Judge declined to sentence her to jail time and instead elected community service/probation.

Another thing uncovered in private investigation is that the raid, continual Police harassment after the raid, and perhaps even the reason behind the murder — had to do with some sort of land grab by a mysterious series of dummy corporations operated by law enforcement and government officials involved in the raid. Someone representing [REDACTED] Mortgage offered us half of market value for our house “so we could walk away from all the trouble.” He told me that “powerful law enforcement and government people were in the company,” so I “should sell to them if I didn’t want any more trouble.”

I also know there are direct ties between this man, the Police, and between the company and the houses where the raid and harassment took place — where the families recently moved out after things got too scary. Men shattered the windows and beat one of the tenants with baseball bats, and threatened them with shotguns — the one who did the beating was a cop named [REDACTED] who, despite being from another county, was also involved in the raid.

Note: that cop eventually tracked me down because of my investigation of this aspect of the matter, and took action; he approached me with a gun in a folded newspaper while I napped during my lunch hour in my car at work one day. But my Guardian Angel woke me and I saw him in the rearview, and quickly exited to face him. Seeing the gun and the look on his face, I motioned with my head to inform him I had been (deliberately) parked under our companies security camera. He did an about face and I had no more trouble with him.

He wound up being the new landlord, suddenly owning a large number of houses in the area. He only accepts cash for his rent, refuses to give receipts, and will not sign a lease or rental agreement. He continually evicts people suddenly in the middle of the night by ‘Police orders’ and then keeps all their possessions they were unable to take with them. If anyone complains or takes legal actions, they get the same treatment we got.

The neighborhood continues to be harassed. Cops follow and stop most of us who have not yet sold our homes, drive by at all hours shining lights in windows, or they just sit and endlessly watch. They make us afraid to go outside. Some neighbors have been beaten by Police, had threats of arrest “to teach you a lesson,” and even threats of death. After beating one man in his front yard for mouthing back at the cops, they dragged his wife by her hair on the gravel roadway while she was wearing only a bathing suit — all in front of their kids. Despite the beating and the rough treatment, they made no arrests — underscoring that it was not “in the line of duty” or because they “resisted arrest,” though they were threatened with jail time.

Our house has been bugged, confirmed by the fact that arguments between me and my wife were being picked up on neighborhood short-wave radios, and covert entry was made to leave things, probably planted evidence for the next time. I’ve only told you a small part of the problem — I could go on for pages. Something is very wrong, and we worry that they will do something even worse. We have been tipped by friends close to Police sources to expect another raid, soon.

We are very afraid. Someone needs to expose what’s going on. Even though my wife and I have never had a history of problems with Police, they are now there every time we turn around. Our Police files were nonexistent before the raid, but now, they are inches thick with all the Police reports executed through the many harassment efforts. Not one entry has been legitimately made, but they make sure there are never witnesses, so we can’t prove it or file charges.

Rush Limbaugh mentioned the illegal use of the Guard on his show, but he didn’t know about the rest. You do, so be careful. If they want my house, they might want yours, too, since you are my neighbor. The cop has gotten at least seven houses in the neighborhood so far. You might be next…

End of original material

military police state repeal of posse comitatus

Summary Notes

I eventually managed to speak to the man representing the Mortgage company and learned that he himself was coerced and beaten (lost two front teeth) if refusing to help, and NOT an employee of the firm. He was, in fact, the ‘Police drug informant’ beaten with bats. When he did what he was told, he said, he was provided with drugs as reward.

He indicated that Governors of at least two states (he mentioned Arizona, California), city officials, and various law enforcement people had set up a company to purchase properties as silent partners (illegally concealing their identities). He told me houses were painted in a particular combinations of various two-tone colors to indicate who ‘owned’ and got the income from a given acquired property. Indeed, I found more than two dozen homes in the greater neighborhood with these identical paint combinations, in under thirty minutes time.

He also provided me with a copy of an ad used to secure renters for the homes. It had a phone number which went directly to Clackamas County Corrections, the very place where I had already identified a CIA asset working as a corrections officer, along with several bounty hunters trained at a CIA school in California. The phone number was an answering machine which simply asked you to leave your own phone number. I left mine, and it was shortly after that that I was visited by the Sheriff with the gun in a newspaper.

I later followed up with the Mortgage company and clues there led me to a CIA front involved in each transaction. That investigation led to discovery of a murder in the State Capital which seemed to be tied to acquisition of businesses in like manner as the homes. The more public the affair became on Public Access TV, the more things began to unravel, and the hotter it got.

There were more attempts on my life, including a ‘traffic stop for a burned out tail light’ by no fewer than nine local, county, state, and federal cars. Fortunately, my Wife was driving in her car with me, and stopped, thwarting what was presumed to be an intended replay of the referenced broad daylight murder of Shaw by a similar stop. Unarmed, he was shot to death by nine officers as he sat in his car with both hands on his steering wheel as commanded. He had allegedly tried to run down a Police officer between his car and one of the two cop cars which were literally bumper to bumper with his (their story), which conflicted with eye witness statements.

Before it was over, not only had the General resigned, but also, but the elected Clackamas County Sheriff Ris Bradshaw. The CIA fronts went under ground, and $12M worth of ‘confiscated homes’ were sold by the city to fund Police operations. I sent a letter of inquiry to Governor Evan Mecham of Arizona, and he also resigned that same month after being convicted on unrelated felony charges before that lead could be pursued. Naturally, there was no response to my inquiry.

I was just a citizen acting as a investigative writer for my book (Fatal Rebirth) on abuse of power issues. Don’t let anyone tell you a single individual cannot stand against the machine and make a difference by speaking out — and especially by joining with others of like mind. One General, one Sheriff, one Governor resigned, CIA fronts shut down, stolen houses converted from graft to public revenue, and more… thanks to our efforts to get at and tell the truth. Yes, it was risky, but why live a life in fear of living it to the fullest of potential? If they can cower you that way, you are not as free as they wish you to believe.

What of Early, of Late?


How vastly different life turns out for one friend compared the next… and yet how much so alike as to be frightening


Copyright (c) 1996 by H. Michael Sweeney — All Rights Reserved
Permission to reproduce for non profit use granted provided it is reproduced in full and links back to proparanoid.wordpress.com. This article was written for the Oregonian, but the Editor notified me that they no longer wanted my Op-Ed submissions because they generated too many responses critical of government. So I added the Oregonian stings and published it instead in my book set, Fatal Rebirth.

posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control

From the local news: A Portland man was arrested today for shooting two State Troopers in the back after being stopped for a traffic infraction. Neither officer was seriously wounded, thanks to bullet proof vests. Arrested at the scene on charges of attempted murder was Phil Early, of Portland, Oregon…

As it happens with many news stories, there is more to the story than meets the eye. Sometimes, there is a story behind the story.

I knew Phil Early in a more innocent time. I knew him as well as anyone, both teenagers attending Jefferson High School. He was a very different person then, certainly exhibiting no characteristic that might lead to his shooting a female State Trooper and young man wearing a State Trooper uniform* in the back. His worst offenses in those school days were being suspended for playing hooky.

Having lost track of Phil after I went into the military, and having often thought about him over the years and the many good experiences we had shared together, I must wonder what could have brought him to this unlikely end. Having heard that he had joined the Army and was killed in Vietnam, it is a shame that it took this tragic news event to reveal the error in that information and open the possibility of our meeting again. Perhaps, under the right circumstances, I might even have made a difference in his fate. This haunts me.

posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control

But that is not all that haunts

Despite the outwardly heinous act and the many negative stories of Phil in the local media, there still seems much good about Phil in tact from when I knew him. He still is a caring and giving person, according to those who knew and worked with him in his last days as a free man. It is said that he helped anyone who asked and gave of himself freely, without judgment. I even understand that he had fallen victim to con artists who took advantage of his giving nature, but he had not let their greed dim his caring for or trusting of other strangers in need.

This was the Phil I knew, who would volunteer to loan his best blazer to a casual acquaintance (I had known him all of fifteen minutes when he offered it to me), or a Phil who would give his last two bucks for gas to a stranger stuck in front of the local grocery store. And that memory does not tally with the news reports of a man who supposedly, by association with Posse comitatus, has a hatred for other races. The stranger he had helped to buy gas in the early 60’s was a black man. In those times, equality was a mere dream in Martin Luther’s sermons, but already reality in Phil’s heart.

And speaking of Posse comitatus, I try not to automatically think harshly at the sounding of the name. It was the Posse comitatus Act of 1864 which protects citizens from abusive application of military against civilians in police actions, unless under martial law. This, perhaps, is why the current group by that same name does not recognize the State Police as a duly authorized Police agency.

Rather, they feel that any armed force under direct authority of State rule, regardless of the name it uses, regardless of the document of law or charter which empowers it, and regardless of its stated mission or rules of procedure, is nothing more than a state militia — a military body. As such, just like the National Guard, it is seen as a military unit subject to the Posse comitatus Act.

It was originally reported that Phil, like many Posse members, had an arsenal of weapons and ammunition. The Posse apparently believes, like many groups, that it is up to the citizens to protect themselves from the possibility of a military overthrow of the government — a thinking which, in exercise, requires a well armed and well trained civilian population. I now understand that Phil’s arsenal has turned out to be closer to the number of guns owned by the average farming family in Kansas. The description of many of these weapons apparently better matches that of “collector items” than of “arsenal.” This is closer to the Phil I remember, who liked to collect a variety of many like things, as would please his eye. In blazer’s for instance, he had nearly a dozen. He had many fewer guns.

There is one disturbing thought, however. As different as our lives must have been, and as different as our current situations seem, there is much about Phil’s late history that matches my own life. I, too, have grown suspicious of many in law enforcement, and have had my share of confrontations with them, including multiple attempts on my life by assassination.

Phil’s negative experiences might be deemed politically shaped by Posse comitatus. Mine have been as a result of investigating illegal activities of those within law enforcement — coincidentally involving illegal application of National Guard and other Federal agencies by or within police — the very thing feared by Posse comitatus.

posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control

The nature of fate?

In realizing this commonality, I ask what might bring us so tenuously close in our thinking and experiences, despite the many years and miles between us? I go back to the innocent times, and a possible answer seems apparent. It was the time of Camelot. We, the youth of the nation, had a man in the White House we could love and look up to, regardless of any political realities perceived by our elders. And then, he was gone, taken away in violence under questionable circumstances.

I remember well the weighty discussions with my peers at the time, including Phil, of course. Even then, the theories were abundant. As more was learned, the doubts grew about the lone gunman theory. Perhaps this dashed our innocence and planted a seed of mistrust of an armed government and its secret minions of intelligencia – a mistrust which ultimately led us each along separate but similar paths, once we parted ways at the end of high school.

Now of course, there are more facts pointing to CIA assassination than to Oswald. Despite CIA Operative testimony under oath in court that CIA was directly involved in the murder and a cover up, which necessarily and demonstrably began before the murder, media still chooses to label anyone who questions such things as “conspiracy buffs” — despite the fact that major media was present in the court at the time to hear that critical testimony.

That the CIA-Operative witness had, within weeks of the assassination, come forward to FBI with the same material, and later, also testified to the Warren Commission — and all ignored the truth, does not make us “conspiracy buffs” feel any better about media or government. Apparently media prefers to continue to publish fiction as fact rather than admitting they were blinded to the truth from day one. Perhaps government simply finds cover up the only acceptable way of life.

Come to think of it, local media and government did the same with local murders undertaken by Portland Police. Despite abundant witnesses to the contrary, media blithely published verbatim as fact, Police accounts of the shooting of a young man named Shaw — an event which I have researched to conclusions contrary to their version of the story, as documented elsewhere. There was a similar conspiracy of silence with respect to the 104th and Liebe Street Raid.

There, National Guard, including a helicopter and an Armored Personnel Carrier (APC), was illegally used in an alleged drug raid, but this author has discovered was more likely connected to the murder of Shaw. Local TV station KATU was the only station covering the raid, a matter itself perhaps telling since their former anchorman was also a former Police Commissioner and current City Councilman. Civic-minded KATU edited in new questions to field interviews of the neighbors of Liebe Street, in effect reversing their answers to make them sound supportive of Police actions, instead of condemning… everyone on Liebe Street was outraged at Police, the Guard, and KATU, but media would not air their grievances, nor would any government agency.

Surely, this angered the Posse. It angered many people, especially because of the abuse of power exhibited by Police. That summer saw Portland host the Guns and Hoses Olympics, where police and firemen from around the nation came to visit. With competitions in sniper shooting and police dog attacks, there was also likely an effort to show off Portland as a modern and well-equipped Police Department. Perhaps, but some would point to statistics to show it one of the more deadly departments, with the best way to die of gunfire by Police was to call 911 and threaten to kill yourself. They usually finished the job that those less dedicated to the deed could not. Perhaps it was such things, both old and new, that drove Phil’s anger.

Perhaps there are many from my generation who cannot let go of our misgivings and outrage from such things as the murder and cover up of our President by our own government agents. Perhaps there are many who, at least secretly within, believe in their heart that that terrible act in Dallas was the first of many dark chapters — chapters sufficiently dark to suggest a fearsome future at the hands of their authors.

That we see and deal with seemingly endless supply of similar Federal abuses and lesser version on a more local scale, does not help. Some of our generation are moved to action, while others prefer the safety of quiet contemplation. For those of us moved to act, some choose the pen, as have I, and some of us choose the gun, as apparently did Phil. Phil himself deeply regrets his actions, which he says were driven by the dominating and abusive attitude of the officer. Something, he says, just snapped within him.

posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control

How do we judge such matters?

I cannot condone what Phil as apparently done. I can, perhaps, understand its root cause. Society must condemn his actions. In friendship, however, I am moved to point out that this is not a simple case of gun violence, as many in media have promoted with gusto. Indeed, there is no such thing. Gun violence is not a living thing which happens of its own volition. Gun violence is the result of a given set of life experiences and circumstances. In fact, those things would conspire to vent violent action even in the absence of a gun — such as stabbings or other assaults.

Those that believe the guns are the evil root should therefore also seek to take away all the knives, baseball bats, pillows with which to smother, stockings and ties with which to strangle, etc. Each case of gun violence deserves some degree of calm analysis towards possible prevention of future shootings — not a knee jerk call for seizure of arms. In analysis of Phil’s case, I suggest his actions were driven by something which those very actions themselves could not possibly well serve.

Could Phil have thought through the emotions that drove the instant, and looked beyond in some considered philosophical light, he might have come to the same conclusion. I would suggest to Phil that his enemy was not present when he opened fire. It was not present in the persons he shot, except perhaps by some misapplication of mere symbolism. They were most likely doing a tough job in a just cause. Nor was his enemy their leaders or those that worked to create agencies so troublesome to the Posse.

No, not these things, but far less tangible things. An unhappy history with no suitable answers of blame. A docile public apathy with unconscionable surrender of power to an increasingly errant and abusive government. A growing frustration with no means of proper release. A gradual loss of freedoms to a New World Order. A reasonable fear allowed unreasonable control.

Looking back, and talking to others, I wonder: how many of my generation have traveled so perilously close to Phil’s path? How many more of us are near the line he has crossed? Too many, I fear. A legacy, perhaps, of Dallas? A signpost, perhaps, of our future path?

~~~

posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control

* The second person shot was, of all things, an Explorer Scout.

Under some extremely inappropriate reasoning, the State of Oregon and the Boy Scouts of America have decided that it is appropriate to dress Explorer Scouts in full State Police uniforms, sans weapons, and put them on the streets and in patrol cars — on the front line against crime, unarmed, untrained, and often, unsupervised.

This deserves another article of its own, as yet another example of the growing Police State in Portland, Oregon. Here, in Portland, highway workers, Explorer Scouts, firemen, private security firms, the National Guard, and even gang members, have all been inducted into the general law enforcement umbrella in one way or the other. One has to ask, why?

I only wish that Phil had thought to ask such questions first, and not have shot, at all.

 

25 Questions No One Has Asked About Aurora Shooting (pt. 2)


You can always spot a conspiracy at work… was james holmes a patsy by DOD or CIA? whenever you see evidence of a cover up in play

Our review continues from PART I, by H. Michael Sweeney, Copyright © 2012 all rights reserved. No reproduction permissions will be granted for the first 90 days. Links only, please.

In review: This in-depth series of posts will reveal startling new investigative issues for the first time, anywhere. The detail required to make concise arguments on a long list of critical elements forces it to be offered in installments. You may wish to subscribe to be sure you do not miss one along the way. Doing so, you will discover:

  • Three motives for making James Holmes a Patsy with Fascism as benefactor, and two possible motives for targeting Century Theaters
  • Easy link access to the key-most videos and images for each critical point of evidence presented in a logical, easy to follow order.
  • Reasoning there were at least three additional helpers involved in a professional black operation backed up by even more supporting players
  • Introduction of an actual political REASON for targeting The Dark Knight Rises (TDKR), a reason which fits one of the proposed motives
  • 25 key questions missed by almost everyone, the answer to any one of which could easily provide reasonable doubt that it was a lone gunman event
  • A walk-through narrative portraying an alternate scenario which fits all  conflicting facts into a workable reality.

James Holmes was a patsy Part Two

James Holmes was a patsy

 second gas mask and gun in aurora prove holmes a patsy

If you missed part one, click here

QUESTION 8: Who warned people not to use the EXIT in theater 8, and why? Tim McGrath mentions it, and I’ve seen but lost track of one other witness who confirmed the same point. Tim says the people in 8 were panicking and trying to leave. Toward the end of the clip he states someone entered the theater from the Lobby area and warned everyone not to go outside because the shooter was outside. Excuse me? How would they know this? If there was, WHO was it, because according to this witness, shooting was still going on in theater 9? Could this be misinterpretation or misunderstanding? I’d be open to the suggest except that it also happened in theater 10…

QUESTION 9: Who warned people not to use the EXIT in theater 10, and why? At 2:50 AM Channel 9 coverage has a witness from (by deduction) theater 10 who describes events while the shooting was going on in theater 9.  We really need to pin down if it was theater 10, so here is the deductive logic thread: Someone came into the theater from the left entrance, and warned them not to go outside, again while shooting was still taking place. Theater 9 would be to the left of theater 10, and theater 7 would be the left of theater 8. It would not be logical to presume someone further away from events (nearer to theater 7) to either be criminally involved or otherwise inclined or able to perceive a need for a warning. Any such person would need be closer, so it had to be theater 10. So again, who and why… would someone issue a warning without basis for such knowledge?

QUESTION 10: Why were bullets going through the walls into both theater 8 and 10? A look at the theater diagram from the Denver Post reveals that it would be logical for some rounds to pass through into 8, but there are only two ways it could have happened in theater 10. Either there was a second shooter unseen because people were attempting to hide or flee with their backs to the screen, or James deliberately turned his weapon on the wall. It is also possible any second shooter went behind the screen to appear in the dark on the far side, making them hard to see, but only if they used a silencer to completely suppress flash. This would create a distinctive sound witnesses did not report, as far as we know. Only in a cross fire situation should bullets logically enter 10, as shooting the wall is illogical. Why would James waste rounds to shoot the wall, especially since his shooting spree was ended prematurely when his gun jammed? Has anyone counted the bullet holes and compared to the half-empty magazine?

QUESTION 11: Who wore the second gas mask and used the second rifle found behind the theater? We have multiple Police statements which confirm James was found in his car and had with him in his car, a gas mask, and three guns: an AR-15 rifle, a Remington 870 shotgun, and a Glock handgun, with a second handgun and the high-capacity drum canister for the AR-15 discarded inside the theater.

Yet we have photographic evidence, Police radio traffic (18 minutes in), and additional statements to the press which prove a second mask and weapon were found lying on the ground behind the theater. The gun was at the threshold of the EXIT door, and the gas mask was found all the way at the end of the building, some 150 feet away from the EXIT and Jame’s car, where ‘the shooter’ is first reported being seen. The gas mask is part of a whole other series of questions which are the most troubling, of all. So why did James bring but not use two rifles, and two gas masks? And why does that weapon show a standard magazine (the light gray forward appendage). We were led to believe he quit shooting because his drum magazine jammed (which he left inside). Curious, as I would have thought the gun would be sans clip of any kind.

2nd gun with standard clip, girls shoes at outer exit leading to theater 9 & 10
2nd gas mask at far corner of building well away from where James waited

QUESTION 12: Why did the shooter not shoot the first and most logical victim? Jennifer Seeger clearly describes on ABC, a rifle being the first gun used to shoot into the air, and then it was leveled at her, but the shooter paused and did not shoot. She dropped to the ground and he instead opened fire on the crowd behind her. The clues to the answer as to why may lay in the next few questions.

QUESTION 13: Why does one witness says the first gun used was a rifle, and another a shotgun? We know he had both a Remington 870 shotgun and an AR-15 rifle with him. Both witnesses state the gun used was aimed directly at them, and both were within a couple of yard’s distance of the shooter and near to each other, and both took cover quickly. There are several other questions regarding these accounts, but the bottom line is that there is both a visual difference in the appearance of such weapons, and a stark difference between them their sound when fired. It is inconceivable that one can misidentify a shotgun as a rifle some mere feet away, especially once fired. Does the 870 shown at right look like a rifle, to you? Does the rifle look like a shotgun?

Which is which? Is it that hard to tell? What about the sound difference?

We have already examined Jenifer Seegar’s account. Here is the shotgun account by witness, Pierce O’Farrell, in a Channel 9 report, In point of fact, he was immediately shot at and wounded by shotgun, twice — once before being able to gain cover, and the second while he lay low.  All witnesses seem quite believable taken on their own, but I find a shooting victim with medical treatment confirming their story more credible than someone unscathed. Why two distinctly different accounts? Again, other questions may hold the answers…

QUESTION 14: Why did several witnesses stick around for more than a day and well into the night and even the next day after the shooting to be interviewed endlessly by local and national media, to include multiple appearances on a given media outlet? I raise this question because they both tended to use the same individualized phrases and hand gestures over and over, and both emphasize a lone gunman. In some cases, the cameras seem rather far back to insure we see the gestures. In fact, one of them goes overboard in his efforts, consistently waxing emotional to the point of tears. More to the point, the conflicting facts cited above play into the matter, and may be why more than one ‘conspiracy theorist’ has suggested these are paid actors intending to Wag-the-Dog.

Here is the man, Chris Ramos, on CNN. This is him on ABC. The others are Jenifer Seegar and her friend from the ‘rifle’ account just spoken of. She is seen here on ABC, and here on CNN. Her companion who frequently appears with her but who hardly speaks, becomes a kind of ‘silent confirmation’ to cement the reality of her statements. If these habitual appearances are not a Wag-the-Dog plot element, I’d like to know what they really are? Seegar’s not being shot and not knowing which weapon first was used suggests she was not actually present — but if that’s true, then the only way she could have known about the first shot being in the air would be if she was a participant with prior knowledge of the plan. There are yet other clues of Wag-the-Dog forces in play, as seen next.

QUESTION 15: How did CNN’s Wolf Blitzer manage to so quickly have available a slick 3-D computer-rendered, fully touch-screen interactive replay of the crime, and why was it altered between airings? His show, some 12 hours after the shooting, but only a few hours after witness accounts and Police statements useful for the purpose were known, provided the most comprehensive report yet available, and put EVERYTHING from the OFFICIAL  STORY into clear context. Find it here, the third video down in the group of smaller videos toward page bottom. How did they mange to have this super sophisticated technology ready to go so quickly, unless prepared in advance?

I am additionally concerned because subsequent use of the same presentation in a later program is altered. The first presentation shows only James’ entry via the EXIT and the aftermath (e.g., the kicking in the door first impression). The second shows someone going to the EXIT from within the theater to the EXIT door, depicting them LEAVING, which NO WITNESS HAS DESCRIBED, followed shortly by the shooter’s entrance (as if not expecting someone would end up recounting the man opening the door, and thus it does NOT show him returning from the door, but vanishing). Witnesses specifically describe the man from inside as NOT leaving the theater by the EXIT and a significant delay before the shooter arrives.

You see the altered version here at one minute into the CNN video.  This change took place after challenges to the ‘kick the door’ claims were taking hold on the Web, perhaps best exemplified by Alex Jones’ special report to that end earlier in the day. Yet the witness reports about the man opening the door (and NOT leaving) were known to media before even the first airing. Why was it not included in the first place if not Wag-the-Dog? Why was it subsequently altered to an INCORRECT depiction, later? Yet one more possible clue follows…

Was Aurora shooting a DOD or CIA operation?

The next installment asks these important questions:

James Holmes • How did CBS News know to describe ‘buckets of ammunition’ before anyone had seen inside Jame’s apartment?
James Holmes • Why did the shoot try to get into theater 10 after leaving 9 when his gun was jammed?
James Holmes • Why was James so calm when arrested when the official reason is impossible?
James Holmes • Why did James allegedly mail his attack plan to arrive well before the attack?
James Holmes • Why did his Psychiatrist call Police when it was not delivered to insure they found it anyway? 
James Holmes • Why was almost everyone in James’ life connected directly or indirectly with Mind Control technology?
James Holmes • And more…
 
PLEASE: Comment (page bottom, or contact me), Rate (at page top), Share/Tweet this article. Visit my Reader Forum to promote your own cause or URL. 
Related articles

Raw Numbers Prove DHS Gearing up for Revolution, Martial Law, or Chinese Invasion


215 FEMA camps, 1.4 billion bullets, including 9 million sniper rounds…

30,000 drones, 3,000 drone operators, and 50 drone control sites…

and still counting threats…

See also new companion post which analyzes orders to discover they consistently use Satanic ‘magic’ numbers in the order quantities, in which decoding indicates their purpose.

 

Updated Aug 30 2012 This post continues to be subject of disinformation tactics at third-party sites, and a link to this page at the official National Republican Convention Web site for use by Delegates and Media was taken down (censored). A prior update reflected two commentaries. In twenty-four hours, the number of disinfo commentaries has doubled. I have to ask why they fear this article being read. Prior updates below marked in red.

Why does DHS want to go to war with US citizens?

by H. Michael Sweeney
Copyright © 2012, all rights reserved. Permissions to reproduce by request only. This restriction will be lifted once it is clear there are no corrections or major updates required. The topic is too important to have multiple versions all over the Web, but there needs to be multiple copies that all may be informed and forewarned. If you see an error please report it IMMEDIATELY, thank you.
Militia take heed, militia take warning, militia remain alert, militia be ready

Update Aug 26: Day One, and already breaking news requires an update!

DHS seeking sniper rifles         DHS has a sniper school     DHS Sniper Nest at Super Bowl

One of many images (click)

Update: Aug. 29: Some critical commentary on this article outside of this site dictates some additional clarification regarding hollow point ammo. Nothing on that topic changes the importance, relevance, or thrust of this post, and is a small technical matter of importance to people who live and breath in the World of firearms. If this post has inferred that I claim to be an expert at such a level, that was not its intent.

The question on my credentials as such an expert has no bearing on the larger question as to why so many rounds should be ordered, and related issues. To choose to focus on that as a reason to ignore or discount this post is to avoid discussing the issue by switching topic, and by attacking the messenger, both being known disinformation tactics found in the 25 Rules of Disinformation. The update is reflected in the appropriate section with red highlight.

Is DHS engaging in disinformation and concealment of information?

Reading this article you will learn:

revolution • That DHS has ordered more bullets than the Pentagon uses in a war… many times over.
revolution • That DHS is employing disinformation (cover up stories) and censorship (pulling files) to hide the truth
revolution • You will learn things about the various munitions no one else has bothered to discuss (new clues)
revolution • You will see in table form the grand totals for all such orders (a first)
revolution • You will see a collective of associative depictions for weapons using specified ammo (a first)
revolution • You will see where Drone aircraft are operated from and learn about their use
 DHS plans war with americans

If you are a Web Walleroo, you can stop reading right now and find something shorter and less scary and more fun to read, here. Really, you will like it rather lot; its pretty funny, and I’m not kidding (well, I was when I wrote it). But what follows is for concerned citizens who believe in the Constitution and fear it is in danger of extinction… or things worse than even that. Come back here when ready to be serious. I assure you it is very interesting and highly informative, even if you’ve already been exposed to the general topics involved.

Let’s start with the ammunition. If you didn’t know it, DHS (and if you don’t know that acronym then stop reading right now and go back to sleep because you will be impossible to wake up, anyway) has placed orders for 450 million rounds of .40 cal. hollow-point ammunition, more than enough to kill every man, woman, and child in the U.S. and Canada. The story, like all matters which reveal the scary side of a government out of control, is ignored in mainstream media, and not well understood in Web accounts. You will mostly find alarmists (like myself, I suppose) making dire predictions and quoting some other alarmist site as THEIR source. That’s no better than circular references or a reference from a chat room message. Some guy said some guy said, and so on.

I at least try to do better than that; to give you actual documents where possible, and find better ways to put it into context, or quote sources I’d hope you find acceptable. But hurry: the primary document resource cited for most of these (FedBizOps.gov) will sometimes let you access the needed details, but it seems that someone is selectively turning off the feature for the more controversial documents and requiring ‘membership’ to get the good stuff.

Let’s start with the raw combined totals in table form, and then dissect it looking for clues as to meaning, including clues NO ONE ELSE has yet discovered, as far as I am able to determine. The following table is of my own devise, a summary of all known bid requests to date for the years cited. It should not be considered without reading the textual explanations which follow it:

Combined DHS Munition Orders 2012 – 2015 (that we know of so far)

Munition
2012
2013
2014
2015
             Total
.223 Assault Rifle
35,635,000
35,069,000
728,582,000
35,503,000
834,789,000
.223 Sniper
2,188,000
2,134,000
2,147,000
2,162,000
8,631,000
30-06 Sniper
12,000
7,000
8,000
8,000
35,000
.308 Sniper
116,000
67,000
67,000
81,000
331,000
10mm Auto (e.g. Machine Pistol)
23,000
14,000
74,000
16,000
127,000
12 GA target
284,000
266,000
293,000
322,000
1,165,000
12 GA slug
143,000
82,000
90,000
99,000
414,000
12 Ga buck
802,000
462,000
497,000
558,000
2,319,000
.357 Magnum
24,661,000
22,663,000
20,928,000
23,222,000
91,474,000
.38 Special
1,279,000
736,000
809,000
890,000
3,714,000
.380 (9mm)
49,000
28,000
5,473,000
34,000
5,584,000
.40 (10mm) Auto (e.g Glock)
8,857,000
19,499,238
398,351,227
25,302,189
452,009,654
.45 Auto (pistol)
477,000
274,000
302,000
332,000
1,385,000
7.62×39 SOVIET
93,000
53,000
59,000
65,000
270,000
9mm German Luger
1,008,000
580,000
638,000
702,000
2,928,000
Totals
75,627,000
81,934,238
1,158,318,227
89,296,189
1,405,175,654

To gain useful context and meaning, we need review both the history and detail of such orders:

DHS plans war with americans

200,000,000 rounds .40 

Go back to 2009 and we find DHS through its ICE Division (What? You don’t know what that is, either? Zzzz) ordered 200,000,000 rounds of munitions (not reflected in the table). That’s enough to invade Mexico and shoot everyone within 100 miles or more of the border several times (the ones not shot already by the Mexican drug cartels using ICE supplied weapons). That certainly ought to end